Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 343

MODEL

NP-V332W/NP-V332X/NP-V302H
NP-V332WG/NP-V302WG/NP-V332XG/NP-V302XG/NP-V302HG
NP-V332W+/NP-V302W+/NP-V332X+/NP-302X+/NP-V302H+/
NP-V302WC/NP-V302XC
NP-V332WJD/NP-V332XJD/NP-V302HJD

Projector
SERVICE MANUAL PART No. 3N9911209 (2nd Edition)

Better Service
Better Reputation
Better Profit

Copyright Safety precautions Contents

2. Disassembly process
User's manual 1. Introduction
(Photo taken from life)

3. Method of disassembly 4. Disassembly


5. Troubleshooting
(Illustration/Photo taken from life) (Illustration/Photo taken from life)

6. Function test & alignment Procedure 7. Firmware upgrade 8. EDID upgrade

9. Block diagram & pin assignmen 10. Parts list 11. Serial number definition

SAFETY CAUTION:
Before servicing this chassis, it is important that the service
technician read and follow the “Safety Precautions” and “Product
Safety Notice” in this Service Manual.

WARNING:
SHOCK HAZARD - Use an isolation transformer when servicing.

NEC DISPLAY SOLUTIONS, LTD.


(1) Copyright (C) NEC Display Solutions, Ltd.
All Rights Reserved.
This document contains confidential information.
Unauthorized copying, duplication, distribution, or
republication is strictly prohibited.

(2) The contents of this manual are subject to change


without prior notice.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE


COVER. NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING
TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

This symbol warns the user that uninsulated voltage within the unit
may have sufficient magnitude to cause electric shock. Therefore, it is
dangerous to make any kind of contact with any part inside of this unit.

This symbol alerts the user that important literature concerning the
operation and maintenance of this unit has been included.
Therefore, it should be read carefully in order to avoid any problems.

ATTENTION
RISQUE D'ELECTROCUTION
NE PAS OUVRIR

MISE EN GARDE: AFIN DE REDUIRE LES RISQUES D' ELECTROCUTION, NE


PAS DEPOSER LE COUVERCLE, IL N'Y A AUCUNE PIECE
UTILISABLE A L'INTERIEUR DE CET APPAREIL. NE CONFIER
LES TRAVAUX D'ENTRETIEN QU'A UN PERSONNEL QUALIFIE.

Ce symbole a pour but de prévenir I' utilisateur de la présence d'


une tension dangereuse, non isolée se trouvant à l' intérieur de l'
appareil. Elle est d' une intensité suffisante pour constituer un risque
d' électrocution. Eviter le contact avec les pièces à l' intérieur de cet
appareil.

Ce symbole a pour but de prévenir l' utilisateur de la présence d'


importantes instructions concernant l' entretien et le fonctionnement de
cet appareil. Par conséquent, elles doivent être lues attentivement afin
d' éviter des problèmes.

WARNING
HEATSINK MAY BE ENERGIZED.
TEST BEFORE TOUCHING.
Heat sink located on the power board, is electrified.
mark is putted on the primary heat sink.
Pay attention to this area.

I
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

During servicing carefully observe the following. 5. LAMP


Be very careful of the lamp because it generates high
1. OBSERVE ALL PRECAUTIONS
heat while it is used at high voltage. When replacing
Items and locations that require special care during
the bulb, make sure it is cool enough.
serv-icing, such as the cabinet, chassis, and parts are
labelled with individual safety instructions. Carefully 6. LENS
comply with these instructions and all precautions in Do not look into the lens during projection. This
the instruction manual. important to avoid damage to the eyes.

2. BE CAREFUL OF ELECTRIC SHOCK 7. SERVICING


The chassis carries an AC voltage. If you touch the At the time of repair or inspection services, use an
chassis while it is still alive, you will get a severe earth band (wrist band), without fail.
shock. If you think the chassis is alive, use an isolating
transformer or gloves, or pull out the plug before 8. RUN A COMPLETE SAFETY CHECK AT THE
replacing any parts. COMPLETION OF SERVICING
Afte r comp le tio n o f se rvi cin g , co nfi rm th a t al l
3. USE SPECIFIED PARTS screws, parts, and wiring, removed or disconnected
The components have been chosen for minimum for servicing, have been returned to their original
flammability and for specific levels of resistance value positions. Also examine if the serviced sections and
and withstand voltage. Replacement parts must peripheral areas have suffered from any deterioration
match these original specifications. Parts whose as a result of servicing. In addition, check insulation
specifications are particularly vital to safe use and between external metallic parts and blades of wall-
maintenance of the set are marked on the circuit outlet plugs. This examination is indispensable in
diagrams and parts list. confirming complete establishment of safety.
Substitution of these parts can be dangerous for you
and the customer, so use only specified parts. (Insulation check)
Pull out a plug from a wall outlet to disconnect the
4. REMOUNT ALL PARTS AND RECONNECT ALL connection cable. Then turn on the POWER switch.
WIRES AS ORIGINALLY INSTALLED Use a 500V megger (Note 2) and confirm that the
For safety, insulating tape and tubes are used insulation resistance is 1MΩ or more between each
throughout, but some lift-off parts on the printed wiring terminal of the plug and exposed external metal (Note
board require special attention. 1). If the measured value is below the specified level,
All wires are positioned away from high-temperature then it is necessary to inspect and fix the set.
and high-voltage parts, and, if removed for servicing,
they must be retuned precisely to their original (Note 1)
positions. Exposed external metal....RGB input terminals, control
terminals, etc.
(Note 2)
If a 500V megger is not available for an unavoidable
reason, then use a circuit tester or the like for inspection.

II
CONTENTS

Safety precautions....................................................................................................................I
User's Manual
User's Manual
Important Information (UG)
Important Information (G2)
Quick Setup Guide

Introduction........................................................................................................................... 1-1
Highlight......................................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Compatible Mode.......................................................................................................................................... 1-4

Disassembly Process (Photo taken from life)................................................................... 2-1


Equipment Needed & Product Overview.................................................................................................... 2-1
Disassemble Lamp Cover Module and Lamp Module............................................................................... 2-2
Disassemble Top Cover Module.................................................................................................................. 2-3
Disassemble Main Board............................................................................................................................. 2-4
Disassemble Shielding and Speaker module............................................................................................. 2-6
Disassemble Lamp Housing........................................................................................................................ 2-7
Disassemble Lamp Fan Module and Engine Module................................................................................. 2-9
Disassemble LVPS Module and Bottom Cover........................................................................................ 2-13
Repair Action............................................................................................................................................... 2-16

Method of Disassembly (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)............................................... 3-1

Disassembly (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)................................................................. 4-1

Troubleshooting................................................................................................................... 5-1
LED Lighting Message ................................................................................................................................. 5-1
Equipment Needed........................................................................................................................................ 5-2
Main Procedure ............................................................................................................................................ 5-3
No Power Toubleshooting............................................................................................................................ 5-4
Power Troubleshooting................................................................................................................................ 5-5
Image Troubleshooting................................................................................................................................. 5-6
Remote Troubleshooting.............................................................................................................................. 5-8
Network Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................. 5-9
Pin Assingment........................................................................................................................................... 5-10
Failure log explanation............................................................................................................................... 5-12

Function Test & Alignment Procedure............................................................................... 6-1


Test Equipment Needed............................................................................................................................... 6-1
Test Condition............................................................................................................................................... 6-1
Waveform Download and Fan Calibration.................................................................................................. 6-2
ADC Calibration............................................................................................................................................. 6-2
I/O Port Test................................................................................................................................................... 6-3
Run In Test................................................................................................................................................... 6-11
Test inspection Procedure......................................................................................................................... 6-12
Re-write Lamp Hours Usage...................................................................................................................... 6-13

I
CONTENTS

Firmware Upgrade
Section 1: DDP Firmware Upgrade Procedure .......................................................................................... 7-1
Equipment Needed .................................................................................................................................... 7-1
DLP Composer Lite Setup Procedure ....................................................................................................... 7-2
Get into Firmware Download Mode............................................................................................................ 7-4
USB Driver Upgrade Procedure................................................................................................................. 7-4
Firmware Upgrade Procedure.................................................................................................................... 7-5
Section 2: MCU Firmware Upgrade Procedure ......................................................................................... 7-8
Equipment Needed..................................................................................................................................... 7-8
Get into Firmware Download Mode............................................................................................................ 7-9
Firmware Upgrade Procedure.................................................................................................................... 7-9
Section 3: Network Firmware Upgrade Procedure.................................................................................. 7-12
Equipment Needed................................................................................................................................... 7-12
Projector Setting....................................................................................................................................... 7-13
Network Setting........................................................................................................................................ 7-13
Upgrade Procedure.................................................................................................................................. 7-15

EDID Upgrade................................................................................................................................................ 8-1


EDID Introduction............................................................................................................................................ 8-1
Equipment Needed......................................................................................................................................... 8-2
Setup Procedure............................................................................................................................................. 8-3
Get into Firmware Download Mode................................................................................................................ 8-3
EDID Key-In Procedure.................................................................................................................................. 8-4

Block Diagram & Pin Assignment....................................................................................... 9-1


Connection Diagram....................................................................................................................................... 9-1
Connection diagram : MAIN PWB ASSY (Photo taken from life).................................................................... 9-2

Part list............................................................................................................................................................ 10-1


NP-V302H/V332W/V332X............................................................................................................................ 10-1
NP-V302HG/V332WG/V302WG/V332XG/V302XG...................................................................................... 10-6
NP-V302H+/V332W+/V302W+/V332X+/V302X+/V302WC/V302XC......................................................... 10-11
NP-V302HJD/V332WJD/V332XJD............................................................................................................. 10-16

Serial Number Difinition ......................................................................................................................... 11-1

II
Projector

V302X/V302W/
V332X/V332W/
V302H
User’s Manual

Model No.
NP-V302X/NP-V302W/NP-V332X/NP-V332W/NP-V302H
Ver.1 4/15

• DLP, BrilliantColor, and DLP Link are trademarks of Texas Instruments.


• IBM is a trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
• Macintosh, Mac OS X, iMac, and PowerBook are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries.
• Microsoft, Windows, Windows 7, Windows Vista, Internet Explorer, and NET Framework are either
a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
• MicroSaver is a registered trademark of Kensington Computer Products Group, a division of ACCO
Brands in the U.S. and other countries.
• Virtual Remote Tool uses WinI2C/DDC library, © Nicomsoft Ltd.
• The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trade-
marks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries.

• MHL, Mobile High-Definition Link and the MHL Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of
the MHL, LLC.

• Blu-ray is a trademark of Blu-ray Disc Association.


• Trademark PJLink is a trademark applied for trademark rights in Japan, the United States of
America and other countries and areas.
• CRESTRON and ROOMVIEW are registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics, Inc. in the United
States and other countries.
• Other product names and logos mentioned in this user’s manual may be the trademarks or regis-
tered trademarks of their respective holders.

NOTES
(1) T
 he contents of this user’s manual may not be reprinted in part or whole without permission.
(2) T
 he contents of this user’s manual are subject to change without notice.
(3) G
 reat care has been taken in the preparation of this user’s manual; however, should you notice any
questionable points, errors or omissions, please contact us.
(4) N
 otwithstanding article (3), NEC will not be responsible for any claims on loss of profit or other
matters deemed to result from using the Projector.
Important Information
Safety Cautions
Precautions
Please read this manual carefully before using your NEC projector and keep the manual handy for future
reference.

CAUTION
To turn off main power, be sure to remove the plug from power outlet.
The power outlet socket should be installed as near to the equipment as possible, and should be
easily accessible.

CAUTION
TO PREVENT SHOCK, DO NOT OPEN THE CABINET.
THERE ARE HIGH-VOLTAGE COMPONENTS INSIDE.
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

This symbol warns the user that uninsulated voltage within the unit may be sufficient to cause
electrical shock. Therefore, it is dangerous to make any kind of contact with any part inside of
the unit.

This symbol alerts the user that important information concerning the operation and mainte-
nance of this unit has been provided.
The information should be read carefully to avoid problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS UNIT TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
DO NOT USE THIS UNIT’S PLUG WITH AN EXTENSION CORD OR IN AN OUTLET UNLESS ALL
THE PRONGS CAN BE FULLY INSERTED.

DOC Compliance Notice (for Canada only)


This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Machine Noise Information Regulation - 3. GPSGV,


The highest sound pressure level is less than 70 dB (A) in accordance with EN ISO 7779.

Disposing of your used product


EU-wide legislation as implemented in each Member State requires that used electrical and elec-
tronic products carrying the mark (left) must be disposed of separately from normal household
waste. This includes projectors and their electrical accessories or lamps. When you dispose of
such products, please follow the guidance of your local authority and/or ask the shop where you
purchased the product.
After collecting the used products, they are reused and recycled in a proper way. This effort will
help us reduce the wastes as well as the negative impact such as mercury contained in a lamp
to the human health and the environment at the minimum level. The mark on the electrical and
electronic products only applies to the current European Union Member States.

WARNING TO CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS:


Handling the cables supplied with this product will expose you to lead, a chemical known to the State of
California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.

English ... i
Important Information

RF Interference (for USA only)


WARNING
The Federal Communications Commission does not allow any modifications or changes to the unit
EXCEPT those specified by NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc. in this manual. Failure to comply with
this government regulation could void your right to operate this equipment. This equipment has been test-
ed and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential
installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be deter-
mined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one
or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.


• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio / TV technician for help.

For UK only: In UK, a BS approved power cord with moulded plug has a Black (five Amps) fuse installed for
use with this equipment. If a power cord is not supplied with this equipment please contact your supplier.

Important Safeguards
These safety instructions are to ensure the long life of your projector and to prevent fire and shock. Please
read them carefully and heed all warnings.

Installation
• Do not place the projector in the following conditions:
- on an unstable cart, stand, or table.
- near water, baths, or damp rooms.
- in direct sunlight, near heaters, or heat radiating appliances.
- in a dusty, smoky or steamy environment.
- on a sheet of paper, cloth, rugs, carpets, or any objects which are damaged or affected by heat.
• If you wish to have the projector installed on the ceiling:
- Do not attempt to install the projector yourself.
- The projector must be installed by qualified technicians in order to ensure proper operation and reduce
the risk of bodily injury.
- In addition, the ceiling must be strong enough to support the projector and the installation must be in
accordance with any local building codes.
- Please consult your dealer for more information.

WARNING • Do not use any other object than the projector’s lens cover to cover
the lens while the projector is on. Doing so can cause the object to
get extremely hot, and possibly resulting in a fire or damage due to
the heat emitted from the light output.
• Do not place any objects, which are easily affected by heat, in front
of the projector lens. Doing so could lead to the object melting from
the heat that is emitted from the light output.

English ... ii
Important Information

Place the projector in a horizontal position


The tilt angle of the projector should not exceed 5 degrees, nor should the projector be installed in any way
other than the desktop and ceiling mount, otherwise lamp life could decrease dramatically.

Fire and Shock Precautions


• Ensure that there is sufficient ventilation and that vents are unobstructed to prevent the build-up of heat
inside your projector. Allow at least 4 inches (10cm) of space between your projector and a wall.
• Do not try to touch the exhaust vent as it can become heated while the projector is turned on and
immediately after the projector is turned off.

• Prevent foreign objects such as paper clips and bits of paper from falling into your projector. Do not at-
tempt to retrieve any objects that might fall into your projector. Do not insert any metal objects such as a
wire or screwdriver into your projector. If something should fall into your projector, disconnect it immedi-
ately and have the object removed by a qualified service personnel.
• Do not place any objects on top of the projector.
• Do not touch the power plug during a thunderstorm. Doing so can cause electrical shock or fire.
• The projector is designed to operate on a power supply of 100-240V AC 50/60 Hz. Ensure that your power
supply fits this requirement before attempting to use your projector.
• Do not look into the lens while the projector is on. Serious damage to your eyes could result.

• Keep any items (magnifying glass etc.) out of the light path of the projector. The light path being projected
from the lamp is extensive, therefore any kind of abnormal objects that can redirect light coming out of the
lamp, can cause unpredictable outcome such as a fire or injury to the eyes.
• Do not block the light path between the light source and the lamp with any objects. Doing so could cause
the object to catch on fire.
• Do not place any objects, which are easily affected by heat, in front of the projector lamp or a projector
exhaust vent.
Doing so could lead to the object melting or getting your hands burned from the heat that is emitted from
the light output and exhaust.
• Handle the power cord carefully. A damaged or frayed power cord can cause electric shock or fire.
- Do not use any power cord other than the one supplied.
- Do not bend or tug the power cord excessively.
- Do not place the power cord under the projector, or any heavy object.
- Do not cover the power cord with other soft materials such as rugs.
- Do not heat the power cord.
- Do not handle the power plug with wet hands.
• Turn off the projector, unplug the power cord and have the projector serviced by a qualified service per-
sonnel under the following conditions:
- When the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed.
- If liquid has been spilled into the projector, or if it has been exposed to rain or water.

English ... iii


Important Information

- If the projector does not operate normally when you follow the instructions described in this user’s
manual.
- If the projector has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged.
- If the projector exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a need for service.
• Disconnect the power cord and any other cables before carrying the projector.
• Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord before cleaning the cabinet or replacing the lamp.
• Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord if the projector is not to be used for an extended period
of time.
• When using a LAN cable:
For safety, do not connect to the connector for peripheral device wiring that might have excessive voltage.
Remote Control Precautions
• Handle the remote control carefully.
• If the remote control gets wet, wipe it dry immediately.
• Avoid excessive heat and humidity.
• Do not short, heat, or take apart batteries.
• Do not throw batteries into fire.
• If you will not be using the remote control for a long time, remove the batteries.
• Ensure that you have the batteries’ polarity (+/–) aligned correctly.
• Do not use new and old batteries together, or use different types of batteries together.
• Dispose of used batteries according to your local regulations.

Lamp Replacement
• Use the specified lamp for safety and performance.
• To replace the lamp, follow all instructions provided on pages 84-85.
• Be sure to replace the lamp when the message [THE LAMP LIFE EXCEEDED] appears. If you continue to
use the lamp after the lamp has reached the end of its usable life, the lamp bulb may shatter, and pieces
of glass may be scattered in the lamp case. Do not touch them as the pieces of glass may cause injury.
If this happens, contact your dealer for lamp replacement.

A Lamp Characteristic
The projector has a discharge lamp for special purposes as a light source.
A lamp has a characteristic that its brightness gradually decreases with age. Also repeatedly turning the
lamp on and off will increase the possibility of its lower brightness. The actual lamp life may vary depend-
ing upon the individual lamp, the environmental conditions and usage.

CAUTION:
• DO NOT TOUCH THE LAMP immediately after it has been used. It will be extremely hot. Turn the
projector off and then disconnect the power cord. Allow at least one hour for the lamp to cool before
handling.
• When removing the lamp from a ceiling-mounted projector, make sure that no one is under the projec-
tor. Glass fragments could fall if the lamp has been burned out.

Note for US Residents


The lamp in this product contains mercury. Please dispose according to Local, State or Federal Laws.

English ... iv
Important Information

Health precautions to users viewing 3D images


• Before viewing, be sure to read health care precautions that may be found in the user’s manual
included with your LCD shutter eyeglasses or your 3D compatible content such as DVDs, video games,
computer’s video files and the like.
To avoid any adverse symptoms, heed the following:
- Do not use LCD shutter eyeglasses for viewing any material other than 3D images.
- Allow a distance of 2 m/7 feet or greater between the screen and a user. Viewing 3D images from too
close a distance can strain your eyes.
- Avoid viewing 3D images for a prolonged period of time. Take a break of 15 minutes or longer after
every hour of viewing.
- If you or any member of your family has a history of light-sensitive seizures, consult a doctor before
viewing 3D images.
- While viewing 3D images, if you get sick such as nausea, dizziness, queasiness, headache, eyestrain,
blurry vision, convulsions, and numbness, stop viewing them. If symptoms still persist, consult a
doctor.

About High Altitude mode


• Set [FAN MODE] to [HIGH ALTITUDE] when using the projector at altitudes approximately 2500
feet/760 meters or higher.
• Using the projector at altitudes approximately 2500 feet/760 meters or higher without setting to [HIGH
ALTITUDE] can cause the projector to overheat and the protector could shut down. If this happens, wait
a couple minutes and turn on the projector.
• Using the projector at altitudes less than approximately 2500 feet/760 meters and setting to [HIGH
ALTITUDE] can cause the lamp to overcool, causing the image to flicker. Switch [FAN MODE] to
[AUTO].
• Using the projector at altitudes approximately 2500 feet/760 meters or higher can shorten the life of
optical com­ponents such as the lamp.

About Copyright of original projected pictures:


Please note that using this projector for the purpose of commercial gain or the attraction of public attention
in a venue such as a coffee shop or hotel and employing compression or expansion of the screen image with
the following func­tions may raise concern about the infringement of copyrights which are protected by
copyright law. [ASPECT RATIO], [KEYSTONE], Magnifying feature and other similar features.

[NOTE] Power management function


The projector has power management functions.
To reduce power consumption, the power management functions (1 and 2) are factory-preset in the
following way. To control the projector via a LAN or serial cable connection, use the on-screen menu to
change the settings for 1 and 2.

1. STANDBY MODE (Factory preset: NORMAL)


To control the projector from an external device, select [NETWORK STANDBY] for [STANDBY MODE].
When [NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE], the following connectors and functions will not
work:
- PC CONTROL connector, MONITOR OUT connector, AUDIO OUT connector, LAN functions, Mail
Alert function.

2. AUTO POWER OFF (Factory default: 60 minutes)


To control the projector from an external device, select [0] for [AUTO POWER OFF (MIN)].
-When [30] is selected for [AUTO POWER OFF], you can enable the projector to automatically turn off in
30 minutes if there is no signal received by any input or if no operation is performed.

English ... v
Table of Contents
Table of Contents...............................1 SETTING | GENERAL........................... 53
Usage Notice......................................2 SETTING | SIGNAL............................... 56
SETTING | ADVANCED........................ 58
Precautions..........................................2
SETTING | ADVANCED | SECURITY... 60
Introduction.........................................4 SETTING | ADVANCED | NETWORK... 62
Product Features.................................4 OPTIONS | GENERAL.......................... 69
Package Overview...............................5 OPTIONS | LAMP SETTINGS.............. 72
Product Overview................................6 OPTIONS | INFORMATION.................. 74
Projector.................................................. 6 OPTIONS | ADVANCED........................ 75
Ports........................................................ 7 Appendices.......................................78
Control Panel.......................................... 8
Troubleshooting.................................78
Remote Control..................................... 10
Replacing the lamp ...........................84
Quick Key Activate Behavior................. 13
Cleaning procedure for the lens.........86
Battery Installation................................. 14
Specifications.....................................87
Using the Downloadable Software.....15
Operating the Projector Via the LAN
Compatibility Modes..........................91
(Virtual Remote Tool)............................. 15 VGA Analog........................................... 91
Viewing 3D Images............................... 24 HDMI Digital.......................................... 93
Installation........................................25 Ceiling Mount Installation...................96
Connecting the Projector...................25 Cabinet Dimensions...........................97
Connect to Computer/Notebook............ 25 Pin Assignments of D-Sub
Connect to Video Sources..................... 27
COMPUTER Input Connector............98
Powering On/Off the Projector...........29 PC Control Codes and Cable
Connection.........................................99
Powering On the Projector.................... 29
Troubleshooting Check List.............100
Powering off the projector.................... 30
Warning Indicator.................................. 31
REGISTER YOUR PROJECTOR! ..102
Adjusting the Projected Image...........32
Adjusting the Height of Projection Image...32
Adjusting the Projector's Focus............. 33
Adjusting Projection Image Size
(Diagonal).............................................. 34
User Controls...................................37
On Screen Display.............................37
How to operate ..................................... 37
Menu Tree ............................................ 38
IMAGE | GENERAL............................... 41
IMAGE | ADVANCED............................ 44
SCREEN | GENERAL........................... 49
SCREEN |3D SETTINGS...................... 51

1 ... English
Usage Notice
Precautions

Follow all warnings, precautions and maintenance as
recommended in this user’s guide to maximize the life of your
unit.

■ Warning- This projector will detect the life of the lamp


itself. Please be sure to change the lamp when it
shows warning messages.
■ Warning- Reset the “CLEAR LAMP HOURS” function
from the on-screen display “OPTIONS |LAMP
SETTINGS” menu after replacing the lamp mod-
ule. Please see the page 73.
■ Warning- When switching the projector off, please ensure
the cooling cycle has been completed before
disconnecting power.
■ Warning- Turn on the projector first and then the signal
sources.
■ Warning- When the lamp reaches the end of its life, it will
burn out and may make a loud popping sound.
If this happens, the projector will not turn back
on until the lamp module has been replaced. To
replace the lamp, follow the procedures listed
under “Replacing the Lamp”.
Turkish RoHS information relevant for Turkish market
EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur.

This device is not intended for use in the direct field of


view at visual display workplaces. To avoid incommoding
reflections at visual display workplaces this device must not
be placed in the direct field of view.

High gain type screens are not optimal for use with this
projector. The lower the screen gain (i.e., screen gain on the
order of 1), the better the appearance of the projected image.

English ... 2
Usage Notice
Do:

 urn off the product before cleaning.


■ T
■ Use a soft cloth moistened with mild detergent to clean the
display housing.
■ Disconnect the power plug from AC outlet if the product is not
being used for a long period of time.
■ If the lens is soiled, use a commercially available cleaning cloth
for lens.

Do not:

 se abrasive cleaners, waxes or solvents to clean the unit.


■ U
■ Use under the following conditions:
- Extremely heat, cold or humidity.
- In areas susceptible to excessive dust and dirt.
- In direct sunlight.
- Outdoors.
- Move the projector by holding the cable cover.
- Hang from the projector in a ceiling or wall mounted
installation.
- Apply excessively strong pressure against the lens.
- Keep finger prints off the lens surface.
- Bring the projector using the Security Lock Hunger
■ I nstall and store in the following conditions:
- In powerful magnetic fields.
- In corrosive gas environment.

3 ... English
Introduction
Product Features
■ High resolution
Full HD (1920 x 1080) support.

■ 0.5 W in standby condition with energy saving technology


Selecting [NORMAL] for [STANDBY MODE] from the menu
can put the projector in power-saving mode that consumes
only 0.5 W (typical value).

■ Two HDMI input ports provide digital signal


The two HDMI inputs provide HDCP compatible digital
signals. The HDMI input also supports audio signal.

■ Quick Power Off, Direct Power Off


The projector can be put away immediately after the projector
is powered on. No cool down period is required after the
projector is turned off from the remote control or cabinet
control panel.
The projector has a feature called “Direct Power Off”. This
feature allows the projector to be turned off (even when
projecting an image) by using the Main Power Switch or
disconnecting the AC power supply. To turn off the AC power
supply when the projector is powered on, use a power strip
equipped with a switch and a breaker.

■ 8 W speaker for an integrated audio solution


Powerful 8 watt stereo speakers provide volume need for
large rooms.

■ 3D features supported
The projector can support following format by DLP® Link.
- HDMI 3D
- HQFS 3D

■ Integrated RJ-45 connector for wired networking capability


The customer can control the projector by own computer via
Wired LAN.

■ Preventing unauthorized use of the projector


Enhanced smart security settings for keyword protection,
cabinet control panel lock, security slot, and security chain
opening to help prevent unauthorized access, adjustments and
theft deterrence.
English ... 4
Introduction
Package Overview
This projector comes with all the items shown below. Check
to make sure your unit is completed. Contact your dealer
immediately if anything is missing.

Projector Lens Cap Remote Control Batteries (AAAx2)


(79TCB121) (P/N:7N901052)

Power Cord x1

Computer Cable (VGA)


US (P/N: 79TC5021) EU (P/N: 79TC5031) (P/N:7N520087)

Security Label
 Due to the
difference in Documentation:
applications for each
country, some regions 

NEC Projector CD-ROM 

Important Information (For
 (P/N: 7M952171) North America: 7N8N5811)
may have different (For Other countries than
accessories. 

Quick Setup Guide
North America: 7N8N5811
(P/N: 7N8N5831)
and 7N8N5821)

For North America:



Limited Warranty

For Europe:


Guarantee Policy
For customers in Europe:You will find our current valid Guarantee
Policy on our Web Site:www.nec-display-solutions.com

5 ... English
Introduction
Product Overview
Projector

1 2 3 4

6
10

7
9
8

15

11

12 14

13

1. Exhaust Vent 9. Tilt Foot


2. Focus Ring Release Button
3. Control Panel 10. Lens Cap
4. Zoom Lever 11. Ports
5. Intake Vent 12. Tilt Foot
6. Security Lock Hunger 13. KensingtonTM Lock Port
7. Remote Control Sensor 14. Monaural Speaker (8W)
8. Lens 15. Lamp Cover

English ... 6
Introduction
Ports
NP-V332X/NP-V332W/NP-V302H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

13 12 11

NP-V302X/NP-V302W

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

13 12 11

1. SERVICE Port (for service purpose only) 8. VIDEO IN Port


2. LAN Port (RJ-45) 9. AUDIO IN L/R Port
3. HDMI 2 IN Port 10. AUDIO IN Jack (3.5mm
4. HDMI 1/MHL IN or mini jack)
HDMI 1 Port 11. KensingtonTM Lock Port
5. COMPUTER IN Port 12. AUDIO OUT Port
6. MONITOR OUT Port (separate (This port does not support
sync signal only) Headphone terminal)
7. PC CONTROL Port 13. AC IN Terminal

7 ... English
Introduction
Control Panel

NP-V332X/NP-V332W/NP-V302H

1 2 3 4

10

12 10 9 8 7 6

NP-V302X/NP-V302W

1 11 2 3 4

12 11 10 9 8 7 6
English ... 8
Introduction
1 VOLUME - Decrease speaker volume.
2 Four -Use , , or to select items
 For controlling the Directional or make adjustments to your
speaker volume, use
Select Keys selection.
or .
-Use as Quick Keys. Please see the
page 13.
3 VOLUME + Increase speaker volume.
4 LAMP LED Indicate the projector’s lamp
status.
5 STATUS LED Indicate the projector’s various
status.
6 POWER LED Indicate the projector’s status.
7 POWER Turn the projector on/off.
Refer to the “Power On/Off the
Projector” section on pages 29-30.
8 EXIT Press to exit the OSD menu.
9 SOURCE Press “SOURCE” to select an
input signal.
10 MENU Press “MENU” to launch the
Onscreen display (OSD), back to
the top level of OSD for the OSD
main menu operation.
11 KEYSTONE Adjust the image to compensate
 NP-V332X, NP- Correction for distortion caused by tilting the
332W, and NP-V302H projector (vertical ± 40 degrees).
also support horizontal
keystone correction.
12 ENTER Confirm your section of items in
Use button for sub menu operation.
adjusting horizontal
keystone.

9 ... English
Introduction
Remote Control

1 16
2
3 17
4 18
5 19
20
6 21
7 22
8 23
9 24
10 25
26
27

11 28

12 29
13 30
14
15 31

1 POWER ON Power on the projector. Please


see the “Power On/Off the
Projector” section on pages 29-
30.
2 POWER OFF Power off the projector. Please
see the “Power On/Off the
Projector” section on pages 29-
30.

English ... 10
Introduction

3 COMPUTER 1 Press “1” to choose Computer IN


connector.
4 COMPUTER 2 No function.
 *1: Supported
in NP-V332X, NP-
5 HDMI 1 Press “4” to choose HDMI 1/
V332W, and NP- MHL IN connector (*1) or
V302H models. HDMI1 connector (*2).
 *2: Supported in 6 VIDEO Press “VIDEO” to choose VIDEO
NP-V302X and NP- IN connector.
V302W models.
7 USB A No function.
8 ID SET Press ID SET for indicating the
ID number.
9 AV-MUTE Momentarily turn off/on the
audio and video.
10 MENU Press “MENU” to launch the
Onscreen display (OSD), back to
the top level of OSD for the OSD
main menu operation
11 D-ZOOM Zoom in/out the projected
image.
12 KEYSTONE Adjust the image to compensate
Correction for distortion caused by tilting
the projector.
13 ECO Dim the projector lamp which
will lower power consumption
and extend the lamp life. Please
see the page 72.
14 HELP This function ensures easy setup
and operation.
15 FOCUS/ No function.
ZOOM
16 SOURCE Press “SOURCE” to select the
desired input source.
17 AUTO ADJ. Automatically synchronize the
projector to the input source.

11 ... English
Introduction
18 HDMI 2 Press “5” to choose HDMI 2 IN
connector.
19 DISPLAY No function.
PORT
20 USB B No function.
21 Number Button No function.
22 LAN No function.
23 CLEAR Clear the password while you
input the password.
24 FREEZE Freeze To pause the screen
image. Press again to resume the
screen image.
25 EXIT Exit the settings.
26 ENTER Confirm your section of items in
sub menu operation.
27 Four -Use or or or to select
Directional items or make adjustments to
Select Buttons your selection. When the image
is magnified by using the D-
ZOOM + button, the , , or
 When the button moves the image.
demagnified image
- Use as Quick Keys. Please see
is displayed, the ,
, or button is the page 13.
not available to move 28 PAGE No function.
the image.
29 PICTURE Select the Picture mode from
Mode PRESENTATION, HIGH-
BRIGHT, VIDEO, MOVIE, sRGB,
BLACKBOARD, USER1, and
USER2.
30 VOL. +/- Increase/decrease speaker
volume.
31 ASPECT Use this function to choose your
desired aspect ratio. Please see
the page 49.

English ... 12
Introduction
Quick Key Activate Behavior
Quick keys are available when no OSD is displayed.
The Quick Keys can be accessed on Control Panel or remote control
( ).
The behavior of the Quick Keys is as described in the following tables.

NP-V302X/NP-V302W
Activate
Quick Key Function
Condition

LEFT ( )/
Pop Volume OSD and allow user to adjust.
RIGHT ( )
No OSD Display.
UP ( )/ Pop Vertical Keystone OSD and allow user
DOWN ( ) to adjust.

NP-V332X,/NP-V332W/NP-V302H
Activate
Quick Key Function
Condition

LEFT ( )/
Pop Volume OSD and allow user to adjust.
RIGHT ( )
UP ( ) No function.
Pop Hrizontal + Vertical Keystone OSD No OSD Display.
allow user to choose adjust horizontal or
DOWN ( ) vertical keystone. Use the button on the
control panel or the KEYSTONE button on
the remote control

13 ... English
Introduction
Battery Installation
1. Press firmly and slide the battery cover off.

2. Install new batteries (AAA). 3. Slip the cover back over the
Ensure that you have the batteries until it snaps into
batteries’ polarity (+/–) place. Do not mix different
aligned correctly. types of batteries or new and
old batteries.
 The infrared signal
operates by line-of-
sight up to a distance
of about 22 feet/7 m
and within a 60-degree
angle of the remote
sensor on the projector
cabinet.
Remote Control Precautions
 The projector will
not respond if there
• Handle the remote control carefully.
are objects between • If the remote control gets wet, wipe it dry immediately.
the remote control • Avoid excessive heat and humidity.
and the sensor, or if • Do not place the battery upside down.
strong light falls on the • Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by
sensor. Weak batteries the manufacturer.
will also prevent the • Dispose of used batteries according to your local regulations.
remote control from
properly operating the
projector.

English ... 14
Introduction
Using the Downloadable Software
Operating the Projector Via the LAN
(Virtual Remote Tool)
Using the utility software “Virtual Remote Tool” that you can
download from our web site (http://www.nec-display.com/
dl/en/index.html), Virtual Remote screen (or toolbar) can be
displayed on your computer screen.
This will help you perform operations such as projector’s
power on or off and signal selection via a LAN connection.

Virtual Remote screen Toolbar

This section provides an outline of preparation for use of


Virtual Remote Tool.
For information on how to use Virtual Remote Tool, see Help
of Virtual Remote Tool. Please refer to page 19.

Step 1: Install Virtual Remote Tool on the computer. Please


 The projector does
refer to page 16.
not support the LAN Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN. Please refer to page
automatic search fea- 17.
ture of Virtual Remote
Step 3: Start Virtual Remote Tool. Please refer to page 18.
Tool. To connect the
projector, register an
IP address manually.
TIP:
• Virtual Remote Tool can be used with a serial connection.
• For update information on Virtual Remote Tool, visit our website:
http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

15 ... English
Introduction
Step 1: Install Virtual Remote Tool on the computer
• Supported OS
 To install or
uninstall the program, Virtual Remote Tool will run on the following operating systems.
the Windows user Windows 8.1 *1, Windows 8.1 Pro *1, Windows 8.1 Enterprise *1, Windows 8 *1,
account must have Windows 8 Pro *1, Windows 8 Enterprise *1,
[Administrator] Windows 7 Home Basic, Windows 7 Home Premium, Windows 7 Professional,
privilege (Windows Windows 7 Enterprise, Windows 7 Ultimate
8.1, Windows 8, Windows Vista Home Basic, Windows Vista Home Premium, Windows Vista
Windows 7, and Business,
Windows Vista). Windows Vista Enterprise, Windows Vista Ultimate
 Exit all running Windows XP Home Edition *1, Windows XP Professional
programs before
installation. If another *1: To run Virtual Remote Tool, “Microsoft .NET Framework Version 2.0” is
program is running, required. The Microsoft .NET Framework Version is available from Micro-
the installation may soft’s web page. Install the Microsoft .NET Framework Version 2.0, 3.0 or
not be completed. 3.5 on your computer.
1 Download the updated VRT exe file from our web site
(http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html).

2 Double-click the VRT. exe icon.


The Installer will start and the Wizard screen will appear.

3 Click “Next”.
“END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” screen will be displayed.

English ... 16
Introduction
Read “END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” carefully.
4 If you agree, click “I accept the terms in the license agreement” and then
click “Next”.
Follow the instructions on the installer screens to complete the
installation.

After the installation is completed, the shortcut icon for Virtual


Remote Tool.
TIP:Uninstalling Virtual Remote Tool
• Preparation
Exit Virtual Remote Tool before uninstalling. To uninstall Virtual Remote
 Tool, the Windows user account must have “Administrator” privilege
“(Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7 and Windows Vista)” or
“Computer Administrator” privilege (Windows XP).
• For Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Vista
1. Click “Start” and then “Control Panel”.
The Control Panel window will be displayed.
2. Click “Uninstall a program” under “Programs”.
The “Programs and Features” window will be displayed.
3. Select Virtual Remote Tool and click it.
4. Click “Uninstall/Change” or “Uninstall”.
When the “User Account Control” window is displayed, click
“Continue”. Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the
uninstallation.
• For Windows XP
1. Click “Start” and then “Control Panel”.
The Control Panel window will be displayed.
2. Double-click “Add / Remove Programs”.
The Add / Remove Programs window will be displayed.
3. Click Virtual Remote Tool from the list and then click “Remove”.
Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN


Connect the projector to the LAN by following the instructions in
“Connecting the Projector” on pages 25-26 and “How to use web
browser to control your projector” in pages 64-68.

17 ... English
Introduction
Step 3: Start Virtual Remote Tool
Start using the shortcut icon

Start from the Start menu


Click [Start] -> [All Programs] or [Programs] -> [NEC Projector
User Supportware] -> [Virtual Remote Tool] -> [Virtual Remote
Tool].
When Virtual Remote Tool starts for the first time, “Easy Setup”
window will be displayed.

The “Easy Setup” feature is not available on this model. Click


 When “NORMAL” “Close Easy Setup”.
is selected for Closing the “Easy Setup” window will display the “Projector
“STANDBY MODE” List” window. Click “Close”. This will display the Virtual Remote
from the menu, the screen. To connect the projector, register an IP address manually.
projector cannot
be controlled via TIP:
the serial cable or
• The Virtual Remote Tool screen (or Toolbar) can be displayed without
network (wired LAN)
displaying “Easy Setup” window.
connection..
To do so, click to place a check mark for “Do not use Easy Setup next
time” on the screen.

English ... 18
Introduction
Exiting Virtual Remote Tool
1 Click the Virtual Remote Tool icon on the Taskbar.
The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2 Click “Exit”.
The Virtual Remote Tool will be closed.

Viewing the help file of Virtual Remote Tool


Displaying the help file using the taskbar
1 Click the Virtual Remote Tool icon on the taskbar when Virtual Remote
Tool is running.
The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2 Click “Help”.
The Help screen will be displayed.

Displaying the help file using the Start Menu.


Click “Start” -> “All programs” or “Programs” -> “NEC Projector
User Supportware” -> “Virtual Remote Tool” and then “Virtual
Remote Tool Help” in this order.
The Help screen will be displayed.
19 ... English
Introduction
Controlling the Projector over a LAN
(PC Control Utility Pro 4 for Windows/PC Control
Utility Pro 5 for Mac OS)
[Using on Windows]
Using the utility software “PC Control Utility Pro 4” that you
can download from our web site
(http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html), the projector
can be controlled from a computer over a LAN.
Control Functions
Power On/Off, signal selection, picture freeze, picture mute,
 When the projector audio mute, adjusting, error message notification, event
is in the standby schedule.
condition, the Error
Alert function of PC
Control Utility Pro 4/
PC Control Utility Pro
5 are not available.
To make this function
available even in the
standby condition,
use the E-Mail Alert
function of the
projector.
Screen of PC Control Utility Pro 4
This section provides an outline of preparation for use of PC Control
Utility Pro 4. For information on how to use PC Control Utility Pro 4,
see Help of PC Control Utility Pro 4.

• Step 1: Install PC Control Utility Pro 4 on the computer. Please see


the page 21.
• Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN. Please see the page 22.
• Step 3: Start PC Control Utility Pro 4. Please see the page 22.

TIP:
• PC Control Utility Pro 4 can be used with a serial connection.
• For update information on PC Control Utility Pro 4, visit our website:
http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

English ... 20
Introduction
Step 1: Install PC Control Utility Pro 4 on the computer
• Supported OS - PC Control Utility Pro 4 will run on the following
operating systems.
Windows 8.1*1, Windows 8.1 Pro *1, Windows 8.1 Enterprise *1,
Windows 8 *1, Windows 8 Pro *1, Windows 8 Enterprise *1,
Windows 7 Home Basic, Windows 7 Home Premium, Windows 7
Professional, Windows 7 Enterprise, Windows 7 Ultimate
Windows Vista Home Basic, Windows Vista Home Premium,
Windows Vista Business, Windows Vista Enterprise, Windows Vista
Ultimate
Windows XP Home Edition *1, Windows XP Professional *1
*1: To run PC Control Utility Pro 4, “Microsoft .NET Framework Version 2.0” is
required. The Microsoft .NET Framework Version is available from Micro-
 To install or soft’s web page. Install the Microsoft .NET Framework Version 2.0, 3.0 or 3.5
uninstall the program, on your computer.
the Windows user
account must have
[Administrator] 1 Connect your computer to the Internet and download the updated PCCUP4
privilege (Windows exe file from our web site (http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html).
8.1, Windows 8,
Windows 7, and
Windows Vista) 2 Double-click the PCCUP4. exe icon.
 Exit all running The Installer will start and the Wizard screen will appear.
programs before
installation. If another
program is running,
the installation may
not be completed.

3 Click “Next”.
“END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” screen will be displayed.

21 ... English
Introduction
Read “END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” carefully.
4 If you agree, click “I accept the terms in the license agreement” and then
click “Next”.
Follow the instructions on the installer screens to complete the
 For the Schedule installation.
function of the PC
Control utility Pro 4 to TIP:Uninstalling PC Control Utility Pro 4
work, you must have • To uninstall PC Control Utility Pro 4, do the same procedures stated as in
your computer run- “Uninstalling Virtual Remote Tool”. Read “Virtual Remote Tool” as “PC
ning and not in stand- Control Utility Pro 4”
by/sleep mode. Select
“Power Options” from
the “Control Panel” in Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN
Windows and disable Connect the projector to the LAN by following the instructions in
its standby/sleep “Connecting the Projector” on pages 25-26 and “How to use web
mode before running
browser to control your projector” in pages 64-65.
the scheduler.
[Example] For Win-
dows 7: Step 3: Start PC Control Utility Pro 4
Select “Control Click “Start” -> “All programs” or “Programs” -> “NEC Projector
Panel” -> “System and User Supportware” -> “PC Control Utility Pro 4” -> “PC Control
Security” -> “Power Utility Pro 4”.
Options” -> “Change
when the computer
sleeps” -> “Put the TIP: Viewing the Help of PC Control Utility Pro 4
computer to sleep” ->
• Displaying the Help file of PC Control Utility Pro 4 while it is running.
”Never”. Click “Help (H)” -> “Help (H)” of window of PC Control Utility Pro 4 in
 When “NORMAL” this order.
is selected for The pop-up menu will be displayed.
“STANDBY MODE” • Displaying the help file using the Start Menu.
from the menu, the Click “Start” -> “All programs” or “Programs” -> “NEC Projector User
projector cannot Supportware” -> “PC Control Utility Pro 4” -> “PC Control Utility Pro 4
be controlled via Help”.
the serial cable or The Help screen will be displayed.
network (wired LAN)
connection.
PC Control Utility Pro 5 for Mac OS
 The projector
does not support the Step 1: Install PC Control Utility Pro 5 on the computer
LAN automatic search 1 Connect your computer to the Internet and visit our website (http://www.
feature of PC Control nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html).
Utility Pro 4. To con-
2 Download the updated PC Control Utility Pro 5 from our website.
nect the projector,
register an IP address 3 In Finder, control-click (“control” + click) or right click the PC Control
manually. Utility Pro 5.pkg.
4 Select “Open” from the top of contextual menu that appears.

English ... 22
Introduction
5 Click “Open” in the dialog box. If prompted, enter an administrator name
and password.
The installer will start.
6 Click “Next”.
“END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” screen will be displayed.
7 Read “END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” and click “Next”.
The confirmation window will be displayed.
8 Click “I accept the terms in the license agreement”.
Follow the instructions on the installer screens to complete the installation.

Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN


Connect the projector to the LAN by following the instructions in
“Connecting the Projector”. Please see pages 25-26.

Step 3: Start PC Control Utility Pro 5


1. Open your Applications folder in Mac OS.
 For the Schedule 2. Click the “PC Control Utility Pro 5” folder.
function of the PC 3. Click the “PC Control Utility Pro 5” icon.
Control utility Pro 5
to work, you must PC Control Utility Pro 5 will start.
have your computer
running and not in
TIP: Viewing the Help of PC Control Utility Pro 5
sleep mode. Select
“Energy Saver” • Displaying the Help file of PC Control Utility Pro 5 while it is running.
from the “System • From the menu bar, click “Help” → “Help” in this order.
Preferences” in Mac The Help screen will be displayed
and disable its sleep • Displaying the Help using the Dock
mode before running 1. Open “Application Folder” in Mac OS.
the scheduler.
2. Click the “PC Control Utility Pro 5” folder.
 When [NORMAL]
3. Click the “PC Control Utility Pro 5 Help” icon.
is selected for
[STANDBY MODE] The Help screen will be displayed.
from the menu, the
projector cannot be TIP: Uninstalling a software program
turned on via the 1. Put the “PC Control Utility Pro 5” folder to the Trash icon.
network. 2. Put the configuration file of PC Control Utility Pro 5 to the Trash icon.
• The configuration file of PC Control Utility Pro 5 is located in “/Users/
<your user name>/Application Data/NEC Projector User Supportware/
PC Control Utility Pro 5”.

23 ... English
Introduction
Viewing 3D Images

The projector provides 3D images to a user wearing commercially


available LCD shutter eyeglasses.
CAUTION
Health precautions
Before viewing, be sure to read health care precautions that may be found
in the user’s manual included with your LCD shutter eyeglasses or your 3D
compatible content such as DVDs, video games, computer’s video files and
the like.
To avoid any adverse symptoms, heed the following:
- Do not use LCD shutter eyeglasses for viewing any material other than 3D
images.
- Allow a distance of 2 m/7 feet or greater between the screen and a user.
Viewing 3D images from too close a distance can strain your eyes.
Avoid viewing 3D images for a prolonged period of time. Take a break of 15
minutes or longer after every hour of viewing.
- If you or any member of your family has a history of light-sensitive sei-
zures, consult a doctor before viewing 3D images.
- While viewing 3D images, if you get sick such as nausea, dizziness, queasi-
ness, headache, eyestrain, blurry vision, convulsions, and numbness, stop
viewing them. If symptoms still persist, consult a doctor.
- View 3D images from the front of the screen. Viewing from an angle may
cause fatigue or eyestrain.
LCD shutter eyeglasses
• Use commercially available 3D eyeglasses which meet the following
requirements:
- DLP® Link compatible
- Support vertical refresh rate up to 144 Hz.
Steps for viewing 3D images on the projector
1. Connect the projector to your video equipment.
2. Turn on the projector, display the on-screen menu.
3. Select [3D SETTINGS] from [SCREEN] tab and then select [ON] for
[3D].
- Set for [3D INVERT] and [3D STRUCTURE] as necessary. Please see
the page 51.
4. Play your 3D compatible content and use the projector to display the
image.
5. Put on your LCD shutter eyeglasses to view 3D images.
Also refer to the user’s manual accompanied with your LCD shutter
eyeglasses for more information.
English ... 24
Installation
Connecting the Projector
Connect to Computer/Notebook
NP-V332X, NP-V332W, NP-V302H

To the wall outlet


2 3 4 5

1
E62405SP
R

Router / Network Switch

8
 Make sure that the
6
power plug is fully
inserted into both the External
projector AC IN termi- Display
nal and the wall outlet.
7
 The MONITOR
OUT connector supports Audio Output
Separate sync signal
only. 1.............................................................................................Power cord (supplied)
2...............................................................................................................HDMI cable
3........................................................................ Computer cable (VGA) (supplied)
4................................................................................................................RS232 cable
5............................................................................................................... Audio cable
6.................................................................................................. Audio output cable
7.................................................................................................... VGA output cable
8.................................................................................................................. RJ45 cable

25 ... English
Installation

NP-V302X, NP-V302W

To the wall outlet


2 3 4 5

1
E62405SP
R

Router / Network Switch

8
6

External
Display
7

Audio Output

1.............................................................................................Power cord (supplied)


2...............................................................................................................HDMI cable
3........................................................................ Computer cable (VGA) (supplied)
4................................................................................................................RS232 cable
5............................................................................................................... Audio cable
6.................................................................................................. Audio output cable
7.................................................................................................... VGA output cable
8.................................................................................................................. RJ45 cable

English ... 26
Installation
Connect to Video Sources
NP-V332X, NP-V332W, NP-V302H
DVD Player, Set-top Box,
HDTV receiver

 Make sure that the


power plug is fully
inserted into both the
projector AC IN termi-
nal and the wall outlet.

To the wall outlet 2 3 4 5

1
E62405SP
R

Composite Video Output


7 6

 Due to the
difference in
applications for each
country, some regions
may have different
accessories.
Audio Output
 When Deep Color
is set to ON on your 1.............................................................................................Power cord (supplied)
HDMI equipment, 2............................................................................................................. HDMI cable*
video or audio noise 3.................................................... 15-Pin to 3 RCA Component/HDTV Adaptor
may be generated 4......................................................................................................................... Audio
depending on the 5................................................................................................... Audio Cable/RCA
equipment or cable 6................................................................................................... Audio Cable/RCA
being used. Should 7............................................................................................ Composite video cable
this happen, set Deep
Color to OFF (8 bit). *HDMI cable: Use High Speed HDMI® Cable.

27 ... English
Installation

NP-V302X, NP-V302W
DVD Player, Set-top Box,
HDTV receiver

To the wall outlet 2 3 4 5

1
E62405SP
R

Composite Video Output


7 6

Audio Output

1.............................................................................................Power cord (supplied)


2............................................................................................................. HDMI cable*
3.................................................... 15-Pin to 3 RCA Component/HDTV Adaptor
4......................................................................................................................... Audio
5................................................................................................... Audio Cable/RCA
6................................................................................................... Audio Cable/RCA
7............................................................................................ Composite video cable

*HDMI cable: Use High Speed HDMI® Cable.

English ... 28
Installation
Powering On/Off the Projector
Powering On the Projector
 When you first 1. Securely connect the power cord and signal cable. When
turn on the projec- connected, the POWER/STANDBY LED will turn Red or
tor, you will get the Orange (*).
Startup menu. This
menu gives you the 2. Turn on the projector by pressing “POWER” on the remote
opportunity to select control or on the control panel. At this moment, the
the menu languages. POWER/STANDBY LED will now turn Green. 
To select the language, The startup screen will display in approximately 10 seconds.
use the , , The first time you use the projector, you will be asked to
, or button on the select the preferred language and power saving mode.
remote control. Select
your language. Please 3. Turn on your source (computer, notebook, video player, etc.)
see the page 53. The projector will detect your source automatically.
 While the POWER
indicator is blinking  I
f you connect multiple sources at the same time, press the
green in short cycles, “SOURCE” button on the control panel or direct source keys
the power cannot be
on the remote control to switch between inputs.
turned off by using the
power button.

1 POWER/STANDBY

(*)When “Normal” is
selected for “Standby
Mode”, the Power LED
indicator will turn
red; when “Network
standby” is selected for
“Standby Mode”, the
Power LED indicator
will turn orange.

Turn on the projector


first and then the signal
sources.

29 ... English
Installation
Powering off the projector
1. Press the “POWER OFF” button on the remote control or the
button on the control panel to turn off the projector lamp,
 While the POWER you will see a message as below on the on-screen display.
LED indicator is blink-
ing green in short POWER OFF
ARE YOU SURE
cycles, the power
YES NO
cannot be turned off
by using the power
button.
2. Press the “POWER OFF” button again to confirm.
3. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet and the
projector. If you disconnect the power cord while viewing
the picture and connect the power cord again, wait for at
least one second until you connect the power cord again.

English ... 30
Installation
Warning Indicator
 When the “STATUS” LED indicator flashes red, it
indicates the projector has overheated. The projector will
automatically shut itself down.
WARNING! TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH
For more informa- 1. MAKE SURE AIR IN AND OUTLETS ARE NOT BLOCKED.
tion on STATUS LED 2. MAKE SURE THE ENVIRONMENT TEMPERATURE IS UNDER 40 DEGREE C
indicator, please see the
page 81-82.
 When the “LAMP” LED indicator turns red and the message
below displays on-screen, the projector has detected that
the lamp is approaching its end of life. When you see this
message, change the lamp as soon as possible.
WARNING! LAMP

LAMP WARNING
LAMP LIFE IS ABOVE LIMIT TIME. LAMP OFF!

WARNING! LAMP

LAMP WARNING
LAMP LIFE EXCEEDED.

 When the “STATUS” LED indicator flashes red and the


message below displays on-screen, it indicates the fan failed.
Stop using the projector and disconnect the power cord from
the electrical outlet, then contact your local dealer or our
service center.
WARNING! FAN LOCKED

THE PROJECTOR WILL SWITCH OFF AUTOMATICALLY.

31 ... English
Installation
Adjusting the Projected Image
Adjusting the Height of Projection Image
The projector is equipped with the tilt foot for adjusting the
image height.
1. Press the tilt foot release button. 1
Keep to press the tilt foot release button for raising or
lowering the projector, then lock the button by releasing it. 2

2. Rotate the rear feet counter clockwise to raise the projector


or clockwise to lower it. 3

Two tilt foot at


the rear side will be
screwed off if these are 1

rotated too much. Tilt foot


release button

Rear foot Tilt Foot Rear foot


3 2 3

English ... 32
Installation
Adjusting the Projector’s Focus
To focus the image, rotate the focus ring until the image is clear.
To zoom the image, turn the zoom lever in or out.

Zoom Lever

Focus Ring

33 ... English
Installation
Adjusting Projection Image Size (Diagonal)
Screen Width

Screen Diagonal
Screen Height

Screen Center

(B)

(D) Screen Bottom


(α)
α) Lens Center

B = Vertical distance between lens center


(C) and screen center.
C = Throw distance.
D = Vertical distance between lens center
and bottom of screen (top of screen
for ceiling application).
α = Throw angle.

Projection Image Size from 30” to 300” (0.76 to 7.62 meters).


Models: NP-V332X, NP-V302X
Screen Size (C)
D
αα
(B)
(WIDE)
Diagonal (A) Width Height Wide Tele Wide Tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm degree degree

30 762 24 610 18 457 12 297 47 1189 52 1311 3 69 14.0 12.8

40 1016 32 813 24 610 16 396 62 1585 69 1747 4 91 14.0 12.8

60 1524 48 1219 36 914 23 594 94 2377 103 2621 5 137 14.0 12.8

70 1778 56 1422 42 1067 27 693 109 2773 120 3058 6 160 14.0 12.8

80 2032 64 1626 48 1219 31 792 125 3169 138 3495 7 183 14.0 12.8

90 2286 72 1829 54 1372 35 891 140 3566 155 3932 8 206 14.0 12.8

English ... 34
Installation

Screen Size (C)


D
αα
(B)
(WIDE)
Diagonal (A) Width Height Wide Tele Wide Tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm degree degree

100 2540 80 2032 60 1524 39 990 156 3962 172 4368 9 228 14.0 12.8

120 3048 96 2438 72 1829 47 1188 187 4754 206 5242 11 274 14.0 12.8

150 3810 120 3048 90 2286 58 1486 234 5943 258 6553 13 343 14.0 12.8

180 4572 144 3658 108 2743 70 1783 281 7131 310 7863 16 411 14.0 12.8

200 5080 160 4064 120 3048 78 1981 312 7923 344 8737 18 457 14.0 12.8

240 6096 192 4877 144 3658 94 2377 374 9508 413 10484 22 548 14.0 12.8

270 6858 216 5486 162 4115 105 2674 421 10697 464 11795 24 617 14.0 12.8

300 7620 240 6096 180 4572 117 2971 468 11885 516 13105 27 685 14.0 12.8

* This table is for user’s reference only.


*The values in the tables are design values and may vary.

Projection Image Size from 30” to 300” (0.76 to 7.62 meters).


Models: NP-V332W, NP-V302W
Screen Size (C)
D
αα
(B)
(WIDE)
Diagonal (A) Width Height Wide Tele Wide Tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm degree degree

30 762 25 646 16 404 10 253 39 1002 43 1099 2 51 14.2 13.0

40 1016 34 862 21 538 13 337 53 1335 58 1465 3 68 14.2 13.0

60 1524 51 1292 32 808 20 506 79 2003 86 2197 4 102 14.2 13.0

70 1778 59 1508 37 942 23 591 92 2337 101 2563 5 119 14.2 13.0

80 2032 68 1723 42 1077 27 675 105 2671 115 2929 5 136 14.2 13.0

90 2286 76 1939 48 1212 30 759 118 3005 130 3296 6 153 14.2 13.0

100 2540 85 2154 53 1346 33 844 131 3339 144 3662 7 171 14.2 13.0

120 3048 102 2585 64 1615 40 1012 158 4006 173 4394 8 205 14.2 13.0

150 3810 127 3231 79 2019 50 1265 197 5008 216 5493 10 256 14.2 13.0

180 4572 153 3877 95 2423 60 1518 237 6009 259 6591 12 307 14.2 13.0

200 5080 170 4308 106 2692 66 1687 263 6677 288 7323 13 341 14.2 13.0

35 ... English
Installation
Screen Size (C)
D
αα
(B)
(WIDE)
Diagonal (A) Width Height Wide Tele Wide Tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm degree degree

240 6096 204 5169 127 3231 80 2025 315 8012 346 8788 16 409 14.2 13.0

270 6858 229 5816 143 3635 90 2278 355 9014 389 9887 18 460 14.2 13.0

300 7620 254 6462 159 4039 100 2531 394 10016 432 10985 20 512 14.2 13.0

* This table is for user’s reference only.


*The values in the tables are design values and may vary.

Projection Image Size from 40” to 300” (1.02 to 7.62 meters).


Model: NP-V302H
Screen Size (C)
D
αα
(B)
(WIDE)
Diagonal (A) Width Height Wide Tele Wide Tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm degree degree

40 1016 35 886 20 498 13 331 52 1328 63 1594 3 82 14.0 11.7

60 1524 52 1328 29 747 20 496 78 1992 94 2391 5 123 14.0 11.7

70 1778 61 1550 34 872 23 579 92 2324 110 2789 6 143 14.0 11.7

80 2032 70 1771 39 996 26 662 105 2657 126 3188 6 164 14.0 11.7

90 2286 78 1992 44 1121 29 745 118 2989 141 3586 7 184 14.0 11.7

100 2540 87 2214 49 1245 33 827 131 3321 157 3985 8 205 14.0 11.7

120 3048 105 2657 59 1494 39 993 157 3985 188 4782 10 246 14.0 11.7

150 3810 131 3321 74 1868 49 1241 196 4981 235 5977 12 307 14.0 11.7

180 4572 157 3985 88 2241 59 1489 235 5977 282 7173 15 368 14.0 11.7

200 5080 174 4428 98 2491 65 1655 261 6641 314 7970 16 409 14.0 11.7

240 6096 209 5313 118 2989 78 1986 314 7970 377 9564 19 491 14.0 11.7

270 6858 235 5977 132 3362 88 2234 353 8966 424 10759 22 553 14.0 11.7

300 7620 261 6641 147 3736 98 2482 392 9962 471 11955 24 614 14.0 11.7

* This table is for user’s reference only.


*The values in the tables are design values and may vary.

English ... 36
User Controls
On Screen Display
The Projector has a multilingual On Screen Display that
allows you to make image adjustments and change a variety of
settings.

How to operate
1. To open the OSD, press the MENU button on the Remote Control.
2. When OSD is displayed, use the buttons to select any item
in the main menu. While making a selection on a particular page,
press the button to enter sub menu.
3. Use the buttons to select the desired item in the sub menu
and adjust the settings by using the or button.
4. Select the desired item in the sub menu and press the ENTER
button to enter another sub menu. Press the MENU button to close
the sub menu after adjustment.
5. After adjusting the settings, press the MENU or EXIT button go
back to the main menu.
6. To exit, press the MENU button again. The OSD will be closed and
the projector will automatically save the new settings.

Main Menu

IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS


GENERAL ADVANCED

If no button operation GAMMA FILM


BrilliantColor™
is made for 30 seconds,
COLOR TEMP. LOW
the OSD will be closed DYNAMIC CONTRAST OFF
automatically. COLOR
COLOR SPACE AUTO

SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE


COMPUTER

Sub Menu Setting

37 ... English
User Controls

Menu Tree
MAIN MENU SUB MENU SETTINGS
PICTURE MODE PRESENTATION/HIGH-BRIGHT/VIDEO/
MOVIE/SRGB/BLACKBOARD/USER1/
USER2
WALL COLOR OFF/RED/GREEN/BLUE/CYAN/
MAGENTA/YELLOW
GENERAL BRIGHTNESS 0~100
CONTRAST 0~100
SHARPNESS 0~31
SATURATION DEPEND ON SOURCE FORMAT
HUE DEPEND ON SOURCE FORMAT
IMAGE GAMMA FILM/VIDEO/GRAPHICS/PC/
BLACKBOARD
BRILLIANTCOL- 0~10
ORTM
COLOR TEMP. LOW/MEDIUM/HIGH

ADVANCED DYNAMIC CON- ON/OFF


TRAST
COLOR RED GAIN/GREEN GAIN/BLUE GAIN/
CYAN GAIN/MAGENTA GAIN/YELLOW
GAIN/RED BIAS/GREEN BIAS/BLUE BIAS/
RESET
COLOR SPACE AUTO/RGB/YUV
ASPECT RATIO 4:3/16:9/16:10/15:9/5:4/NATIVE/AUTO
OVERSCAN 0%/5%/10%
GENERAL V KEYSTONE -30~+30 (NP-V302H, NP-V332W, and
NP-V332X)
-40~+40 (NP-V302W, NP-V302X)
SCREEN
3D ON/OFF
3D INVERT ON/OFF
3D SETTINGS
3D STRUCTURE AUTO/FRAME PACKING/TOP-AND-
BOTTOM/SIDE-BY-SIDE/FRAME
SEQUENTIAL
LANGUAGE ENGLISH / DEUTSCH / FRANÇAIS /ITALIANO /
ESPAÑOL / SVENSKA / ᣣᧄ⺆䎃/ PORTUGUÊS /
ČEŠTINA / MAGYAR / POLSKI / / 简体中文 /
SETTING GENERAL 繁體中文 / NORSK / TÜRKÇE / РУССКИЙ /
ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΑ / INDONESIA / 䚐ạ㛨G/ SUOMI /
NEDERLANDS / DANSK / ROMÂNĂ / HRVATSKI /
БЪЛГАРСКИ / ไทย / / / TIẾNG VIỆT

English ... 38
User Controls

MAIN MENU SUB MENU SETTINGS


ORIENTATION DESKTOP FRONT/DESKTOP REAR/
CEILING FRONT/CEILING REAR
HDMI SETTINGS (NP-V302H, NP-V332W, and NP-V332X)
-VIDEO LEVEL (AUTO/NORMAL/
ENHANCED)/ AUDIO SELECT
(HDMI1 and MHL/ COMPUTER), OR
HDMI2/ COMPUTER
GENERAL
(NP-V302W and NP-V302X)
-VIDEO LEVEL (AUTO/NORMAL/
ENHANCED)/ AUDIO SELECT
(HDMI1/ COMPUTER), OR HDMI2/
COMPUTER
MUTE ON/OFF
VOLUME 0~20
SETTING
PHASE DEPEND ON SOURCE FORMAT
CLOCK DEPEND ON SOURCE FORMAT
SIGNAL
H.POSITION DEPEND ON SOURCE FORMAT
V.POSITION DEPEND ON SOURCE FORMAT
LOGO ON/OFF
NETWORK NETWORK STATUS/DHCP/
IP ADDRESS/SUBNET MASK/GATEWAY/
APPLY
ADVANCED CLOSED CAPTION OFF/CC1/CC2/CC3/CC4/T1/T2/T3/T4
SECURITY SECURITY/SECURITY TIMER/CHANGE
PASSWORD
TEST PATTERN

39 ... English
User Controls

MAIN MENU SUB MENU SETTINGS


INPUT SEARCH ON/OFF
INPUT (NP-V302H, NP-V332W, and NP-V332X)
- COMPUTER/HDMI1 and MHL/HDMI2,
VIDEO

(NP-V302W and NP-V302X)


- COMPUTER/HDMI1/HDMI2, VIDEO
GENERAL FAN MODE AUTO/HIGH ALTITUDE
INFORMATION ON/OFF
HIDE
ID DISPLAY ON/OFF
BACKGROUND BLACK/BLUE
COLOR
RESET YES/NO
LAMP LIFE RE-
MAINING
LAMP HOURS USED
LAMP ECO MODE OFF/ECO
SETTINGS
LAMP LIFE RE- ON/OFF
OPTIONS MINDER
CLEAR LAMP YES/NO
HOURS
MODEL NO.
SERIAL NUMBER
SOURCE
INFORMA-
TION RESOLUTION
SOFTWARE VER-
SION
CONTROL ID
STANDBY MODE NORMAL/NETWORK STANDBY
DIRECT POWER ON ON/OFF
AUTO POWER OFF 0~180
(MIN)
ADVANCED
OFF TIMER (MIN) 0~995
CONTROL PANEL ON/OFF
LOCK
CONTROL ID

English ... 40
User Controls
IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS
GENERAL ADVANCED

PICTURE MODE PRESENTATION


WALL COLOR OFF
BRIGHTNESS

IMAGE |
CONTRAST
SHARPNESS
SATURATION

GENERAL
HUE

SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE


COMPUTER

PICTURE MODE
There are many factory presets optimized for various types of
images. Use the or button to select the item.

PICTURE MODE

PRESENTATION
HIGH-BRIGHT
VIDEO
MOVIE
sRGB
BLACKBOARD
USER1
USER2

 PRESENTATION: For computer or notebook.


 HIGH-BRIGHT: Maximum brightness from PC input.
 VIDEO: This mode is recommended for typical TV program
viewing.
 MOVIE: For home theater.
 sRGB: Standardized accurate color.
 BLACKBOARD: This mode should be selected to achieve
optimum color settings when projecting onto a blackboard
(green).
 USER1/USER2: Memorize user’s settings.

41 ... English
User Controls
WALL COLOR
Use this function to choose a proper color according to the wall. It
will compensate the color deviation due to the wall color to show
the correct image tone.

WALL COLOR

OFF
RED
GREEN
BLUE
CYAN
MAGENTA
YELLOW

BRIGHTNESS
Adjust the brightness of the image.
Press the button to darken image.
Press the button to lighten the image.
BRIGHTNESS

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

CONTRAST
The contrast controls the degree of difference between the lightest
and darkest parts of the picture. Adjusting the contrast changes the
amount of black and white in the image.
 Press the button to decrease the contrast.
 Press the button to increase the contrast.
CONTRAST

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

English ... 42
User Controls
SHARPNESS
Adjust the sharpness of the image.
 Press the button to decrease the sharpness.
 Press the button to increase the sharpness.
SHARPNESS

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

SATURATION
Adjust a video image from black and white to fully saturated color.
 Press the button to decrease the amount of saturation in the
image.
 Press the button to increase the amount of saturation in the
image.

SATURATION

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

HUE
Adjust the color balance of red and green.
 Press the button to increase the amount of green in the image.
 Press the button to increase the amount of red in the image.
HUE

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

Input signal BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST SHARPNESS SATURATION HUE


COMPUTER/
YES YES YES NO NO
HDMI (RGB)
COMPUTER/
YES YES YES YES YES
HDMI (COMPONENT)
VIDEO YES YES YES YES YES

 Yes=Adjustable, No=Not adjustable

43 ... English
User Controls
IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS
GENERAL ADVANCED

GAMMA FILM
BrilliantColor™
COLOR TEMP. LOW
DYNAMIC CONTRAST OFF

IMAGE | COLOR
COLOR SPACE AUTO

ADVANCED SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE


COMPUTER

GAMMA
This allows you to choose a gamma table that has been fine-tuned
to bring out the best image quality for the input.
 FILM: for home theater.
 VIDEO: for video or TV source.
 GRAPHICS: for image source.
 PC: for PC or computer source.
 BLACKBOARD: for displaying on the blackboard.
GAMMA

FILM
VIDEO
GRAPHICS
PC
BLACKBOARD
 The Color Temp
is not available
when “HIGH-
BRIGHT” or
“sRGB” is selected
for “PICTURE
MODE”.

English ... 44
User Controls
BrilliantColor™
This adjustable item utilizes a new color-processing algorithm
and system level enhancements to enable higher brightness while
providing true, more vibrant colors. The range is from “0” to
“10”. If you prefer a stronger enhanced image, adjust toward the
maximum setting. For a smoother, more natural image, adjust
toward the minimum setting.
BrilliantColor™

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

COLOR TEMP.
Adjust the color temperature. At higher temperature, the screen
looks colder; at lower temperature, the screen looks warmer.

COLOR TEMP.

LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH

DYNAMIC CONTRAST
Turning this item on allows the contrast ratio to be adjusted to the
proper level.

DYNAMIC CONTRAST

OFF
ON

45 ... English
User Controls
COLOR
Press ENTER into the next menu as below and then use the or
button to select item.

COLOR

RED GAIN
GREEN GAIN
BLUE GAIN
CYAN GAIN
MAGENTA GAIN
YELLOW GAIN
RED BIAS
GREEN BIAS
BLUE BIAS
RESET

 RED GAIN
RED GAIN

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

 GREEN GAIN
GREEN GAIN

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

 BLUE GAIN
BLUE GAIN

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

 CYAN GAIN
CYAN GAIN

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

English ... 46
User Controls
 MAGENTA GAIN
MAGENTA GAIN

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

 YELLOW GAIN
YELLOW GAIN

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

 RED BIAS
RED BIAS

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

 GREEN BIAS
GREEN BIAS

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

 BLUE BIAS:
BLUE BIAS

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

 Use the
or button to select RED, GREEN, BLUE, CYAN,
MAGENTA AND YELLOW COLORS.

47 ... English
User Controls
 RESET: Choose “YES” to return the factory default settings for
color adjustments.

RESET

NO
YES

COLOR SPACE
Select an appropriate color matrix type from AUTO, RGB or YUV.

COLOR SPACE

AUTO
RGB
YUV

English ... 48
User Controls
IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS
GENERAL 3D SETTINGS

ASPECT RATIO AUTO


OVERSCAN
H KEYSTONE
V KEYSTONE

SCREEN |
GENERAL SELECT
COMPUTER
EXIT MOVE MOVE

IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS


GENERAL 3D SETTINGS

ASPECT RATIO AUTO


OVERSCAN
KEYSTONE

SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE


COMPUTER

ASPECT RATIO
Use this function to choose your desired aspect ratio.

 4:3: This format is for 4×3 input sources.


 16:9: This format is for 16×9 input sources, like HDTV and DVD
enhanced for Wide screen TV.
 16:10: This format is for 16×10 input sources, like widescreen
laptops.
 15:9: This format is for 15×9 input sources.
 5:4: This format is for 5×4 input sources.
 NATIVE: This format displays the original image without any
scaling.
 AUTO: Automatically selects the appropriate display format.
ASPECT RATIO

NATIVE
AUTO

49 ... English
User Controls
OVERSCAN
Overscan function removes the noise in a video image. Overscan
the image to remove video encoding noise on the edge of video
 Each I/O has source.
different setting of
“OVERSCAN”. OVERSCAN

KEYSTONE (NP-V332W, NP-V332X, NP-V302H)


 Please see more
Press the or button to adjust image distortion vertically (V
information on Keystone) or horizontally (H Keystone).
Keystone and Quick
Keys on page 13. KEYSTONE

H KEYSTONE
V KEYSTONE

EXIT MOVE ADJUST

V KEYSTONE (NP-V302X, NP-V302W)


Press the or button to adjust image distortion vertically. If
the image looks trapezoidal, this option can help make the image
rectangular.

V KEYSTONE

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

English ... 50
User Controls
IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS
GENERAL 3D SETTINGS

3D OFF
3D INVERT OFF
3D STRUCTURE FRAME PACKING

SCREEN |
3D SETTINGS
SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE
COMPUTER

 “3D INVERT”
3D
and “3D Choose “ON” to turn this item on for 3D images. (default: OFF)
STRUCTURE”only
available when 3D 3D
is enabled.
OFF
 Compatible 3D ON
source, 3D content
and active shutter
glasses are required
for 3D viewing.
3D INVERT
 Choose “ON” to invert left and right frame contents.
 Choose “OFF” for default frame contents.
3D INVERT

OFF
ON

51 ... English
User Controls
3D STRUCTURE
Adjust the 3D format to display 3D content correctly.

3D STRUCTURE

AUTO
FRAME PACKING
TOP-AND-BOTTOM
SIDE-BY-SIDE
FRAME SEQUENTIAL

TIP: 3D supported signal


• For PC Signal :
1024x768@60/120Hz
1280x720@60Hz
1280x800@60/120Hz
1920x1080@60Hz
• For Video Signal :
480i@60Hz
• For HDMI Signal :
720p (Frame Packing) 1280 x 720@50/60/59.94
1080p (Frame Packing) 1920 x 1080@23.98/24
720p (Top and Bottom) 1280 x 720@50/60/59.94* (*Select manually)
1080p (Top and Bottom) 1920 x 1080@23.98/24
1080i (Side by Side (Half)) 1920 x 1080@50/60/59.94* (*Select manually)

English ... 52
User Controls
IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS
GENERAL SIGNAL ADVANCED

LANGUAGE ENGLISH
ORIENTATION DESKTOP REAR
HDMI SETTINGS
MUTE OFF
VOLUME

SETTING |
GENERAL SELECT
COMPUTER
EXIT MOVE MOVE

LANGUAGE
Choose the multilingual OSD menu. Press the or button into
the sub menu and then use the or button to select your
preferred language. Press ENTER to finalize the selection.
LANGUAGE
PLEASE SELECT A MENU LANGUAGE.

SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE

ORIENTATION
 DESKTOP-REAR
and CEILING-  DESKTOP FRONT:
REAR are to When selected, the image is projected straight on the screen.
be used with
a translucent
screen.
 DESKTOP REAR:
When selected, the image will appear reversed.

53 ... English
User Controls
 CEILING FRONT:
When selected, the image will turn upside down.

 CEILING REAR
This is the default selection. The image will appear reversed in
upside down position.

ORIENTATION

DESKTOP FRONT
DESKTOP REAR
CEILING FRONT
CEILING REAR

 “HDMI SETTING”
is only supported
under HDMI HDMI SETTINGS
source. Use this feature to set HDMI1/MHL or HDMI2
HDMI SETTINGS
HDMI1 HDMI2

VIDEO LEVEL AUTO


AUDIO SELECT HDMI1

SELECT EXIT MOVE


COMPUTER

 VIDEO LEVEL: Select “AUTO” to automatically detect


video level. If automatic detection may not work well, select
“NORMAL” to disable the “ENHANCED” feature of your
HDMI equipment or select “ENHANCED” to improve image
contrast and increase detail in the dark areas.

VIDEO LEVEL

AUTO
NORMAL
ENHANCED

English ... 54
User Controls
 AUDIO SELECT: Use this function to select the audio souce
from “HDMI1/MHL”, “HDMI2”or “COMPUTER”.

AUDIO SELECT

HDMI1/MHL
COMPUTER

AUDIO SELECT

HDMI2
COMPUTER

MUTE
 Choose “ON” to turn mute on.
 Choose “OFF” to turn mute off.
MUTE

OFF
ON

VOLUME
 Press the button to decrease the volume.
 Press the button to increase the volume.
VOLUME

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

55 ... English
User Controls
IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS
GENERAL SIGNAL ADVANCED

PHASE
CLOCK
H. POSITION

SETTING |
V. POSITION

SIGNAL
SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE
COMPUTER

 “SIGNAL” is
only supported in
Analog VGA (RGB)
signal. PHASE
Synchronize the signal timing of the display with the graphic card.
If the image appears to be unstable or flickers, use this function to
correct it.

PHASE

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

CLOCK
Change the display data frequency to match the frequency of
your computer’s graphic card. Use this function only if the image
appears to flicker vertically.
CLOCK

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

English ... 56
User Controls
H. POSITION
 Press the button to move the image left.

 Press the button to move the image right.

H. POSITION

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

V. POSITION
 Press the button to move the image down.

 Press the button to move the image up.

V. POSITION

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

57 ... English
User Controls

IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS


GENERAL SIGNAL ADVANCED

LOGO OFF
NETWORK

SETTING |
CLOSED CAPTION OFF
SECURITY OFF
TEST PATTERN

ADVANCED
SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE
COMPUTER

LOGO
Use this function to display the startup screen (NEC logo).
 ON: Displays the NEC logo.
 OFF: Not display the NEC logo.
LOGO

OFF
ON

When “NORMAL”

is selected for
“STANDBY
MODE” from NETWORK
the menu, the Please see the pages 64-68.
projector cannot
be controlled in CLOSED CAPTION
standby mode
from external Use this function to enable closed caption and activate the closed
equipment. caption menu. Select an appropriate closed captions option: OFF,
CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4, T1, T2, T3 and T4.

CLOSED CAPTION

OFF

English ... 58
User Controls
SECURITY
 OFF: Choose “OFF” to be able to switch on the projector
without password verification.

 ON: Choose “ON” to use security verification when turning on


the projector.

SECURITY

OFF
ON

SECURITY KEYWORD

ENTER CURRENT SECURITY CODE

INVALID-KEYWORD TOO SHORT

ENTER EXIT

First Time:
1. The default password : puqt
2. Use the remote to enter your password, and then press
ENTER to confirm your password.

The available test


 TEST PATTERN
pattern is GRID.
Press ENTER to make the selection. Then press MENU or EXIT to
close the sub menu.

59 ... English
User Controls

SETTING | SECURITY

ADVANCED |
SECURITY OFF
SECURITY TIMER
CHANGE PASSWORD

SECURITY SELECT EXIT MOVE ADJUST

SECURITY TIMER
Use this function to set how long (MONTH/DAY/HOUR) the
projector can be used. Once this time has elapsed you will be
requested to enter your password again.
SECURITY TIMER

MONTH
DAY
HOUR

EXIT EXIT MOVE ADJUST

The “SECURITY TIMER” will restart to count down when the


projector is turned off and then turned back on.

CHANGE PASSWORD
1. Press ENTER to enter SECURITY KEYWORD setting.
2. The password has to be combination of , , , direc-
The default

tion keys and must include 4 to 10 characters.
password is
puqt Current password
(first time).
SECURITY KEYWORD

ENTER CURRENT SECURITY CODE

INVALID-KEYWORD TOO SHORT

ENTER EXIT

3. Use number buttons on the remote control, to enter your


old password and then press ENTER to confirm your
password.

Input new password


CHANGE PASSWORD

ENTER NEW SECURITY CODE

ENTER EXIT

English ... 60
User Controls
4. Use direction keys, to enter your new password and then
press ENTER to confirm your password.

 Confirm new password


CHANGE PASSWORD

CONFIRM NEW SECURITY CODE

ENTER EXIT

5. Enter the new password again and press ENTER to


confirm.

 If the incorrect password is entered 3 times, the projector will


automatically shut down. (When turn on the projector.)

 If you have forgotten your password, please contact your local


office for support.

61 ... English
User Controls

NETWORK

SETTING | NETWORK STATUS


DHCP
IP ADDRESS
DISCONNECT
OFF

ADVANCED | SUBNET MASK


GATEWAY

NETWORK
APPLY

NETWORK STATUS
Display the network connection status. (default: DISCONNECT)

DHCP
Use this function to select your desired startup screen. If you
change the setting from one to another, when you exit the OSD
menu, the new setting will take effect on next open.

 ON: Assign an IP address to the projector from an external


DHCP server automatically.

 OFF: Assign an IP address manually.


DHCP

OFF
ON

IP ADDRESS
Select an IP address.
IP ADDRESS

SELECT EXIT ADJUST MOVE

English ... 62
User Controls
SUBNET MASK
Select subnet mask number.

SUBNET MASK

SELECT EXIT ADJUST MOVE

GATEWAY
Select the default gateway of the network connected to the
projector.

GATEWAY

SELECT EXIT ADJUST MOVE

APPLY
Press ENTER to apply the selection.

63 ... English
User Controls
How to use web browser to control your projector
1. Turn on DHCP to allow the DHCP server to automatically assign
When you used the

projector IP address,
an IP, or manually enter the required network information.
you can not link to SECURITY KEYWORD

your service server. ENTER CURRENT SECURITY CODE

PJLink: Set a

password for PJLink.
INVALID-KEYWORD TOO SHORT

PJLink is a ENTER EXIT

standardization NETWORK

of protocol used NETWORK STATUS DISCONNECT

for controlling DHCP


IP ADDRESS
OFF

projectors of different SUBNET MASK

manufacturers. This GATEWAY


APPLY
standard protocol is
established by Japan
Business Machine and 2. Then choose apply and press ENTER button to complete the
Information System configuration process.
Industries Association
(JBMIA) in 2005. 3. Open your web browser and type in from the OSD LAN screen
The projector supports then the web page will display as below:
all the commands of
PJLink Class 1.
AMX BEACON:

Turn on or off for
detection from AMX
Device Discovery
when connecting
to the network
supported by AMX's
NetLinx control
system.
CRESTRON ROOM-

VIEW compatibility:
The projector
supports CRESTRON
ROOMVIEW,
allowing multiple
devices connected
in the network to
be managed and
controlled from
a computer or a
controller.
For more information,
visit http://www.
crestron.com

English ... 64
User Controls
4. Open “Projector Status and Control” to control your projector.

When making a direct connection from your computer to the projector


Step 1: Find an IP Address (default:192.168.0.10) from LAN function of projector.
192.168.0.10

Step 2: Select apply and press the ENTER button on the remote control or the control
panel to submit function or press the MENU button on the remote control or
the control panel to exit.
Step 3: To open Network Connections, click Start, click Control Panel, click Network
and Internet Connections, and then click Network Connections. Click the
connection you want to configure, and then, under Network Tasks , click
Change settings of this connection.

65 ... English
User Controls
Step 4: On the General tab, under This connection uses the following items, click
Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), and then click “Properties.”

Step 5: Click Use the following IP address, and type in as below:


1) IP address: 192.168.0.20
2) Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
3) Default gateway:192.168.0.1

Step 6: To open Internet Options, click IE web browser, click Internet Options, click the
Connections tab and click “LAN Settings...”

English ... 66
User Controls

Step 7: The Local Area Network (LAN) Setting dialog box appears, In the Proxy Server
area, cancel the Use a proxy server for your LAN check box., then click “OK”
button twice.

Step 8: Open your IE and type in the IP address of 192.168.0.10 in the URL then press
the ENTER button key.

67 ... English
User Controls
Step 9: Open “Projector Status and Control” to control your projector.

English ... 68
User Controls
IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS
GENERAL LAMP SETTINGS

INPUT SEARCH OFF


INPUT
FAN MODE AUTO
INFORMATION HIDE OFF

OPTIONS | ID DISPLAY
BACKGROUND COLOR
RESET
OFF
BLUE

GENERAL
SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE
COMPUTER

INPUT SEARCH
 ON: The projector will search for other signals if the current
input signal is lost.

 OFF: The projector will only search current input connection.


INPUT SEARCH

OFF
ON

INPUT
Use this option to enable / disable input sources. Press ENTER to
enter the sub menu and select which sources you require. Press
the ENTER button to finalize the selection. The projector will not
search for inputs that are not selected.

NP-V332X, NP-V332W, NP-V302H


INPUT

COMPUTER
HDMI1/MHL
HDMI2
VIDEO

69 ... English
User Controls
NP-V302X, NP-302W
INPUT

COMPUTER
HDMI1
HDMI2
VIDEO

FAN MODE
 AUTO: The built-in fans automatically run at a variable speed
according to the internal temperature.

 HIGH ALTITUDE: The built-in fans run at high speed.


Select this option when using the projector at altitudes
approximately 2500 feet/760 meters or higher.

FAN MODE

AUTO
HIGH ALTITUDE

INFORMATION HIDE
 ON: Choose “ON” to hide the info message.
 OFF: Choose “OFF” to show the “SEARCHING” message.
INFORMATION HIDE

OFF
ON

ID DISPLAY
Use this feature to display the ID number which is displayed when
the "ID SET" button is pressed on the remote control.

ID DISPLAY

OFF
ON

English ... 70
User Controls
BACKGROUND COLOR
Use this feature to display a “BLACK”or “BLUE” screen when no
 * Except
( )
signal is available.
“LANGUAGE”,
“LOGO”, BACKGROUND COLOR
“NETWORK”,
BLACK
“SECURITY”,
BLUE
“FAN MODE”,
“BACKGROUND
COLOR”,
“LAMP LIFE
REMAINING”, RESET
“LAMP HOURS
USED”, and Choose “YES” to return the display parameters on all menus to
“STANDBY the factory default settings. (*)
MODE”.

ARE YOU SURE

YES NO

71 ... English
User Controls
IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS
GENERAL LAMP SETTINGS

LAMP LIFE REMAINING


LAMP HOURS USED
ECO MODE
LAMP LIFE REMINDER

OPTIONS
OFF
CLEAR LAMP HOURS
OFF

| LAMP SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE

SETTINGS COMPUTER

LAMP LIFE REMAINING


Showing the Lamp life.
LAMP HOURS USED
Display the projection time.
ECO MODE
Choose “ECO” to dim the projector lamp which will lower power
consumption and extend the lamp life. Choose “OFF” to return to
normal mode.

ECO MODE

OFF
ECO

English ... 72
User Controls
LAMP LIFE REMINDER
Choose this function to show or to hide the warning message
when the changing lamp message is displayed.
The message will appear when the lamp has reached the end of its
life.

LAMP LIFE REMINDER

OFF
ON

USE THE SPECIFIED LAMP


FOR SAFETY AND PERFORMANCE.
ARE YOU SURE ?
YES NO

CLEAR LAMP HOURS


Reset the lamp hour counter after replacing the lamp.

73 ... English
User Controls
IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS
INFORMATION ADVANCED

MODEL NO.
SERIAL NUMBER
SOURCE

OPTIONS |
RESOLUTION
SOFTWARE VERSION
CONTROL ID

INFORMATION
SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE
COMPUTER
COMPUTER

INFORMATION
To display the projector information for model no., serial number,
source, resolution, and software version on the screen.

English ... 74
User Controls
IMAGE SCREEN SETTING OPTIONS
INFORMATION ADVANCED

STANDBY MODE NORMAL


DIRECT POWER ON OFF
AUTO POWER OFF (MIN)
OFF TIMER (MIN)

OPTIONS | CONTROL PANEL LOCK


CONTROL ID
OFF

ADVANCED
SELECT EXIT MOVE MOVE
COMPUTER

STANDBY MODE
NETWORK STANDBY: C
 hoose “NETWORK STANDBY” to
Network Standby
 save power dissipation further < 0.5W.
mode will disable  NORMAL: C
 hoose “NORMAL” to return to normal standby.
the following
STANDBY MODE
connectors, buttons
or functions when NORMAL
the projector is in NETWORK STANDBY
standby:
- AUDIO OUT
connector
- LAN and Mail DIRECT POWER ON
Alert functions Choose “ON” to activate Direct Power mode. The projector will
- Buttons other than automatically power on when AC power is supplied, without
POWER button on pressing the button on the projector control panel or the
the cabinet POWER ON button on the remote control.
- Buttons other than
POWER ON button DIRECT POWER ON
on the remote
control OFF
ON
- PC Control
connector
- Virtual Remote
Tool, PC Control
Utility Pro 4/PC
Control Utility
Pro 5.

75 ... English
User Controls
AUTO POWER OFF (MIN)
Sets the countdown timer interval. The countdown timer will start,
when there is no signal being sent to the projector. The projector
will automatically power off when the countdown has finished (in
minutes).

AUTO POWER OFF (MIN)

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

OFF TIMER (MIN)


Sets the countdown timer interval. The countdown timer will start,
with or without a signal being sent to the projector. The projector
will automatically power off when the countdown has finished (in
minutes).
OFF TIMER (MIN)

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

CONTROL PANEL LOCK


When the keypad lock function is “ON”, the control panel will
be locked however, the projector can be operated by the remote
control. By selecting “OFF”, you will be able to reuse the control
panel. Press and hold the EXIT button on the projector cabinet for
about 10 seconds to turn off “CONTROL PANEL LOCK”.
Even when “NORMAL” mode is selected for “STANDBY MODE”
and “ON” is selected for “CONTROL PANEL LOCK”, the
POWER button on the cabinet can be used to turn on the power.
CONTROL PANEL LOCK

OFF
ON

English ... 76
User Controls
CONTROL ID
Use this feature to display the ID number of the projector when
the "ID SET" button is pressed on the remote control.

CONTROL ID

CONTROL ID NUMBER
CONTROL ID OFF

SELECT EXIT MOVE

CONTROL ID NUMBER

CONTROL ID NUMBER

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

CONTROL ID (ACTIVE)

EXIT EXIT ADJUST

CONTROL ID

OFF
ON

CONTROL ID WILL BE ENABLED

ARE YOU SURE ?

YES NO

CONTROL ID
CONTROL ID IS DISABLED !

77 ... English
Appendices
Troubleshooting
If you experience trouble with the projector, refer to the
following information. If the problem persists, please contact
your local dealer or service center.

Problem: No image appears on screen


 Ensure all the cables and power connections are correctly and
securely connected as described in the “Installation” section.
 Ensure the pins of connectors are not crooked or broken.
 Check if the projection lamp has been securely installed. Please
refer to the “Replacing the lamp” section.
 Make sure the projector is switched on.
 Ensure that the “AV-MUTE” feature is not turned on.

Problem: Partial, scrolling or incorrectly displayed image


 Press “AUTO ADJ.” on the remote control.
 If you are using a PC:
For Windows Vista:
1. From the “My Computer” icon, open the “Control Panel” folder,
and double click the “Appearance and Personalization”
2. Select “Personalization”
3. Click “Adjust screen resolution” to display “Display Settings”.
Click on the “Advanced Settings”.
For Windows 7:
1. From “Start” menu, open “Control Panel”.
2. From drop-down menu select “Display”.
3. Click “Adjust resolution”.
If the projector is still not projecting the whole image, you will
also need to change the monitor display you are using. Refer to
the following steps.

4. Verify the resolution setting is less than or equal to 1280 x 1024


resolution.

English ... 78
Appendices
5. Select the “Change” under the “Monitor” tab .
6. Click on “Show all devices”. Next, select “Standard monitor
types” under the SP box; choose the resolution mode you need
under the “Models” box.

 If you are using a Notebook:


1. First, follow the steps above to adjust resolution of the
computer.
2. Press the toggle output settings. A combination of function
keys will enable/disable the external display. Usually, the
combination of the “Fn” key along with one of the 12 function
keys gets the external display to come on or off. For example,
NEC notebook PCs use Fn + F3, While Dell notebook PCs use
Fn + F8 key combination to toggle through external display
selection.

 If you experience difficulty changing resolutions or your monitor


freezes, restart all equipment including the projector.

Problem: The screen of the Notebook or PowerBook


computer is not displaying a presentation
 If you are using a Notebook PC:
Some Notebook PCs may deactivate their own screens when a
second display device is in use. Each has a different way to be
reactivated. Refer to your computer’s documentation for detailed
information.
Problem: Image is unstable or flickering
 Adjust the “PHASE” to correct it. Refer to the “SETTING” section
for more information.
 Change the monitor color setting from your computer.
Problem: Image has vertical flickering bar
 Use “CLOCK” to make an adjustment.
 Check and reconfigure the display mode of your graphic card to
make it compatible with the product.

79 ... English
Appendices
Problem: Image is out of focus
 Adjust the Focus Lever on the projector lens.
 Make sure the projection screen is between the required distance
from the projector. Please see the pages 32-33).

Problem: The image is stretched when displaying 16:9 DVD


The projector automatically detects 16:9 DVD and adjusts the aspect
ratio by digitizing to full screen with 4:3 default setting.

If the image is still stretched, you will also need to adjust the aspect
ratio by referring to the following:
 Please select 4:3 aspect ratio type on your DVD player if you are
playing a 16:9 DVD.
 If you can’t select 4:3 aspect ratio type on your DVD player,
please select 4:3 aspect ratio in the on screen menu.

Problem: Image is reversed


 Select “SETTING|GENERAL-->ORIENTATION” from the OSD
and adjust the projection direction.

Problem: Lamp burns out or makes a popping sound


 When the lamp reaches its end of life, it will burn out and may
make a loud popping sound. If this happens, the projector will
not turn on until the lamp module has been replaced. To replace
the lamp, follow the procedures in the “Replacing the Lamp”.

English ... 80
Appendices
Problem: LED Indicator message
POWER LED Indicator
Indicator Condition Projector Condition Note
Off The main power is off. Without connecting
power cable.
Blinking GREEN 0.5sec ON / 0.5sec OFF The projector is getting
--
light ready to turn on.
GREEN 2.5sec ON / 0.5sec OFF Off Timer is working. --
ORANGE 0.5sec ON / 0.5sec OFF Cooling --
Steady GREEN Power on mode --
light ORANGE Network Standby mode Connecting power cable.
RED Normal Standby mode Connecting power cable.

STATUS LED Indicator


Indicator Condition Projector Condition Note
Off Normal Condition --
Blinking RED 2cycle Temperature error
light --
(0.5sec ON / 0.5sec OFF)
3cycle Power error Power unit is not
(0.5sec ON / 0.5sec OFF) working properly.
Contact your dealer.
4cycle Fan error
--
(0.5sec ON / 0.5sec OFF)
6cycle Lamp error
--
(0.5sec ON / 0.5sec OFF)
GREEN 0.5sec ON / 0.5sec OFF Re-firing the lamp
(The projector is cooling --
down)
Steady ORANGE Control Panel Lock is You have pressed
light working cabinet button when
Control Panel Lock is on.
CONTROL ID error Remote control ID and
projector ID are not
matched.

81 ... English
Appendices
LAMP LED Indicator
Indicator Condition Projector Condition Note
Off Normal Condition --
Blinking RED 0.5sec ON / 0.5sec OFF Lamp has reached its end --
light of life.
Steady RED Lamp has been used beyond The projector will not
light its limit. turn on until the lamp is
replaced.
GREEN [ECO MODE] is set to [ECO]

English ... 82
Appendices
Problem: Message Reminders
 Over temperature - the projector has exceeded its recommended
operating temperature and must be allowed to cool down before it
may be used.
WARNING! TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH

1. MAKE SURE AIR IN AND OUTLETS ARE NOT BLOCKED.


2. MAKE SURE THE ENVIRONMENT TEMPERATURE IS UNDER 40 DEGREE C

 Replacing the lamp - the lamp is about to reach its maximum


lifetime. Prepare to replace it soon.
WARNING! LAMP

LAMP WARNING
LAMP LIFE IS ABOVE LIMIT TIME. LAMP OFF!

WARNING! LAMP

LAMP WARNING
LAMP LIFE EXCEEDED.

NOTE: When you continue to use the projector for another 100
hours after the lamp has reached the end of its life, the projector
cannot turn on.
If this happens, after replacing the lamp, connect the power cord
and then press and hold the HELP button on the remote control at
least 10 seconds. This will allow you to turn on the projector. Clear
the lamp hours by selecting “OPTIONS” -> “LAMP SETTINGS” ->
“CLEAR LAMP HOURS” from the menu.

 Fan failed - the system fan is not working.


WARNING! FAN LOCKED

THE PROJECTOR WILL SWITCH OFF AUTOMATICALLY.

83 ... English
Appendices
Replacing the lamp
Optional lamp
NP35LP (for NP-V332X / NP-V332W / NP-V302H) NP36LP
(for NP-V302X / NP-V302W)
The time to replace the lamp is differed from models.
On NP-V302X, and NP-V302W, the projectors will detect the
lamp life at 4500 hours in ECO Mode Off (6000 hours in ECO
Mode) On NP-V332X, NP-V332W, and NP-V302H, the projec-
tors will detect the lamp life at 3500 hours in ECO Mode Off
(6000 hours in ECO Mode). When the “POWER” LED indica-
Warning: To avoid tor flashes red and the message below displays on-screen, the
burns, allow the projector has detected that the lamp is approaching its end
projector to cool for of life. Please see the page 72-73. It will show you a warning
at least 60 minutes
message:
before you replace
the lamp! WARNING! LAMP

LAMP WARNING
LAMP LIFE IS ABOVE LIMIT TIME. LAMP OFF!

WARNING! LAMP

LAMP WARNING
LAMP LIFE EXCEEDED.

When you see this message, change the lamp as soon as


possible. Make sure the projector has been cooled down for at
least 60 minutes before changing the lamp.

English ... 84
Appendices

Warning: To reduce the 2


risk of personal injury,
do not drop the lamp
module or touch the
lamp bulb. The bulb 3 1
may shatter and cause
injury if it is dropped. 4

Do not break the glass 5


on the lamp module.
Keep finger prints off
the glass surface on the 6
lamp module. Leaving
finger prints on the
glass surface might
cause an unwanted
shadow and poor
picture quality.

Be sure to tighten the


screws after replacing
the lamp module.

Lamp Replacing Procedure:


1. Switch off the power to the projector by pressing the POWER OFF button on the
remote control or the button on the control panel.
2. Allow the projector to cool down at least 60 minutes.
3. Disconnect the power cord.
4. Use a screwdriver to loosen the screw on the lamp cover. 
5. Slide and remove the cover. 
6. Loosen the screw on the lamp module. 
7. Lift the handle. x
8. Pinch the arrow marked positions on the connector housing and pull the housing
upward for removing the connector. y
9. Pull out the lamp module. z
10. Install the new lamp module by reversing the previous steps.
11. After replacing the lamp, turn on the power, and select the [MENU] button ->
OPTIONS |LAMP SETTINGS -> CLEAR LAMP HOURS to reset the lamp usage
hours. Please see page 73.

85 ... English
Appendices
Cleaning procedure for the lens
If the projection lens is dusty or blemished, please clean the
lens as following procedure:
1. Turn off the projector and cool projector down for a while.
2. Unplug the power cord from outlet.
3. Blow the dust by blower for cameras which you could buy
from camera shops.Wipe the lens gently using a cleaning
cloth.

CAUTION:
• Always wipe the lens with a cleaning cloth.
• Please do not wipe the lens hard because that may cause serious damage on the
lens surface.
• Wiping might scratch the lens. Optical performance of the projector will thus be
impacted if the lens is scratched after wiping. Optical performance impact will
be dependent on the scratch condition on it.
• Do not use liquid cleaners or chemicals on the cloth because it may contaminate
the cloth and cause serious damage on the surface of lens.
• Do not use a spray containing flammable gas to get rid of accumulated dust on
the lens. It may cause of fire.

English ... 86
Appendices
Specifications

Optical NP-V302X NP-V302W NP-V332X NP-V332W NP-V302H


Single DLP ®
Single DLP ®
Single DLP ®
Single DLP ®
Single DLP®
chip (0.55", chip (0.65", chip (0.55", chip (0.65", chip (0.65",
Projection System
Aspect ratio Aspect ratio Aspect ratio Aspect ratio Aspect ratio
4:3) 16:10) 4:3) 16:10) 16:9)
1024x768 1280x800 1024x768 1280x800 1920x1080
Resolution (pixels) *1
(XGA) (WXGA) (XGA) (WXGA) (1080P)
Manual zoom and manual focus
F=2.41-2.55 F=2.50-2.67 F=2.41-2.55 F=2.50-2.67 F=2.55-2.85
Lens
f=21.8- f=21.8- f=21.8- f=21.8- f=22.4-
24.0mm 24.0mm 24.0mm 24.0mm 26.8mm
195W AC 218W AC
Lamp
(160W in ECO mode) (170W in ECO mode)
3000 lumens 3000 lumens 3300 lumens 3300 lumens 3000 lumens
Light Output *2 *3
Approx. 85% in ECO mode
Contrast Ratio *3
(with DYNAMIC 10000:1 10000:1 10000:1 10000:1 8000:1
CONTRAST ON)
30" to 300" 40" to 300"
Image Size (Diagonal) 0.76 to 7.6 m 0.76 to 7.6 m 0.76 to 7.6 m 0.76 to 7.6 m 1.02 to 7.6 m
(4:3) (16:10) (4:3) (16:10) (16:9)
47"to 468" 39" to 394" 47"to 468" 39" to 394" 52" to 392"
wide (1.90 to (1.00 to (1.90 to (1.00 to (1.33 to
Projection 11.9m) 10.0m) 11.9m) 10.0m) 9.96m)
Distance 52" to 516" 43" to 432" 52" to 516" 43" to 432" 63" to 471"
tele (1.31 to (1.10 to (1.31 to (1.10 to (1.59 to
13.1m) 11.0m) 13.1m) 11.0m) 11.9m)
Projection wide 14.0° 14.2° 14.0° 14.2° 14.0°
Angle tele 12.8° 13.0° 12.8° 13.0° 11.7°

*1 Effective pixels are more than 99.99%.


*2 This is the light output value (lumens) when [PICTURE MODE] is set to
[HIGH-BRIGHT] in the menu.
If any other mode is selected as [PICTURE MODE], the light output value
may drop slightly.
*3 Compliance with ISO21118-200

87 ... English
Appendices
Electrical NP-V302X NP-V302W NP-V332X NP-V332W NP-V302H
Inputs 1 x VGA and Y/Pb/Pr, 2 x 1 x VGA and Y/Pb/Pr, 2 x HDMI *4
HDMI *4 (Standard HDMI (Standard HDMI connector and one with
connector), 1 x VGA MHL function support), 1 x VGA Audio
Audio (Stereo mini jack), 1 (Stereo mini jack), 1 x Composite Video
x Composite Video (RCA (RCA (yellow)), 2 x Composite Audio
(yellow)), 2 x Composite (RCA for both left and right)
Audio (RCA for both left
and right)
Outputs 1 x VGA (D-sub female 15 pin connector) (Separate sync signal only), 1
x Audio (Stereo mini jack(green))
PC Control 1 x PC Control Port (D-Sub 9 Pin)
Wired LAN Port 1 x RJ-45 (10/100 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX)
Service Port Mini USB type B (for FW download)
Color Reproduction 1.07 billion colors simultaneously with 10-bit signal processing
Compatible Analog VGA/SVGA/XGA/XGA+/SXGA/Quad-VGA/SXGA+/UXGA/
Signals *5 PowerBook G4/iMac DV (G3)/WSVGA/WXGA/WXGA+/WSXGA/
WUXGA/480i/480p/576i/576p/720p/1080i/1080p
HDMI VGA/SVGA/XGA/XGA+/SXGA/Quad-VGA/SXGA+/UXGA/
PowerBook G4/iMac DV (G3)/WSVGA/WXGA/WXGA+/WSXGA/
WUXGA/480i/480p/576i/576p/720p/1080i/1080p
Horizontal Resolution 540 TV lines: NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL/PAL-M/PAL-N/PAL60
300 TV lines: SECAM
Scan Rate Hsync Frequency: 24kHz ~ 102kHz
Vsync Frequency: 48kHz ~ 120 Hz
Sync Compatibility Separate Sync
Built-in Speaker 8W
Power Requirement 100 - 240V AC 50/60Hz
Input Current 2.5-1.0 A 2.5-1.0 A 2.7-1.1 A 2.8-1.1 A 2.8-1.2A
Power Consumption (Typical value)
Eco Mode OFF 251W (*6) / 249W (*6) / 275W (*6) / 277W (*6) / 280W (*6) /
237W (*7) 237W (*7) 263W (*7) 263W (*7) 266W (*7)
Eco Mode 206W (*6) / 205W (*6) / 213W (*6) / 215W (*6) / 217W (*6) /
198W (*7) 194W (*7) 204W (*7) 204W (*7) 207W (*7)
Network Stand-by 1.6W (*6) / 1.5W (*6) / 1.6W (*6) / 1.5W (*6) / 1.6W (*6) /
1.8W (*7) 1.8W (*7) 1.8W (*7) 1.8W (*7) 1.8W (*7)
Normal Stand-by 0.22W (*6) / 0.23W (*6) / 0.23W (*6) / 0.22W (*6) / 0.22W (*6) /
0.37W (*7) 0.38W (*7) 0.35W (*7) 0.35W (*7) 0.35W (*7)

English ... 88
Appendices
*4 HDMI® (Deep Color, Lip Sync) with HDCP
What is HDCP/HDCP technology?
HDCP is an acronym for High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection. High
bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP) is a system for preventing il-
legal copying of video data sent over a High-Definition Multimedia Interface
(HDMI).
If you are unable to view material via the HDMI input, this does not necessar-
ily mean the projector is not functioning properly. With the implementation
of HDCP, there may be cases in which certain content is protected with HDCP
and might not be displayed due to the decision/intention of the HDCP com-
munity (Digital Content Protection, LLC).
Video: Deep Color; 8/10/12-bit, LipSync
*5 NP-V302X, NP-V332X:
An image with higher or lower resolution than the projector’s native resolu-
tion (1024 × 768) will be displayed with scaling technology.
NP-V302W, NP-V332W:
An image with higher or lower resolution than the projector’s native resolu-
tion (1280 × 800) will be displayed with scaling technology.
NP-V302H:
An image with higher or lower resolution than the projector’s native resolu-
tion (1920 × 1080) will be displayed with scaling technology.
*6 100V - 130VAC
*7 200V - 240VAC

89 ... English
Appendices
Mechanical NP-V302X NP-V302W NP-V332X NP-V332W NP-V302H
Installation Desktop/Front, Desktop/Rear, Ceiling/Front, Ceiling/Rear
Orientation
Dimensions 12.8"(W) x 3.5" (H) X 9.3" (D) / 324 mm (W) x 88 mm (H) x 237 mm (D)
(not including protrusions)
Weight 2.7 kg/6.0lbs 2.8 kg/6.2lbs 2.9 kg/6.4lbs
Environmental Operational Temperatures: 41° to 104° (5°C to 40°C) 20% to 80% humidity (non-
Conditions *8 condensing)
Storage Temperatures: 14° to 122° F (-10°C to 50°C) 20% to 80% humidity (non-
condensing)
Regulations UL/C-UL Approved (UL 60950-1, CSA 60950-1)
Meets DOC Canada Class B requirements
Meets FCC Class B requirements
Meets AS/NZS CISPR.22 Class B
Meets EMC Directive (EN55022, EN55024, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3)
Meets Low Voltage Directive (EN60950-1, TÜV Approved)

*8 Operational temperatures
- 0 to 2500 feet/760 m in the range of 41° to 104°F (5°to 40°C)
- 2500 feet/760m to 5000 feet/1500 m in the range of 41°to 95°F (5°to 35°C)
- 5000 feet/1500 m to 10000 feet/3000 m in the range of 41°to 86°F (5°to 30°C)
- Set [FAN MODE] to [HIGH ALTITUDE] when using the projector at altitudes
approx. 2500 feet/760 m or higher.

English ... 90
Appendices
Compatibility Modes
 VGA Analog
(1) VGA Analog - PC Signal

Modes Resolution (dots) V.Frequency H.Frequency


[Hz] [KHz]
VGA 640x480 60 31.47
VGA 640x480 72 37.86
VGA 640x480 75 37.5
VGA 640x480 85 43.27
SVGA 800x600 56 35.2
SVGA 800x600 60 37.88
SVGA 800x600 72 48.08
SVGA 800x600 75 46.88
SVGA 800x600 85 53.67
XGA 1024x768 60 48.36
XGA 1024x768 70 56.48
XGA 1024x768 75 60.02
XGA 1024x768 85 68.67
XGA+ 1152x864 75 67.5
SXGA 1280x1024 60 63.98
SXGA 1280x1024 72 77.9
SXGA 1280x1024 75 79.98
SXGA 1280x1024 85 91.15
Quad VGA 1280x960 60 60
Quad VGA 1280x960 75 75
SXGA+ 1400x1050 60 65.32
UXGA 1600x1200 60 75
Mac OS X 640x480 60 31.5
Mac OS X 640x480 66.6(67) 35
Mac OS X 800x600 60 37.88
Mac OS X 1024x768 60 48.36
Mac OS X 1152x870 75 68.68
Mac OS X 1280x960 75 75.2

91 ... English
Appendices

(2) VGA Analog - Extended Wide timing

Modes Resolution (dots) V.Frequency H.Frequency


[Hz] [KHz]
HD 1280x720 60 44.8
WXGA 1280x768 60 47.78
WXGA 1280x768 75 60.29
WXGA 1280x768 85 68.63
WXGA 1280x800 60 49.6
WXGA 1366x768 60 47.71
WXGA+ 1440x900 60 55.9
WSXGA 1680x1050 60 65.3
Full HD 1920x1080 60 67.5
WUXGA 1920x1200 60 74.0

(3) VGA Analog -Component Signal

Modes Resolution (dots) V.Frequency H.Frequency


[Hz] [KHz]
480i 720x480 59.94(29.97) 27
480p 720x480 59.94 31.47
576i 720x576 50(25) 27
576p 720x576 50 31.25
720p 1280x720 60 45
720p 1280x720 50 37.5
1080i 1920x1080 60(30) 33.75
1080i 1920x1080 50(25) 33.75
1080p 1920x1080 60 67.5
1080p 1920x1080 50 56.25

English ... 92
Appendices

 HDMI Digital

Signal Resolution (dots) Aspect Ratio Refresh Rate


[Hz]
VGA 640x480 4:3 59.94/60
SVGA 800x600 4:3 60
XGA 1024x768 *1 4:3 60
XGA 1280x768 15:9 60
WXGA 1280x800 *2 16:10 60
WXGA 1366x768 *4 16:9 60
SXGA 1280x1024 5:4 60
SXGA+ 1400x1050 4:3 60
WXGA+ 1440x900 16:10 60
WXGA++ 1600x900 16:9 60
WSXGA+ 1680x1050 16:10 60
UXGA 1600x1200 4:3 60
Full HD 1920x1080 *3 16:9 60
HDTV (1080p) 1920x1080 16:9 23.98/24/50/59.94/60
HDTV(1080i) 1920x1080 16:9 50/59.94/60
HDTV (720p) 1280x720 16:9 50/59.94/60
SDTV (480p) 720x480 4:3/16:9 59.94/60
SDTV (576p) 720x576 4:3/16:9 50
SDTV (480i) 720(1440)x480 4:3/16:9 59.94/60
SDTV (576i) 720(1440)x576 4:3/16:9 50
*1 XGA Model Real Resolution
*2 WXGA Model Real Resolution
*3 1080p Model Real Resolution
*4 The projector may fail to display these signals correctly
when [AUTO] is selected for [ASPECT RATIO] in the
on-screen menu.
The factory default is [AUTO] for [ASPECT RATIO]. To display these
signals, select [16:9] for [ASPECT RATIO].

93 ... English
Appendices
(1) HDMI - 3D Timing

Signal Resolution Aspect Refresh Rate


(dots) Ratio [Hz]
For PC Signal
XGA 1024x768 *1 4:3 60/120 *5
1280x720 1280x720 16:9 60/120 RB *5
WXGA 1280x800 *2 16:10 60/120 RB *5
Full HD 1920x1080 *3 16:9 60
For Video Signal
SDTV (480i) 720x480 4:3/16:9 60
For HDMI 3D
720p (Frame Packing) 1280x720 16:9 50/60/59.94
1080p (Frame Packing) 1920x1080 16:9 23.98/24
1080i (Side by Side (Half)) 1920x1080 16:9 50/60/59.94
1080P (Side by Side (Half)) 1920x1080 16:9 50/60/59.94 *6
720p (Top and Bottom) 1280x720 16:9 50/60/59.94
1080p (Top and Bottom) 1920x1080 16:9 23.98/24
*1 XGA Model Real Resolution
*2 WXGA Model Real Resolution
*3 1080p Model Real Resolution
*4 The projector may fail to display these signals correctly
when [AUTO] is selected for [ASPECT RATIO] in the
on-screen menu.
The factory default is [AUTO] for [ASPECT RATIO]. To display these
signals, select [16:9] for [ASPECT RATIO].
*5 The 120 Hz signals are support frame sequential format only.
*6 Select manually.

English ... 94
Appendices
(2) MHL Signal

Signal Resolution (dots) Aspect Refresh Rate (Hz)


Ratio
VGA 640x480 4:3 59.94/60
HDTV (1080p) 1920x1080 16:9 23.97/24/50/59.94/60
HDTV (1080i) 1920x1080 16:9 50/59.94/60
HDTV (720p) 1280x720 16:9 50/59.94/60
SDTV (480p) 720x480 4:3/16:9 59.94/60
SDTV (576p) 720x576 4:3/16:9 50
SDTV (480i) 720 x 480(1440x480i) 4:3/16:9 59.94/60
SDTV (576i) 720 x 576(1440x576i) 4:3/16:9 50

TIP:
•A
 n image with higher or lower resolution than the projector’s native
resolution will be displayed with scaling technology.
•S
 ync on Green and Composite sync signals are not supported.
•S
 ignals other than those specified in the table above may not be displayed
correctly. If this should happen, change the refresh rate or resolution on
your PC. Refer to Display Properties help section of your PC for proce-
dures.

95 ... English
Appendices
Ceiling Mount Installation
1. To refuse the projector from damage, please use the
ceiling mount kit for ceiling mount installation.
2. If you buy a ceiling mount from another company,
please be sure to use the screw in correct size. Screw
size is vary depending on the thickness of the mount-
ing plate.
 Screw type: M4*4
 Maximum screw length: 8mm
Please note that  Minimum screw length: 6mm
damage resulting from
incorrect installation
will invalidate the
57,89 (2,28”)

warranty.

Warning: 4-M4*L8 (Max)


1. Be sure to keep at for Ceiling Mount
Unit: mm (inch)
142,00 (5,59”) 142,00 (5,59”)
least 10 cm gap
between the ceiling 84,00 (3,31”) 116,00 (4,57”)
and the bottom of the
projector.
2. Avoid installing the
projector near a heat
source.
150,00 (5,91”)

130,00 (5,12”)
219,00 (8,62”)
37,00 (1,46”)

79,00 (3,11”) 96,00 (3,78”)

59,00 (2,32”)

English ... 96
Appendices
Cabinet Dimensions
Unit: mm (inch)

250,00 (9,84”) 43,41 (1,71”)

57,89 (2,28”)

103,00 (4,06”)

59,00 (2,32”)
324,00 (12,76”)

88,00 (3,46”)
9,80 (0,39”)

91,50 (3.60”)

97 ... English
Appendices
Pin Assignments of D-Sub COMPUTER Input
Connector
Mini D-Sub 15 Pin Connector
Pin No. RGB Signal (Analog) YCbCr Signal

1 Red Cr
11 12 13 14 15
2 Green Y
6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 3 Blue Cb
4 Ground
5 Ground
Signal Level
6 Red Ground Cr Ground
Video signal : 0.7Vp-p (Analog)
7 Green Gro Y Ground
Sync signal : TTL level
8 Blue Ground Cb Ground
9 No Connection
10 Sync Signal Ground
11 No Connection
12 Bi-directional DATA (SDA)
Horizontal Sync or Composite
13 Sync
14 Vertical Sync
15 Data Clock

English ... 98
Appendices
PC Control Codes and Cable Connection

PC Control Codes
Function Code Data
POWER ON 02H 00H 00H 00H 00H 02H
POWER OFF 02H 01H 00H 00H 00H 03H
INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 01H 09H
INPUT SELECT HDMI 1 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H A1H A9H
INPUT SELECT HDMI 2 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H A2H AAH
INPUT SELECT VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 06H 0EH
PICTURE MUTE ON 02H 10H 00H 00H 00H 12H
PICTURE MUTE OFF 02H 11H 00H 00H 00H 13H
SOUND MUTE ON 02H 12H 00H 00H 00H 14H
SOUND MUTE OFF 02H 13H 00H 00H 00H 15H
NOTE: Contact your local dealer for a full list of the PC Control Codes if needed.

Cable Connection
Communication Protocol
Baud rate .....................................................38400 bps
Data length..................................................8 bits
Parity ...........................................................No parity
Stop bit.........................................................One bit
X on/off.........................................................None
Communications procedure.....................Full duplex

PC Control Connector (D-SUB 9P)


To TxD of PC
To RxD of PC
To GND of PC

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9

To RTS of PC
To CTS of PC

NOTE 1: Pins 1, 4, 6 and 9 are no used.


NOTE 2: Jumper “Request to Send” and “Clear to Send” together on both ends of the cable to simplify cable connection.

99 ... English
Troubleshooting Check List
Before contacting your dealer or service personnel, check the following list to be sure repairs are needed also by
referring to the “Troubleshooting” section in your user’s manual. This checklist below will help us solve your
problem more efficiently.
* Print the following pages.

Frequency of occurrence always sometimes (How often?_______________________) other (__________________)


Power
 o power (POWER indicator does not light green).
N  hut down during operation.
S
Power cable's plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet. Power cable's plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.
Lamp cover is installed correctly. Lamp cover is installed correctly .
Lamp Hours Used (lamp operation hours) was cleared after Power Management is turned off (only models with the
lamp replacement. Power Management function).
No power even though you press and hold the POWER
button for a minimum of 1 second.

Video and Audio


 o image is displayed from your PC or video equipment to the
N  arts of the image are lost.
P
projector. Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST
Still no image even though you connect the projector to the button.
PC first, then start the PC. Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the
Enabling your notebook PC's signal output to the projector. projector's menu.
 A combination of function keys will enable/disable the Image is shifted in the vertical or horizontal direction.
external display. Usually, the combination of the"Fn" key Horizontal and vertical positions are correctly adjusted on a
along with one of the 12 function keys turns the external computer signal.
display on or off. Input source's resolution and frequency are supported by
No image (blue background). the projector.
Still no image even though you press the AUTO ADJUST Some pixels are lost.
button. Image is flickering.
Still no image even though you carry out [RESET] in the Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST
projector's menu. button.
Signal cable's plug is fully inserted into the input connector Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the
A message appears on the screen. projector's menu.
( _____________________________________________ ) Image shows flickering or color drift on a computer signal.
The source connected to the projector is active and Image appears blurry or out of focus.
available. Still unchanged even though you checked the signal's reso-
Still no image even though you adjust the brightness and/or lution on PC and changed it to projector's native resolution.
the contrast. The throw distance is within 47" to 516" / 1189 mm to
Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by 13105 mm (NP-V332X & NP-V302X), 39" to 432" / 1002
the projector. mm to 10985 mm (NP-V332W & NP-V302W), 52" to 471" /
Image is too dark. 1328 mm to 11955 mm (NP-V302H)
Remains unchanged even though you adjust the brightness
and/or the contrast. Still unchanged even though you adjusted the focus.
Image is distorted. No sound.
Image appears to be trapezoidal (unchanged even though Audio cable is correctly connected to the audio input of the
you carry out the [KEYSTONE] adjustment). projector.
Still unchanged even though you adjusted the volume level.
Other
 emote control does not work.
R  uttons on the projector cabinet do not work.
B
No obstacles between the sensor of the projector and the [CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is not turned on in the menu.
remote control. Still unchanged even though you press and hold the EXIT
Projector is placed near a fluorescent light that can disturb button for minimum of 10 seconds.
the infrared remote controls.
Batteries are new and are not reversed in installation
In the space below please describe your problem in detail.

Information on application and environment where your projector is used

Projector Installation environment


Model number: Screen size: inch
Serial No.: Screen type: White matte Beads Polarization
Date of purchase: Wide angle High contrast
Lamp operating time (hours): Throw distance: feet/inch/m
Eco Mode: Off Eco Orientation: Ceiling mount Desktop
Information on input signal: Power outlet connection:
Horizontal synch frequency [ ] kHz Connected directly to wall outlet
Vertical synch frequency [ ] Hz Connected to power cord extender or other (the number
Synch polarity H (+) (-) of connected equipment______________)
V (+) (-) Connected to a power cord reel or other (the number of
Synch type Separate Composite connected equipment______________)
Sync on Green
STATUS Indicator:
Steady light Orange Green Computer
Blinking light [ ] cycles Manufacturer:
Remote control model number: Model number:
Notebook PC / Desktop
Native resolution:
Refresh rate:
PC
Video adapter:
Other:

DVD Player Projector

Signal cable Video equipment


NEC standard or other manufacturer's cable? VCR, DVD player, Video camera, Video game or other
Model number: Length: inch/m Manufacturer:
Distribution amplifier Model number:
Model number:
Switcher
Model number:
Adapter
Model number:
REGISTER YOUR PROJECTOR!
(for residents in the United States, Canada, and Mexico)
Please take time to register your new projector. This will activate your lim-
ited parts and labor warranty and InstaCare service program.
Visit our web site at www.necdisplay.com, click on support center/register
product and submit your completed form online.
Upon receipt, we will send a confirmation letter with all the details you will
need to take advantage of fast, reliable warranty and service programs from
the industry leader, NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc.
NEC Display Solutions, Ltd. 2015 7N952171
Projector

V302X/V302W/
English
V332X/V332W/
Français
V302H
Español

Important Information Português


• This document (Important Information) covers information about projector safety, cautions, and lamp
replacement only.
Please be sure to read the user’s manual contained in the supplied CD-ROM, which provides detailed
product, usage information, general notes, and troubleshooting for your NEC projector.
• Ce document (Important Information) contient uniquement des consignes de sécurité pour le projecteur,
des mises en garde et des informations pour le remplacement de la lampe.
Veuillez lire le Mode d’emploi contenu dans le CD-ROM inclus, qui fournit pour des informations détail-
lées sur votre projecteur NEC, des informations d’utilisation, des notes générales et des informations
pour la résolution des problèmes.
• Este documento (Important Information) proporciona exclusivamente información sobre la seguridad del
proyector, precauciones, y el recambio de la lámpara.
Asegúrese de leer el Manual del usuario que se encuentra en el CD-ROM suministrado, el cuál propor-
ciona información detallada del producto y de su manejo, notas generales, así como la resolución de
problemas para su proyector NEC.
• Este documento (Important Information) aborda apenas informação sobre segurança, cuidados e substi-
tuição da lâmpada do projector.
Por favor, assegure-se que lê o manual do utilizador incluído no CD-ROM fornecido que faculta informa-
ções detalhadas sobre o produto, informação sobre o uso, notas gerais e resolução de problemas do
seu projector NEC.

Model No/Modèles Nº/Nº de modelos/Modelo Nº:


NP-V302X/NP-V302W/NP-V332X/NP-V332W/NP-V302H
Important Information
Safety Cautions
Precautions
Please read this manual carefully before using your NEC projector and keep the manual handy for future
reference.

CAUTION
To turn off main power, be sure to remove the plug from power outlet.
The power outlet socket should be installed as near to the equipment as possible, and should be
easily accessible.

CAUTION
TO PREVENT SHOCK, DO NOT OPEN THE CABINET.
THERE ARE HIGH-VOLTAGE COMPONENTS INSIDE.
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

This symbol warns the user that uninsulated voltage within the unit may be sufficient to cause
electrical shock. Therefore, it is dangerous to make any kind of contact with any part inside of
the unit.

This symbol alerts the user that important information concerning the operation and mainte-
nance of this unit has been provided.
The information should be read carefully to avoid problems.

WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS UNIT TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
DO NOT USE THIS UNIT’S PLUG WITH AN EXTENSION CORD OR IN AN OUTLET UNLESS ALL
THE PRONGS CAN BE FULLY INSERTED.

DOC Compliance Notice (for Canada only)


This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Machine Noise Information Regulation - 3. GPSGV,


The highest sound pressure level is less than 70 dB (A) in accordance with EN ISO 7779.

Disposing of your used product


EU-wide legislation as implemented in each Member State requires that used electrical and elec-
tronic products carrying the mark (left) must be disposed of separately from normal household
waste. This includes projectors and their electrical accessories or lamps. When you dispose of
such products, please follow the guidance of your local authority and/or ask the shop where you
purchased the product.
After collecting the used products, they are reused and recycled in a proper way. This effort will
help us reduce the wastes as well as the negative impact such as mercury contained in a lamp
to the human health and the environment at the minimum level. The mark on the electrical and
electronic products only applies to the current European Union Member States.

WARNING TO CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS:


Handling the cables supplied with this product will expose you to lead, a chemical known to the State of
California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.

English ... 1
Important Information

RF Interference (for USA only)


WARNING
The Federal Communications Commission does not allow any modifications or changes to the unit
EXCEPT those specified by NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc. in this manual. Failure to comply with
this government regulation could void your right to operate this equipment. This equipment has been test-
ed and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential
installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be deter-
mined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one
or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.


• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio / TV technician for help.

For UK only: In UK, a BS approved power cord with moulded plug has a Black (five Amps) fuse installed for
use with this equipment. If a power cord is not supplied with this equipment please contact your supplier.

Important Safeguards
These safety instructions are to ensure the long life of your projector and to prevent fire and shock. Please
read them carefully and heed all warnings.

Installation
• Do not place the projector in the following conditions:
- on an unstable cart, stand, or table.
- near water, baths, or damp rooms.
- in direct sunlight, near heaters, or heat radiating appliances.
- in a dusty, smoky or steamy environment.
- on a sheet of paper, cloth, rugs, carpets, or any objects which are damaged or affected by heat.
• If you wish to have the projector installed on the ceiling:
- Do not attempt to install the projector yourself.
- The projector must be installed by qualified technicians in order to ensure proper operation and reduce
the risk of bodily injury.
- In addition, the ceiling must be strong enough to support the projector and the installation must be in
accordance with any local building codes.
- Please consult your dealer for more information.

WARNING • Do not use any other object than the projector’s lens cover to cover
the lens while the projector is on. Doing so can cause the object to
get extremely hot, and possibly resulting in a fire or damage due to
the heat emitted from the light output.
• Do not place any objects, which are easily affected by heat, in front
of the projector lens. Doing so could lead to the object melting from
the heat that is emitted from the light output.
Concerning to all maintenance operations, refer the User’s Manual on the CD-ROM enclosed with the
projector and follow all instructions properly.

English ... 2
Important Information

Place the projector in a horizontal position


The tilt angle of the projector should not exceed 5 degrees, nor should the projector be installed in any way
other than the desktop and ceiling mount, otherwise lamp life could decrease dramatically.

Fire and Shock Precautions


• Ensure that there is sufficient ventilation and that vents are unobstructed to prevent the build-up of heat
inside your projector. Allow at least 4 inches (10cm) of space between your projector and a wall.
• Do not try to touch the exhaust vent as it can become heated while the projector is turned on and
immediately after the projector is turned off.

• Prevent foreign objects such as paper clips and bits of paper from falling into your projector. Do not at-
tempt to retrieve any objects that might fall into your projector. Do not insert any metal objects such as a
wire or screwdriver into your projector. If something should fall into your projector, disconnect it immedi-
ately and have the object removed by a qualified service personnel.
• Do not place any objects on top of the projector.
• Do not touch the power plug during a thunderstorm. Doing so can cause electrical shock or fire.
• The projector is designed to operate on a power supply of 100-240V AC 50/60 Hz. Ensure that your power
supply fits this requirement before attempting to use your projector.
• Do not look into the lens while the projector is on. Serious damage to your eyes could result.

• Keep any items (magnifying glass etc.) out of the light path of the projector. The light path being projected
from the lamp is extensive, therefore any kind of abnormal objects that can redirect light coming out of the
lamp, can cause unpredictable outcome such as a fire or injury to the eyes.
• Do not block the light path between the light source and the lamp with any objects. Doing so could cause
the object to catch on fire.
• Do not place any objects, which are easily affected by heat, in front of the projector lamp or a projector
exhaust vent.
Doing so could lead to the object melting or getting your hands burned from the heat that is emitted from
the light output and exhaust.
• Handle the power cord carefully. A damaged or frayed power cord can cause electric shock or fire.
- Do not use any power cord other than the one supplied.
- Do not bend or tug the power cord excessively.
- Do not place the power cord under the projector, or any heavy object.
- Do not cover the power cord with other soft materials such as rugs.
- Do not heat the power cord.
- Do not handle the power plug with wet hands.
• Turn off the projector, unplug the power cord and have the projector serviced by a qualified service per-
sonnel under the following conditions:
- When the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed.
- If liquid has been spilled into the projector, or if it has been exposed to rain or water.

English ... 3
Important Information

- If the projector does not operate normally when you follow the instructions described in this user’s
manual.
- If the projector has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged.
- If the projector exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a need for service.
• Disconnect the power cord and any other cables before carrying the projector.
• Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord before cleaning the cabinet or replacing the lamp.
• Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord if the projector is not to be used for an extended period
of time.
• When using a LAN cable:
For safety, do not connect to the connector for peripheral device wiring that might have excessive voltage.
Remote Control Precautions
• Handle the remote control carefully.
• If the remote control gets wet, wipe it dry immediately.
• Avoid excessive heat and humidity.
• Do not short, heat, or take apart batteries.
• Do not throw batteries into fire.
• If you will not be using the remote control for a long time, remove the batteries.
• Ensure that you have the batteries’ polarity (+/–) aligned correctly.
• Do not use new and old batteries together, or use different types of batteries together.
• Dispose of used batteries according to your local regulations.

Lamp Replacement
• Use the specified lamp for safety and performance.
• To replace the lamp, follow all instructions provided on pages 9-10 in this manual or 84-85 in the User’s
manual.
• Be sure to replace the lamp when the message [THE LAMP LIFE EXCEEDED] appears. If you continue to
use the lamp after the lamp has reached the end of its usable life, the lamp bulb may shatter, and pieces
of glass may be scattered in the lamp case. Do not touch them as the pieces of glass may cause injury.
If this happens, contact your dealer for lamp replacement.

A Lamp Characteristic
The projector has a discharge lamp for special purposes as a light source.
A lamp has a characteristic that its brightness gradually decreases with age. Also repeatedly turning the
lamp on and off will increase the possibility of its lower brightness. The actual lamp life may vary depend-
ing upon the individual lamp, the environmental conditions and usage.

CAUTION:
• DO NOT TOUCH THE LAMP immediately after it has been used. It will be extremely hot. Turn the
projector off and then disconnect the power cord. Allow at least one hour for the lamp to cool before
handling.
• When removing the lamp from a ceiling-mounted projector, make sure that no one is under the projec-
tor. Glass fragments could fall if the lamp has been burned out.

Note for US Residents


The lamp in this product contains mercury. Please dispose according to Local, State or Federal Laws.

English ... 4
Important Information

Health precautions to users viewing 3D images


• Before viewing, be sure to read health care precautions that may be found in the user’s manual
included with your LCD shutter eyeglasses or your 3D compatible content such as DVDs, video games,
computer’s video files and the like.
To avoid any adverse symptoms, heed the following:
- Do not use LCD shutter eyeglasses for viewing any material other than 3D images.
- Allow a distance of 2 m/7 feet or greater between the screen and a user. Viewing 3D images from too
close a distance can strain your eyes.
- Avoid viewing 3D images for a prolonged period of time. Take a break of 15 minutes or longer after
every hour of viewing.
- If you or any member of your family has a history of light-sensitive seizures, consult a doctor before
viewing 3D images.
- While viewing 3D images, if you get sick such as nausea, dizziness, queasiness, headache, eyestrain,
blurry vision, convulsions, and numbness, stop viewing them. If symptoms still persist, consult a
doctor.

About High Altitude mode


• Set [FAN MODE] to [HIGH ALTITUDE] when using the projector at altitudes approximately 2500
feet/760 meters or higher.
• Using the projector at altitudes approximately 2500 feet/760 meters or higher without setting to [HIGH
ALTITUDE] can cause the projector to overheat and the protector could shut down. If this happens, wait
a couple minutes and turn on the projector.
• Using the projector at altitudes less than approximately 2500 feet/760 meters and setting to [HIGH
ALTITUDE] can cause the lamp to overcool, causing the image to flicker. Switch [FAN MODE] to
[AUTO].
• Using the projector at altitudes approximately 2500 feet/760 meters or higher can shorten the life of
optical com­ponents such as the lamp.

About Copyright of original projected pictures:


Please note that using this projector for the purpose of commercial gain or the attraction of public attention
in a venue such as a coffee shop or hotel and employing compression or expansion of the screen image with
the following func­tions may raise concern about the infringement of copyrights which are protected by
copyright law. [ASPECT RATIO], [KEYSTONE], Magnifying feature and other similar features.

[NOTE] Power management function


The projector has power management functions.
To reduce power consumption, the power management functions (1 and 2) are factory-preset in the
following way. To control the projector via a LAN or serial cable connection, use the on-screen menu to
change the settings for 1 and 2.

1. STANDBY MODE (Factory preset: NORMAL)


To control the projector from an external device, select [NETWORK STANDBY] for [STANDBY MODE].
When [NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE], the following connectors and functions will not
work:
- PC CONTROL connector, MONITOR OUT connector, AUDIO OUT connector, LAN functions, Mail
Alert function.

2. AUTO POWER OFF (Factory default: 60 minutes)


To control the projector from an external device, select [0] for [AUTO POWER OFF (MIN)].
-When [30] is selected for [AUTO POWER OFF], you can enable the projector to automatically turn off in
30 minutes if there is no signal received by any input or if no operation is performed.

English ... 5
Important Information

Precautions

Follow all warnings, precautions and maintenance as
recommended in this user’s guide to maximize the life of your
unit.

■ Warning- This projector will detect the life of the lamp


itself. Please be sure to change the lamp when it
shows warning messages.
■ Warning- Reset the “CLEAR LAMP HOURS” function
from the on-screen display “OPTIONS |LAMP
SETTINGS” menu after replacing the lamp mod-
ule. Please refer to the User’s manual page 73.
■ Warning- When switching the projector off, please ensure
the cooling cycle has been completed before
disconnecting power.
■ Warning- Turn on the projector first and then the signal
sources.
■ Warning- When the lamp reaches the end of its life, it will
burn out and may make a loud popping sound.
If this happens, the projector will not turn back
on until the lamp module has been replaced. To
replace the lamp, follow the procedures listed
under “Replacing the Lamp”.
This device is not intended for use in the direct field of
view at visual display workplaces. To avoid incommoding
reflections at visual display workplaces this device must not
be placed in the direct field of view.

High gain type screens are not optimal for use with this
projector. The lower the screen gain (i.e., screen gain on the
order of 1), the better the appearance of the projected image.

English ... 6
Important Information

Do:

 urn off the product before cleaning.


■ T
■ Use a soft cloth moistened with mild detergent to clean the
display housing.
■ Disconnect the power plug from AC outlet if the product is not
being used for a long period of time.
■ If the lens is soiled, use a commercially available cleaning cloth
for lens.

Do not:

 se abrasive cleaners, waxes or solvents to clean the unit.


■ U
■ Use under the following conditions:
- Extremely heat, cold or humidity.
- In areas susceptible to excessive dust and dirt.
- In direct sunlight.
- Outdoors.
- Move the projector by holding the cable cover.
- Hang from the projector in a ceiling or wall mounted
installation.
- Apply excessively strong pressure against the lens.
- Keep finger prints off the lens surface.
- Bring the projector using the Security Lock Hunger
■ I nstall and store in the following conditions:
- In powerful magnetic fields.
- In corrosive gas environment.

English ... 7
Important Information

Package Overview
This projector comes with all the items shown below. Check
to make sure your unit is completed. Contact your dealer
immediately if anything is missing.

Projector Lens Cap Remote Control Batteries (AAAx2)


(79TCB121) (P/N:7N901052)

Power Cord x1

Computer Cable (VGA)


US (P/N: 79TC5021) EU (P/N: 79TC5031) (P/N:7N520087)

Security Label
 Due to the
difference in Documentation:
applications for each
country, some regions 

NEC Projector CD-ROM 

Important Information (For
 (P/N: 7M952171) North America: 7N8N5811)
may have different (For Other countries than
accessories. 

Quick Setup Guide
North America: 7N8N5811
(P/N: 7N8N5831)
and 7N8N5821)

For North America:



Limited Warranty

For Europe:


Guarantee Policy
For customers in Europe:You will find our current valid Guarantee
Policy on our Web Site:www.nec-display-solutions.com

English ... 8
Important Information

Replacing the lamp


Optional lamp
NP35LP (for NP-V332X / NP-V332W / NP-V302H)
NP36LP (for NP-V302X / NP-V302W)
The time to replace the lamp is differed from models.
On NP-V302X, and NP-V302W, the projectors will detect the
lamp life at 4500 hours in ECO Mode Off (6000 hours in ECO
Mode) On NP-V332X, NP-V332W, and NP-V302H, the projec-
tors will detect the lamp life at 3500 hours in ECO Mode Off
(6000 hours in ECO Mode). When the “POWER” LED indica-
Warning: To avoid tor flashes red and the message below displays on-screen, the
AAx2)
burns, allow the projector has detected that the lamp is approaching its end of
projector to cool for life. Please refer to the User’s manual page 72-73. It will show you
at least 60 minutes
a warning message:
before you replace
the lamp! WARNING! LAMP

LAMP WARNING
LAMP LIFE IS ABOVE LIMIT TIME. LAMP OFF!

WARNING! LAMP

LAMP WARNING
LAMP LIFE EXCEEDED.

When you see this message, change the lamp as soon as


possible. Make sure the projector has been cooled down for at
least 60 minutes before changing the lamp.

English ... 9
Important Information

Warning: To reduce the 2


risk of personal injury,
do not drop the lamp
module or touch the 1
lamp bulb. The bulb 3
may shatter and cause
injury if it is dropped. 4

Do not break the glass 5


on the lamp module.
Keep finger prints off
the glass surface on the 6
lamp module. Leaving
finger prints on the
glass surface might
cause an unwanted
shadow and poor
picture quality.

Be sure to tighten the


screws after replacing
the lamp module.

Lamp Replacing Procedure:


1. Switch off the power to the projector by pressing the POWER OFF button on the
remote control or the button on the control panel.
2. Allow the projector to cool down at least 60 minutes.
3. Disconnect the power cord.
4. Use a screwdriver to loosen the screw on the lamp cover. 
5. Slide and remove the cover. 
6. Loosen the screw on the lamp module. 
7. Lift the handle. x
8. Pinch the arrow marked positions on the connector housing and pull the housing
upward for removing the connector. y
9. Pull out the lamp module. z
10. Install the new lamp module by reversing the previous steps.
11. After replacing the lamp, turn on the power, and select the [MENU] button ->
OPTIONS |LAMP SETTINGS -> CLEAR LAMP HOURS to reset the lamp usage
hours. Please refer to the User’s manual page 73.
English ... 10
Informations Importantes
Avertissements de sécurité
Précautions
Veuillez lire ce manuel attentivement avant d'utiliser votre projecteur NEC et conservez ce manuel pour
toute référence future.

AVERTISSEMENT
Pour éteindre l'alimentation principale, assurez-vous de débrancher la fiche de la prise.
La prise d'alimentation doit être installée aussi près de l'équipement que possible, et être facile-
ment accessible.

AVERTISSEMENT
POUR ÉVITER LES CHOCS, N'OUVREZ PAS LE BOÎTIER.
DES COMPOSANTS À HAUTE TENSION SE TROUVENT À L'INTÉRIEUR.
RÉFÉREZ LES RÉPARATIONS À UN PERSONNEL DE SERVICE QUALIFIÉ.

Ce symbole prévient l'utilisateur que la tension non isolée au sein de l'appareil peut suffire à
causer un choc électrique. Il est ainsi dangereux d'entrer en contact avec toute pièce se trouvant
à l'intérieur.
Ce symbole prévient l'utilisateur que des informations importantes concernant le fonctionne-
ment et la maintenance de cet appareil ont été fournies.
Ces informations doivent être lues attentivement pour éviter les problèmes.

AVERTISSEMENT : POUR ÉVITER LES INCENDIES OU CHOCS, N'EXPOSEZ PAS CE PRODUIT À


LA PLUIE OU L'HUMIDITÉ. N'UTILISEZ PAS LA PRISE DE CET APPAREIL AVEC UNE RALLONGE
OU SUR UNE MULTIPRISE À MOINS QUE TOUTES LES DENTS PUISSENT ÊTRE PARFAITEMENT
INSÉRÉES.

DOC Avis de conformation (pour le Canada uniquement)


Cet appareil numerique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
Jeter votre produit utilisé
La législation de l'UE, telle qu'implémentée dans chaque État membre, requiert que les produits
électriques et électroniques utilisés présentant la marque (gauche) doivent être jetés à part des
ordures ménagères. Ceci comprend les projecteurs et leurs accessoires électriques ou lampes.
Lorsque vous jetez de tels produits, veuillez suivre les instructions de votre autorité locale et/ou
demandez conseil au magasin dans lequel vous avez acheté le produit.
Après leur récupération, les produits utilisés sont réutilisés et recyclés de façon appropriée. Cet
effort nous aide à réduire la quantité de déchets ainsi que l'impact négatif que le mercure contenu
dans les lampes peut avoir sur la santé humaine et l'environnement. La marque sur les produits
électriques et électroniques ne s'applique qu'aux États membres actuels de l'Union Européenne.

Français... 1
Informations Importantes

Interférences RF (pour les États-Unis uniquement)


AVERTISSEMENT
La commission fédérale sur les communications n'autorise aucune modification ou transformation à cet
appareil EN DEHORS des applications spécifiées par NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc. dans ce
manuel. Un manquement à cette réglementation gouvernementale peut annuler votre droit à utiliser
cet équipement. Cet équipement a été testé et certifié conforme aux limites d'un appareil numérique de
classe B, en accord avec la partie 15 des règles FCC. Ces limites sont conçues pour fournir une protection
raisonnable contre les interférences nuisibles dans une installation résidentielle. Cet équipement génère,
utilise et peut émettre une énergie de fréquence radio et, s'il n'est pas installé et utilisé conformément aux
instructions, peut causer des interférences nuisibles aux communications radio. Cependant, il n'existe
aucune garantie que des interférences ne se produiront pas dans une installation particulière.
Si cet équipement provoque des interférences nuisibles à la réception de la radio ou la télévision, ce qui
peut être déterminé en mettant l'équipement hors et sous tension, l'utilisateur est encouragé à essayer de
corriger l'interférence par une ou plusieurs des mesures suivantes :

• Réorienter ou déplacer l'antenne de réception.


• Augmenter la distance entre l'équipement et le récepteur.
• Brancher l'équipement dans une prise sur un circuit différent de celui sur lequel le récepteur est branché.
• Consultez votre revendeur ou un technicien radio/TV qualifié pour obtenir de l'aide.

Pour le Royaume-Uni uniquement : Au Royaume-Uni, un cordon d'alimentation approuvé BS avec une fiche
moulée propose un fusible noir (cinq ampères) installé pour être utilisé avec cet équipement. Si aucun cordon
d'alimentation n'est fourni avec cet équipement, veuillez contacter votre revendeur.

Mesures de sécurité importantes


Ces instructions de sécurité vous aident à assurer la durée de vie de votre projecteur et éviter les incendies et
chocs. Veuillez les lire attentivement et respecter les avertissements.

Installation
• Ne placez pas le projecteur dans les environnements suivants :
- sur un chariot, support ou table instables.
- près des pièces humides ou salles de bains.
- à l'exposition directe du soleil ou à proximité de sources de chaleur.
- dans un environnement poussiéreux, enfumé ou avec de la vapeur.
- sur une feuille de papier, un chiffon, tapis, torchon ou tout objet pouvant être affecté par la chaleur.
• Si vous souhaitez installer le projecteur au plafond :
- N'essayez pas d'installer le projecteur par vous-même.
- Le projecteur doit être installé par des techniciens qualifiés pour garantir son bon fonctionnement et
réduire les risques de blessures corporelles.
- De plus, le plafond doit être suffisamment solide pour supporter le projecteur et l'installation doit être
conforme aux codes de construction locaux.
- Veuillez consulter votre revendeur pour plus d'informations.

AVERTISSEMENT • N'utilisez pas d'objet autre que le couvercle d'objectif du projec-


teur pour couvrir l'objectif alors que le projecteur est allumé. Ceci
pourrait faire chauffer l'objet et causer un incendie ou des dégâts
découlant de la chaleur émise par la sortie de lumière.
• Ne placez pas d'objets facilement affectés par la chaleur en face de la
lampe du projecteur. Ceci pourrait faire fondre l'objet à cause de la
chaleur émise par la sortie de lumière.
Concernant toutes les opérations de maintenance, référez-vous au Manuel Utilisateur sur le CD-ROM
inclus avec le projecteur et suivez correctement toutes les instructions.

Français... 2
Informations Importantes

Placez le projecteur en position horizontale


L'angle d'inclinaison du projecteur ne doit pas dépasser 5 degrés, et le projecteur ne doit pas être installé
d'une autre manière qu'avec le support de bureau ou de plafond, sinon la durée de vie de la lampe pourrait
être significativement réduite.

Précautions contre les incendies et les chocs


• Assurez-vous que la ventilation est suffisante et que les trous ne sont pas bouchés pour éviter l'accumula-
tion de chaleur dans votre projecteur. Laissez une distance d'au moins 4 pouces (10 cm) entre le projecteur
et le mur.
• N'essayez pas de toucher le conduit d'évacuation d'air, car il peut être chaud lorsque le projecteur est
allumé et peu après son arrêt.

• Évitez de faire tomber des objets étrangers, comme des morceaux de papier, dans le projecteur. N'essayez
pas de récupérer des objets qui seraient tombés dans le projecteur. N'insérez pas d'objets métalliques
comme des câbles ou un tournevis dans le projecteur. Si un objet tombe dans le projecteur, débranchez-le
immédiatement et faites enlever l'objet par un personnel de service qualifié.
• Ne placez pas d'objets au-dessus du projecteur.
• Ne touchez pas la prise lors des orages. Ceci pourrait causer des chocs électriques ou incendies.
• Le projecteur est conçu pour fonctionner avec une alimentation de 100-240 V CA 50/60 Hz. Assurez-vous
que votre alimentation correspond à cette condition avant d'essayer d'utiliser votre projecteur.
• Ne regardez pas l'objectif lorsque le projecteur est allumé. Vous pourriez subir de sérieuses blessures
oculaires.

• Retirez tout objet (loupe entre autres) se trouvant sur le chemin de la lumière du projecteur. Le chemin de
la lumière projetée par la lampe est extensif, ainsi tout objet anormal est susceptible de rediriger la lumière
émanant de la lampe, ce qui peut avoir des conséquences imprévisibles telles que des incendies ou des
blessures oculaires.
• Ne bloquez pas le chemin de la lumière entre la source de lumière et la lampe avec des objets. L'objet
pourrait prendre feu.
• Ne placez pas d'objets facilement affectés par la chaleur en face de la lampe du projecteur ou d'un trou de
ventilation.
Faire ceci pourrait faire fondre l'objet ou provoquer des brûlures à cause de la chaleur émise par la sortie de
la lumière et les trous de ventilation.
• Manipulez le cordon d'alimentation avec soin. Un câble d'alimentation endommagé ou effiloché peut cau-
ser des chocs électriques ou des incendies.
- N'utilisez pas de câble d'alimentation autre que celui fourni.
- Ne pliez pas le cordon d'alimentation de façon excessive.
- Ne placez pas le cordon d'alimentation sous le projecteur ou tout objet lourd.
- Ne couvrez pas le cordon d'alimentation avec d'autres matériaux souples, comme des tapis.
- Ne chauffez pas le cordon d'alimentation.
- Ne manipulez pas le cordon d'alimentation avec des mains humides.

Français... 3
Informations Importantes

• Éteignez le projecteur, débranchez le cordon d'alimentation et référez la réparation du projecteur à un


personnel de service qualifié dans les cas suivants :
- Quand le cordon d'alimentation est endommagé ou effiloché.
- Si du liquide a été renversé dans le projecteur ou si le projecteur a été exposé à la pluie ou de l'eau.
- Si le projecteur ne fonctionne pas normalement alors que vous suivez les instructions de ce manuel de
l'utilisateur.
- Si le projecteur est tombé ou que le boîtier a été endommagé.
- Si le projecteur affiche une baisse de performance, ce qui indique un besoin de réparation.
• Débranchez le cordon d'alimentation et autres câbles avec de transporter le projecteur.
• Éteignez le projecteur et débranchez le cordon d'alimentation avant de nettoyer le boîtier ou de remplacer
la lampe.
• Éteignez le projecteur et débranchez le cordon d'alimentation si vous ne prévoyez pas d'utiliser le projec-
teur pendant une longue période.
• Lorsque vous utilisez un câble LAN :
Pour votre sécurité, ne vous branchez pas au connecteur si les câbles du périphérique peuvent avoir une
tension excessive.
Précautions pour la télécommande
• Manipulez la télécommande avec soin.
• Si la télécommande est mouillée, essuyez-la immédiatement.
• Évitez la chaleur et l'humidité excessives.
• N'enlevez et ne chauffez pas les piles.
• Ne jetez pas les piles au feu.
• Si vous ne prévoyez pas d'utiliser la télécommande pendant une longue période, retirez les piles.
• Vérifiez que les polarités (+/–) sont correctement alignées.
• N'utilisez pas de piles usées et neuves ensembles, ou différents types de piles ensemble.
• Jetez les piles usées conformément aux réglementations locales.

Remplacement de la lampe
• Utilisez la lampe spécifiée pour votre sécurité et de bonnes performances.
• Pour remplacer la lampe, suivez toutes les instructions des pages 9-10 de ce manuel ou 84-85 du manuel
de l’utilisateur.
• Veillez à remplacer la lampe lorsque le message [DURÉE DE VIE DE LA LAMPE DÉPASSÉE] s'affiche.
Si vous continuez à utiliser la lampe après qu'elle ait atteint la fin de sa vie, l'ampoule pourrait se briser
et des morceaux de verre pourraient se loger dans l'emplacement de la lampe. Ne les touchez pas, vous
risqueriez de vous blesser.
Si cela survient, contactez votre revendeur pour remplacer la lampe.

Caractéristiques de la lampe
Le projecteur possède une lampe à décharge à des fins particulières comme source de lumière.
Cette lampe a comme caractéristique une luminosité décroissante avec le temps. Allumer et éteindre la
lampe de façon répétitive augmentera aussi les risques de luminosité réduite. La durée de vie de la lampe
peut varier en fonction du mode sélectionné, des conditions environnementales et de l'utilisation.

ATTENTION :
• NE TOUCHEZ PAS LA LAMPE immédiatement après l'avoir utilisée. Elle est extrêmement chaude.
Éteignez le projecteur puis débranchez le câble d'alimentation. Attendez au moins une heure que la
lampe refroidisse avant de la manipuler.
• Lorsque vous retirez la lampe d'un projecteur monté au plafond, assurez-vous que personne ne se
trouve en dessous. Des fragments de verre pourraient tomber si la lampe est cassée.

Français... 4
Informations Importantes

Précautions de santé lors de la visualisation d'images en 3D


• Avant de visualiser des images, assurez-vous de lire les précautions de sécurité qui se trouvent dans le
manuel de l'utilisateur proposé avec vos lunettes 3D ou votre contenu compatible 3D, par exemple DVD,
jeu vidéo, fichier vidéo sur ordinateur...
Pour éviter tous symptômes indésirables, respectez ce qui suit :
- N'utilisez pas de lunettes 3D pour visualiser tout matériel autre que des images 3D.
- Gardez une distance d'au moins 2 m / 7 pieds entre l'écran et l'utilisateur. La visualisation d'images 3D
depuis une distance trop faible peut fatiguer vos yeux.
- Évitez de visualiser des images 3D pendant une période prolongée. Prenez une pause de 15 minutes ou
plus pour chaque heure de visualisation.
- Si vous-même ou tout membre de votre famille a des antécédents médicaux liés à la lumière, consultez
un docteur avant de visualiser des images 3D.
- Lorsque vous visualisez des images 3D, si vous souffrez de nausées, d'étourdissements, de maux
de tête, de fatigue oculaire, de malaises, de troubles de la vision, ou de convulsions, arrêtez de les
regarder. Si les symptômes persistent, consultez un docteur.

À propos du mode haute altitude


• Définissez [MODE VENTILATEUR] sur [HAUTE ALTITUDE] lorsque vous utilisez le projecteur à des
altitudes de 2500 pieds / 760 mètres ou plus.
• Utiliser le projecteur à des altitudes de 2500 pieds / 760 mètres ou plus sans utiliser [HAUTE ALTITUDE]
peut causer la surchauffe et l'arrêt du projecteur. Si cela survient, attendez quelques minutes avant de
rallumer le projecteur.
• Utiliser le projecteur à des altitudes de 2500 pieds / 760 mètres ou moins et utiliser [HAUTE ALTITUDE]
peut refroidir la lampe plus que nécessaire et causer un vacillement de l'image. Basculez
[MODE VENTILATEUR] sur [AUTO].
• Utiliser le projecteur à des altitudes de 2500 pieds / 760 mètres ou plus peut réduire la durée de vie des
composants optiques tels que la lampe.

À propos des droits d'auteur des images originales projetées :


Veuillez noter que l'utilisation de ce projecteur à des fins commerciales ou pour attirer l'attention du
public dans des lieux tels qu'un café ou un hôtel et utiliser la compression ou l'expansion de l'image avec
les fonctions suivantes peut causer des problèmes d'infraction de droits d'auteurs protégés par la loi.
[ASPECT (RATIO)], [TRAPÈZE], la loupe et d'autres fonctions similaires.

[REMARQUE] Fonction de gestion de l'alimentation


Le projecteur propose des fonctions de gestion de l'alimentation.
Pour réduire la consommation électrique, les fonctions de gestion de l'alimentation (1 et 2) sont prédéfinies
en usine de la façon suivante. Pour contrôler le projecteur par connexion LAN ou câble série, utilisez le
menu à l'écran pour changer les paramètres pour 1 et 2.

1. MODE VEILLE (Préréglage d'usine : NORMAL)


Pour contrôler le projecteur à partir d'un appareil externe, sélectionnez [RESEAU EN VEILLE] pour
[MODE VEILLE].
Lorsque [NORMAL] est sélectionné pour [MODE VEILLE], les fonctions et connecteurs suivants ne fonc-
tionneront pas :
- Les connecteurs PC CONTROL, MONITOR OUT, AUDIO OUT et les fonctions LAN, d'alerte e-mail.

2. ARRÊT AUTO (MIN) (Préréglage d'usine : 60 minutes)


Pour contrôler le projecteur à partir d'un appareil externe, sélectionnez [0] pour [ARRÊT AUTO (MIN)].
- Lorsque [30] est sélectionné pour [ARRÊT AUTO (MIN)], vous pouvez activer l'arrêt automatique du
projecteur si aucun signal d'entrée ou aucune opération n'ont été détectés pendant 30 minutes.

Français... 5
Informations Importantes

Précautions

Suivez tous les avertissements, les précautions et les
opérations de maintenances recommandés dans ce guide de
l'utilisateur pour maximiser la durée de vie de l'appareil.
■ Avertissement- Le projecteur détectera la fin de vie de la lampe
par lui-même. Assurez-vous de remplacer la
lampe lorsque les messages d'avertissement
s'affichent.
■ Avertissement- Réinitialisez la fonction
« EFFACER HEURES LAMPE » depuis le menu
OSD « OPTIONS |PARAMÈTRE DE LAMPE »
après avoir remplacé le module de la lampe. Voir
la page 73 du manuel de l’utilisateur.
■ Avertissement- Lorsque vous éteignez le projecteur, assurez-
vous que le cycle de refroidissement est terminé
avant de débrancher l'alimentation.
■ Avertissement- Allumez d'abord le projecteur, puis connectez les
sources de signal.
■ Avertissement- Lorsque la lampe arrive en fin de vie, elle brûlera
et émettra un son lourd de claquement. Si cela
arrive, le projecteur ne se rallumera pas tant que
le module de lampe n'a pas été remplacé. Pour
remplacer la lampe, suivez les procédures de la
section "Remplacer la lampe".
Cet appareil ne doit pas être utilisé dans le champ de vision
direct dans les environnements de travail visuel. Pour éviter
les reflets gênants dans les environnements de travail visuel,
cet appareil ne doit pas être placé dans le champ de vision
direct.

Les écrans de type gain élevé ne sont pas adaptés à ce projec-


teur. Plus le gain de l'écran est faible (gain de 1 environ), plus
l'image est fidèlement projetée.

Français... 6
Informations Importantes

À faire :

 teindre le produit avant de le nettoyer.


■ É
■ Utiliser un chiffon doux humidifié avec une solution détergente
douce pour nettoyer le boîtier.
■ Débrancher la fiche de la prise CA si vous ne prévoyez pas
d'utiliser le produit pendant une longue période.
■ Si l'objectif est sale, utilisez un chiffon nettoyant pour objectif
disponible dans le commerce.

À ne pas faire :

■ Utiliser des solutions abrasives, cires ou solvants pour nettoyer


l'appareil.
■ Utiliser l'appareil dans les conditions suivantes :
- Chaleur, froid ou humidité extrêmes.
- Zones sujettes à une poussière excessive.
- À l'exposition directe du soleil.
- En extérieur.
- Déplacer le projecteur en portant le couvercle de câble.
- Vous accrocher au projecteur sur une installation murale ou
au plafond.
- Appliquer une pression excessive sur l'objectif.
- Évitez les traces de doigt sur la surface de l'objectif.
- Transportez le projecteur en utilisant le support de verrou de
sécurité
■ I nstallation et stockage dans les conditions suivantes :
- En présence de champs magnétiques puissants.
- Environnements avec gaz corrosifs.

Français... 7
Informations Importantes

Aperçu de l’emballage

Ce projecteur est proposé avec tous les éléments ci-dessous.
Vérifiez que votre exemplaire est au complet. Contactez
immédiatement votre revendeur si vous remarquez que
quelque chose manque.

Projecteur Cache de l'objectif Télécommande Piles (AAA x 2)


(79TCB121) (P/N : 7N901052)

Cordon
d'alimentation x 1
États-Unis Câble ordinateur (VGA)
(P/N : 79TC5021) UE (P/N : 79TC5031) (P/N : 7N520087)

Étiquette de sécurité
 En raison des
Documentation :
applications différentes
dans chaque pays, 

CD-ROM du projecteur NEC 

Informations importantes
certaines régions (P/N : 7M952171) (Pour l'Amérique du Nord
: 7N8N5811) (Pour les pays
peuvent proposer des 

Guide de configuration rapide
hors Amérique du Nord :
accessoires différents. (P/N : 7N8N5831)
7N8N5811 et 7N8N5821)
Pour l'Amérique du Nord :

Garantie limitée

Pour l'Europe :


Politique de garantie
Pour les clients en Europe : Vous trouverez notre politique de
garantie actuellement valide sur notre site Web : www.nec-display-
solutions.com

Français... 8
Informations Importantes

Remplacer la lampe
Lampe en option
NP35LP (pour NP-V332X / NP-V332W / NP-V302H)
NP36LP (pour NP-V302X / NP-V302W)
La durée avant remplacement de la lampe dépend du modèle.
Sur les modèles NP-V302X et NP-V302W, le projecteur détec-
tera la durée de vie de la lampe à 4500 heures en mode ECO
désactivé (6000 s'il est activé). Pour les modèles NP-V332X,
NP-V332W et NP-V302H, le projecteur détectera la durée de
vie de la lampe à 3500 heures avec le mode Eco désactivé (6000
Mise en garde : Pour s'il est activé). Lorsque la DEL « POWER » clignote en rouge
éviter les brûlures, et que le message ci-dessous s'affiche à l'écran, le projecteur a
attendez au moins 60 détecté que la lampe arrive en fin de vie. voir la page 72-73 du
minutes que le pro-
manuel de l’utilisateur. Vous verrez un message d'avertisse-
jecteur se refroidisse
avant de remplacer la ment :
lampe ! AVERTISSEMENT! LAMPE

AVERTISSEMENT LAMPE


LIMITE du TEMPS VIE DE LA LAMPE.LAMPE MORTE!

AVERTISSEMENT! LAMPE

AVERTISSEMENT LAMPE

 DURÉE DE VIE DE LA LAMPE DÉPASSÉE

Si vous voyez ce message, remplacez la lampe dès que


possible. Assurez-vous que le projecteur a refroidi pendant au
moins 60 minutes avant de remplacer la lampe.

Français... 9
Informations Importantes

Mise en garde : Pour


réduire les risques de 2
blessures personnelles,
ne faites pas tomber
le module de la lampe
et ne touchez pas 1
3
l'ampoule. L'ampoule
pourrait se briser et
causer des blessures en 4
chutant.

5
Ne brisez pas le verre
du module de la lampe.
Évitez les traces de
doigt sur la surface en 6
verre du module de
la lampe. Laisser des
traces de doigt sur la
surface en verre peut
faire apparaître une
ombre non souhaitée
et nuire à la qualité
d'image.

Assurez-vous de bien
serrer les vis après
avoir remis le module
de la lampe.

Procédure de remplacement de la lampe :


1. Éteignez le projecteur en appuyant sur le bouton MISE HORS TENSION de la
télécommande ou le bouton du panneau de contrôle.
2. Attendez 60 minutes que le projecteur refroidisse.
3. Débranchez le cordon d'alimentation.
4. Utilisez un tournevis pour retirer la vis du couvercle de la lampe. 
5. Faites glisser le couvercle et retirez-le. 
6. Desserrez la vis du module de la lampe. 
7. Soulevez la poignée. x
8. Pincez les emplacements marqués par des flèches sur le boîtier du connecteur et
tirez le boîtier vers le haut pour retirer le connecteur. y
9. Retirez le module de la lampe. z
10. Installez la nouvelle lampe en effectuant les étapes précédentes à l'envers.
11. Après avoir remplacé le filtre, allumez l'appareil et appuyez sur le bouton
[MENU] -> OPTIONS |PARAMÈTRE DE LAMPE -> EFFACER HEURES
LAMPE pour réinitialiser les heures d'utilisation du filtre. voir la page 73 du
manuel de l’utilisateur.

Français... 10
Información importante
Precauciones de seguridad
Precauciones
Lea detenidamente este manual antes de utilizar su proyector NEC y guárdelo en un lugar accesible para
futura referencia.
PRECAUCIÓN
Para cortar el suministro eléctrico, asegúrese de desconectar el enchufe de la toma de corriente.
La toma de corriente eléctrica debe estar lo más cercana posible del equipo y en un lugar de fácil
acceso.

PRECAUCIÓN
PARA EVITAR DESCARGAS, NO ABRA LA CARCASA.
LOS COMPONENTES INTERNOS UTILIZAN ALTA TENSIÓN.
SOLICITE LA AYUDA DE UN TÉCNICO ESPECIALIZADO PARA REALIZAR CUALQUIER
TAREA DE INSPECCIÓN, MANTENIMIENTO O REPARACIÓN.

Este símbolo avisa al usuario de que la tensión no aislada del interior de la unidad puede ser
suficiente para causar descargas eléctricas. El contacto, de cualquier tipo, con los componentes
internos de la unidad puede resultar por ello peligroso.

Este símbolo alerta al usuario de que se ha proporcionado información importante sobre el


funcionamiento y mantenimiento de esta unidad.
Lea detenidamente esta información para evitar problemas.

ADVERTENCIA: PARA EVITAR INCENDIOS O DESCARGAS, NO EXPONGA ESTA UNIDAD A LA


LLUVIA O LA HUMEDAD. NO UTILICE EL ENCHUFE DE ESTA UNIDAD CON UN CABLE
ALARGADOR O UNA TOMA DE CORRIENTE A MENOS QUE PUEDA INSERTAR COMPLETAMEN-
TE TODAS LAS PUNTAS.

Eliminación de productos usados


La legislación vigente en toda la UE, conforme a las medidas llevadas a cabo en cada Estado
Miembro, establece que los productos eléctricos y electrónicos usados que porten esta marca
(imagen de la izquierda) deberán desecharse por separado de los residuos domésticos habituales.
Esta norma afecta a proyectores y a sus accesorios eléctricos o lámparas. A la hora de desechar un
producto de este tipo, siga las recomendaciones de las autoridades locales y/o pregunte al
establecimiento en el que lo adquirió.
Una vez recuperados, los productos desechados se reutilizan y reciclan de forma oportuna. Este
esfuerzo nos ayuda a reducir al mínimo los residuos y el impacto negativo para la salud humana y
el medio ambiente, por ejemplo, del mercurio contenido en una lámpara. Esta marca sobre produc-
tos eléctricos y electrónicos solo se aplica a los Estados Miembros actuales de la Unión Europea.

Español ... 1
Información importante

Interferencia de RF (solo para Estados Unidos)


ADVERTENCIA
La Comisión Federal de Comunicaciones (FCC) prohíbe toda modificación o alteración de la unidad
EXCEPTO cuando NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc. así lo especifique en este manual. No cumplir
esta normativa gubernamental podría anular su derecho a utilizar este equipo. Las pruebas realizadas
con este equipo ponen de manifiesto su adecuación a los límites estipulados para un dispositivo digital
de clase B, según la Parte 15 de las Normas FCC. Estos límites se han establecido para ofrecer un grado de
protección razonable contra interferencias perjudiciales en instalaciones residenciales. Este equipo genera,
utiliza y puede emitir energía de radiofrecuencia y, si no se instala y se utiliza según las instrucciones que
le acompañan, puede ocasionar interferencias perjudiciales en las comunicaciones de radio. No obstante,
aun aplicando las instrucciones de instalación y utilización, podrían seguir produciéndose interferencias
en determinadas instalaciones.
Si el equipo produce interferencias perjudiciales en la recepción de radio o televisión (lo cual se puede
detectar encendiendo y apagando el equipo), el usuario puede tratar de corregirlas mediante algunas de
las siguientes medidas:

• Cambie la ubicación o la orientación de la antena receptora.


• Aumente la separación entre el equipo y el receptor.
• Conecte el equipo a una toma de un circuito diferente al que está conectado el receptor.
• Consulte al proveedor o a un técnico experimentado de radio/TV.

Solo para Reino Unido: En Reino Unido, los cables de alimentación con enchufe moldeado aprobados por
BS incorporan un fusible Negro (5 A) instalado para utilizar con este equipo. Si el equipo no incluye cable de
alimentación, póngase en contacto con su distribuidor.

Medidas preventivas importantes


Estas instrucciones de seguridad van destinadas a prolongar la vida útil de su proyector, y evitar incendios y
descargas. Léalas detenidamente y tenga en cuenta todas las advertencias.

Instalación
• N o coloque el proyector en los siguientes lugares:
- sobre un carro, base o mesa inestable.
- junto al agua, bañeras o en recintos con demasiada humedad.
- bajo la exposición directa de la luz solar, junto a calefactores o radiadores.
- en un entorno de polvo, humo o vapor.
- sobre una hoja de papel, tela, tapete, alfombra o cualquier objeto que el calor pueda dañar o afectar.
• Si desea instalar el proyector en el techo:
- No intente instalar el proyector usted mismo.
- Para garantizar su correcto funcionamiento y reducir el riesgo de lesiones personales, este montaje debe
realizarlo un técnico profesional.
- Asegúrese de que el techo tenga la suficiente resistencia para soportar el peso del proyector y de que la
instalación cumpla con cualquier código de construcción local.
- Consulte con su distribuidor para obtener más información.

ADVERTENCIA • U  tilice únicamente la tapa de lente del proyector para tapar la lente
mientras el proyector está encendido. El uso de un objeto distinto
provocará que este se caliente drásticamente debido al calor emitido
por la salida de luz con el consiguiente riesgo de incendio o daños.
• No coloque delante de la lámpara del proyector objetos a los que
pueda afectar fácilmente el calor. El calor emitido por la salida de
luz podría derretir el objeto.

En lo que se refiere a todas las operaciones de mantenimiento, consulte el manual del usuario que se
encuentra en el CD-ROM incluido con el proyector y siga todas las instrucciones convenientemente.

Español ... 2
Información importante

Coloque el proyector en posición horizontal


El ángulo de inclinación del proyector no deberá superar los 5 grados. Instale el proyector únicamente sobre
el escritorio o en el techo. Cualquier otra instalación podría reducir drásticamente la vida útil de la lámpara.

Precauciones sobre incendios y descargas


• Asegúrese de que el lugar de instalación tenga suficiente ventilación y de que las ranuras de ventilación
no estén obstruidas para evitar la acumulación de calor en el interior del proyector. Deje un espacio de al
menos 10 cm (4 pulgadas) entre su proyector y la pared.
• No toque la rejilla de ventilación de salida, ya que puede alcanzar una temperatura elevada una vez
encendido el proyector o inmediatamente después de apagarlo.

• Evite la caída de objetos extraños como clips y trozos de papel al interior de su proyector. No intente recu-
perar los objetos que hayan podido caer dentro del proyector Insertando objetos metálicos como alambres o
destornilladores. Si algo cayera dentro de su proyector, desconéctelo inmediatamente y solicite a un técnico
profesional que extraiga el objeto.
• No coloque ningún objeto sobre el proyector.
• No toque el enchufe durante una tormenta eléctrica. Esta recomendación puede evitar descargas eléctricas
o incendios.
• El proyector está diseñado para funcionar con un suministro eléctrico de 100-240 V de CA 50/60 Hz. Ase-
gúrese de que su suministro eléctrico concuerde con este requisito antes de intentar utilizar su proyector.
• No mire a la lente con el proyector encendido. Esta práctica puede ocasionar graves lesiones a la vista.

• Mantenga el paso de la luz del proyector libre de objetos (lupa, etc.). El paso de la luz que se proyecta des-
de la lámpara es amplio, por lo tanto cualquier tipo de objeto anormal que pueda redirigir la luz que sale
de la lámpara, puede causar resultados impredecibles como un incendio o lesiones oculares.
• No bloquee el paso de la luz entre la fuente de luz y la lámpara con ningún objeto. La incidencia de la luz
podría incendiar el objeto.
• No coloque delante de la lámpara o de la salida de ventilación del proyector objetos a los que pueda afectar
fácilmente el calor.
El calor emitido por la salida de luz y la salida de ventilación podría derretir el objeto o producirle quema-
duras en las manos.
• Manipule el cable de alimentación con cuidado. Un cable de alimentación dañado o deshilachado puede
producir descargas eléctricas u originar un incendio.
- Utilice únicamente el cable de alimentación suministrado.
- No doble ni tire excesivamente del cable de alimentación.
- No coloque el cable de alimentación debajo del proyector ni de ningún objeto pesado.
- No cubra el cable de alimentación con otros materiales blandos como alfombrillas.
- No caliente el cable de alimentación.
- No manipule el enchufe de alimentación con las manos mojadas.
• Apague el proyector, desenchufe el cable de alimentación y solicite la ayuda de un técnico profesional si se
dan las siguientes condiciones:
- Si el cable de alimentación o el enchufe está dañado o deshilachado.
- Si se ha derramado líquido en el interior del proyector o si este ha estado expuesto a la lluvia o al agua.

Español ... 3
Información importante

- Si el proyector no funciona con normalidad aún siguiendo las instrucciones descritas en este manual del
usuario.
- Si el proyector ha sufrido una caída o presenta daños en la carcasa.
- Si el proyector experimenta un cambio sustancial en su rendimiento que indica la necesidad de
inspección.
• Desconecte el cable de alimentación y cualquier otro cable antes de mover el proyector.
• Apague el proyector y desenchufe el cable de alimentación antes de limpiar la carcasa o sustituir la
lámpara.
• Apague el proyector y desenchufe el cable de alimentación si no va a utilizar el proyector durante un
periodo prolongado de tiempo.
• Si utiliza un cable LAN:
por seguridad, no lo conecte al conector para dispositivos periféricos que podría utilizar un voltaje dema-
siado alto.

Precauciones sobre el mando a distancia


• Manipule el mando a distancia con cuidado.
• Si el mando a distancia se moja, séquelo inmediatamente.
• Evite el exceso de calor y humedad.
• No cortocircuite, caliente ni desmonte las pilas.
• No arroje las pilas al fuego.
• Quite las pilas si no va a utilizar el mando a distancia durante un periodo prolongado de tiempo.
• Asegúrese de instalar las pilas con la polaridad correcta (+/–).
• No mezcle pilas nuevas y usadas ni tipos distintos de pilas.
• Deseche las pilas usadas de acuerdo con la normativa local.

Sustitución de la lámpara
• P or seguridad y rendimiento, utilice únicamente la lámpara especificada.
• Para sustituir la lámpara, siga todas las instruciones de las páginas 9-10 de este manual o 84-85 del
Manual de Usuario.
• Asegúrese de reemplazar la lámpara cuando aparezca el mensaje
[VIDA ÚTIL DE LÁMPARA EXCEDIDA] . Si continúa utilizando la lámpara después de alcanzado el
final de su vida útil, la bombilla de la lámpara puede estallar y los trozos de cristal dispersarse por el
alojamiento de la lámpara. No manipule los trozos de cristal para evitar lesiones.
En su lugar, póngase en contacto con su distribuidor para solicitar la sustitución de la lámpara.

Características de la lámpara
El proyector incorpora una lámpara de descarga como fuente de luz para propósitos especiales.
La lámpara se caracteriza porque su brillo disminuye gradualmente con el tiempo. Encender y apagar la
lámpara repetidamente también aumentará la posibilidad de que reduzca su brillo. La vida real de la
lámpara puede variar en función de la propia lámpara, de las condiciones medioambientales y del uso.

PRECAUCIÓN:
• NO TOQUE LA LÁMPARA inmediatamente después de haberla utilizado. Puede alcanzar temperaturas
extremadamente elevadas. Apague el proyector y, a continuación, desconecte el cable de alimentación.
Espere al menos una hora a que la lámpara se enfríe antes de manipularla.
• Cuando quite la lámpara de un proyector montado en el techo, asegúrese de que no haya nadie debajo
del proyector. Si la lámpara ha explotado podrían caer fragmentos de cristal.

Español ... 4
Información importante

Precauciones sanitarias sobre la visualización de imágenes en 3D


• Antes de visualizar imágenes tridimensionales, asegúrese de leer las precauciones sanitarias que puede
encontrar en el manual del usuario incluido con sus gafas con obturador LCD o con su contenido 3D compatible
como DVD, videojuegos, archivos de vídeo para ordenador, etc.
Para evitar síntomas adversos, tenga en cuenta las siguientes consideraciones:
- Utilice las gafas con obturador LCD únicamente para ver imágenes en 3D.
- Mantenga una distancia de 2 m/7 pies entre la pantalla y el usuario. Ver imágenes tridimensionales a una
distancia demasiado corta puede dañar la vista.
- No visualice imágenes en 3D durante un periodo prolongado de tiempo. Descanse durante al menos 15 minu-
tos después de cada hora de visualización.
- Si usted o cualquier miembro de su familia presenta un historial de crisis epilépticas fotosensibles, consulte a
un médico antes de visualizar imágenes en 3D.
- Interrumpa la visualización de imágenes tridimensionales si siente algún malestar como náuseas, mareo, dolor
de cabeza, vista cansada, visión borrosa, convulsiones y aturdimiento. Si los síntomas persisten, consulte a un
médico.

Acerca del modo Alta altitud


• C  onfigure el [MODO DE VENTILADOR] como [ALTITUD ELEVADA] si utiliza el proyector en altitudes de
aproximadamente 760 metros/2.500 pies o superiores.
• El uso del proyector en altitudes de aproximadamente 760 metros/2.500 pies o superiores sin configurar esta
opción como [ALTITUD ELEVADA] puede provocar sobrecalentamiento y que el proyector se apague. Si esto
ocurriese, espere un par de minutos y vuelva a encender el proyector.
• El uso del proyector en altitudes inferiores a aproximadamente 760 metros/2.500 pies con esta opción
configurada como [ALTITUD ELEVADA] puede enfriar en exceso la lámpara y provocar que la imagen
parpadee. Cambie el [MODO DE VENTILADOR] a [AUTO].
• El uso del proyector en altitudes de aproximadamente 760 metros/2.500 pies o superiores puede acortar la vida
útil de componentes ópticos, como la lámpara.

Acerca de los derechos de la propiedad de las imágenes originales proyectadas:


Recuerde que el uso de este proyector con el objetivo de obtener una ganancia comercial o de atraer la atención del
público en un establecimiento como una cafetería o un hotel y el empleo de compresión o expansión de la imagen de
la pantalla con las siguientes funciones podría suponer una infracción de los derechos de copyright recogidos por la
ley de propiedad intelectual. [RELACIÓN DE ASPECTO], [KEYSTONE], la función de aumento y otras funciones
similares.

[NOTA] Función de gestión de energía


Este proyector incorpora funciones de gestión de energía.
Para reducir el consumo de energía, las funciones de gestión de energía (1 y 2) vienen predeterminadas de fábrica
de la siguiente forma. Si desea controlar el proyector a través de una conexión LAN o una conexión de cable serie,
utilice el menú de pantalla para cambiar la configuración de las opciones 1 y 2.

1. MODO DE ESPERA (Configuración predeterminada de fábrica: NORMAL)


Para controlar el proyector desde un dispositivo externo, seleccione [RED EN MODO DE ESPERA] en la opción
[MODO DE ESPERA].
Si selecciona [NORMAL] en la opción [MODO DE ESPERA], los siguientes conectores y funciones quedarán
inoperativos:
- Conector CONTROL DE PC, conector SALIDA DEL MONITOR, conector SALIDA DE AUDIO, funciones LAN,
función de alerta de correo.

2. APAGADO AUTOMÁTICO (MIN) (Configuración predeterminada de fábrica: 60


minutos)
Para controlar el proyector desde un dispositivo externo, seleccione [0] en la opción
[APAGADO AUTOMÁTICO (MIN)].
-Si selecciona [30] en la opción [APAGADO AUTOMÁTICO (MIN)], podrá programar el proyector para que se
apague de forma automática en 30 minutos si no recibe ninguna señal o si no se realiza ninguna operación.

Español ... 5
Información importante

Precauciones

Siga todas las advertencias, precauciones y tareas de
mantenimiento recomendadas en esta guía del usuario para
maximizar la vida útil de su unidad.
■ Advertencia- Este proyector detectará de forma automática la
vida útil de la lámpara. Asegúrese de cambiar la
lámpara cuando el proyector muestre el mensaje
de advertencia correspondiente.
■ Advertencia- Utilice la función “BORRAR HORAS DE LÁMP.”
del menú de pantalla “ OPCIONES |
CONFIG. DE LÁMPARA” después de sustituir
el módulo de la lámpara. Consulte la página 73
del Manual de Usuario..
■ Advertencia- Cuando apague el proyector, espere a que la
unidad se haya enfriado completamente antes de
desconectar el suministro eléctrico.
■ Advertencia- Encienda primero el proyector y, posteriormente,
las fuentes de señales.
■ Advertencia- Cuando la lámpara alcanza el final de su vida
útil, se funde y puede producir un sonido de
estallido. Si esto ocurre, el proyector no volverá a
encenderse hasta que haya sustituido el módulo
de la lámpara. Para sustituir la lámpara, siga los
procedimientos descritos en la sección "Sustituir
la lámpara".
Este dispositivo no está diseñado para su uso dentro del
campo de visión directo en lugares donde se está llevando
a cabo una representación visual. Para evitar reflejos
incómodos sobre la representación visual, no coloque el
dispositivo dentro del campo de visión directo de la misma.

No se recomienda el uso del proyector con pantallas con


mucha ganancia. Cuanto menor sea la ganancia de la panta-
lla (p. ej. ganancia de pantalla del orden de 1), mejor será la
apariencia de la imagen proyectada.

Español ... 6
Información importante

Acciones que se recomienda llevar a cabo:

 pague el producto antes de limpiarlo.


■ A
■ Utilice un paño humedecido en detergente suave para limpiar el
alojamiento de la pantalla.
■ Desconecte el enchufe de alimentación de la toma de corriente si
no va a utilizar el producto durante un periodo prolongado de
tiempo.
■ Si la lente se ensucia, utilice un paño de limpieza específico para
lentes disponible en el mercado.

Acciones que se recomienda evitar:

■ No utilice limpiadores, ceras o disolventes abrasivos para


limpiar la unidad.
■ No lo utilice en las siguientes condiciones:
- Calor, frío o humedad extrema.
- En lugares susceptibles de acumular polvo y suciedad.
- En lugares expuestos a la luz directa del sol.
- Exteriores.
- No transporte el proyector sujetándolo por la tapa de cables.
- No se cuelgue del proyector en una instalación de techo o
pared.
- No aplique demasiada fuerza sobre la lente.
- Limpie las huellas de dedos de la superficie de la lente.
- Lleve el proyector utilizando la ranura de bloqueo de
seguridad
■ I nstalar y almacenar de acuerdo con las siguientes condiciones:
- En un entorno con fuertes campos magnéticos.
- En un entorno con un gas corrosivo.

Español ... 7
Información importante

Contenido del paquete


Este proyector viene con todos los componentes indicados a
continuación. Compruebe el contenido del paquete y póngase
en contacto con su distribuidor inmediatamente si falta algún
componente.

Proyector Tapa de la lente Mando a distancia Pilas (AAA) (2)


(79TCB121) (N/S: 7N901052)

Cable de
alimentación (1)
EE. UU. (N/S: 79TC5021) UE (N/S: 79TC5031) Cable de ordenador (VGA)
(N/S: 7N520087)

Etiqueta de seguridad
 Debido a la
diferencia en las Documentación:
aplicaciones de cada 

C D-ROM del proyector NEC I
 nformación importante (para
país, algunas regiones (N/S: 7M952171) Norteamérica: 7N8N5811)
pueden utilizar (Para otros países que no sean
accesorios diferentes. uía de configuración rápida

G
Norteamérica: 7N8N5811 y
(N/S: 7N8N5831)
7N8N5821)

Para Norteamérica:

Garantía limitada

Para Europa:


Política de garantía
Para clientes de Europa: consulte nuestra Política de garantía válida
vigente en nuestra página web: www.nec-display-solutions.com

Español ... 8
Información importante

ustituir la lámpara
Lámpara opcional
NP35LP (para NP-V332X / NP-V332W / NP-V302H)
NP36LP (para NP-V302X / NP-V302W)
El tiempo de sustitución de la lámpara varía de un modelo a
otro.
En NP-V302X y NP-V302W, los proyectores detectarán la vida
de la lámpara a las 4.500 cuando el modo ECO está desacti-
vado (6.000 en el modo ECO). En NP-V332X, NP-V332W y
NP-V302H, los proyectores detectada en la vida de la lámpara
Advertencia: Para a las 3500 horas cuando el modo ECO está desactivado (6000
evitar quemaduras, horas en el modo ECO). Si el indicador LED "POWER" mues-
espere al menos 60 tra una luz roja intermitente y aparece el siguiente mensaje en
minutos a que el
la pantalla, el proyector ha detectado que la lámpara está cerca
proyector se enfríe
antes de cambiar la del final de su vida útil. Consulte la página 72-73 del Manual
lámpara. de Usuario. Se mostrará un mensaje de advertencia:
¡ADVERTENCIA! LÁMPARA

ADVERTENCIA DE LA LÁMPARA
VIDA ÚTIL DE LA LÁMPARA LLEGANDO A SU LÍMITE.APAGANDO LÁMPARA!

¡ADVERTENCIA! LÁMPARA

ADVERTENCIA DE LA LÁMPARA
VIDA ÚTIL DE LÁMPARA EXCEDIDA

Cuando vea este mensaje, cambie la lámpara lo antes posible.


Asegúrese de haber dejado enfriar el proyector durante al
menos 60 minutos antes de cambiar la lámpara.

Español ... 9
Información importante

Advertencia: Para reducir 2


el riesgo de lesiones
personales, no deje caer
el módulo de la lámpara
ni toque la bombilla. La 1
3
bombilla puede estallar y
provocar lesiones si se cae
al suelo. 4

No rompa el cristal del 5


módulo de la lámpara.
Limpie las huellas de dedos
de la superficie de cristal 6
del módulo de la lámpara.
Las huellas de dedos sobre
la superficie de cristal
podrían producir sombras
indeseadas y afectar a la
calidad de imagen.

Asegúrese de apretar
los tornillos después de
reemplazar el módulo de
la lámpara.

Procedimiento de sustitución de la lámpara:


1. Apague el proyector pulsando el botón APAGAR del mando a distancia o el botón
del panel de control.
2. Deje enfriar el proyector durante al menos 60 minutos.
3. Desconecte el cable de alimentación.
4. Utilice un destornillador para aflojar el tornillo de la tapa de la lámpara. 
5. Deslice y retire la tapa. 
6. Afloje el tornillo del módulo de la lámpara. 
7. Levante el asa. x
8. Pellizque las posiciones marcadas con flecha en la carcasa del conector y tire de esta
hacia arriba para quitar el conector. y
9. Extraiga el módulo de la lámpara. z
10. Instale el nuevo módulo de la lámpara invirtiendo los pasos descritos anteriormente.
11. Una vez sustituida la lámpara, encienda la alimentación y seleccione el botón [MENU]
-> OPCIONES |CONFIG. DE LÁMPARA -> BORRAR HORAS DE LÁMP. para resta-
blecer las horas de uso de la lámpara. Consulte la página 73 del Manual de Usuario.

Español ... 10
Informações importantes
Precauções de Segurança
Precauções
Por favor, leia com atenção este manual antes de usar o projetor NEC e mantenha o manual à mão para
referência futura.

CUIDADO
Para desligar a alimentação, certifique-se de remover o plugue da tomada.
A tomada da corrente elétrica deve estar instalada o mais próximo do equipamento quanto
possível, e deve ser facilmente acessível.

CUIDADO
PARA EVITAR CHOQUES, NÃO ABRA O GABINETE.
HÁ COMPONENTES DE ALTA TENSÃO NO INTERIOR.
ENTREGUE O SERVIÇO AO PESSOAL DE SERVIÇO QUALIFICADO.

Este símbolo adverte o usuário que a voltagem não isolada dentro da unidade pode ser suficien-
te para causar choque elétrico. Portanto, é perigoso fazer qualquer tipo de contato com qualquer
parte dentro da unidade.
Este símbolo alerta o usuário que informações importantes sobre a operação e manutenção da
unidade foram fornecidas.
A informação devem ser lidas com cuidado para evitar problemas.

AVISO: PARA EVITAR INCÊNDIO OU CHOQUE, NÃO EXPONHA ESTA UNIDADE À CHUVA OU
UMIDADE. NÃO USE ESTE PLUGUE DA UNIDADE COM UM CABO DE EXTENSÃO OU EM UMA
TOMADA A MENOS QUE TODOS OS PINOS POSSAM SER TOTALMENTE INSERIDOS.

Descarte do seu produto usado


A legislação da UE implementada em cada Estado Membro requer que os produtos elétricos e
eletrônicos, com a marca (esquerda), devem ser descartados separadamente do lixo doméstico.
Isto inclui projetores e os seus acessórios elétricos ou lâmpadas. Ao se desfazer de tais produ-
tos, por favor, siga as orientações das autoridades locais e/ou pergunte na loja onde comprou o
produto.
Após a coleta dos produtos usados, eles são reutilizados e reciclados de maneira adequada. Este
esforço irá nos ajudar a reduzir os dejetos, assim como reduzir ao mínimo o impacto negativo
que o mercúrio contido em uma lâmpada causa à saúde humana e ao meio ambiente. A marca
nos produtos elétricos e eletrônicos se aplica somente aos Estados-Membros atuais da União
Europeia.

Português ... 1
Informações importantes

Interferência RF (apenas para os EUA)


AVISO
A Comissão Federal de Comunicações não permite quaisquer modificações ou alterações na unidade,
EXCETO aquelas especificadas pela NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc. neste manual. O não cumpri-
mento deste regulamento do governo pode anular seu direito de operar este equipamento. Este equipa-
mento foi testado e encontra-se em conformidade com os limites para um dispositivo digital de Classe B,
de acordo com a Parte 15 das Normas da FCC. Estes limites são projetados para fornecer proteção razoável
contra interferência prejudicial em uma instalação residencial. Este equipamento gera, usa e pode radiar
energia de radiofrequência e, se não for instalado e usado de acordo com as instruções, poderá causar in-
terferência perigosa em comunicações por rádio. Porém, não há garantia de que não ocorrerá interferência
em uma instalação particular.
Se este equipamento causar interferência perigosa na recepção de rádio ou televisão, o que pode ser deter-
minado ao ligar e desligar o equipamento, o usuário é incentivado a tentar corrigir a interferência através
de uma ou mais das medidas a seguir:
• Reoriente ou reposicione a antena de recepção.
• Aumente a distância entre o equipamento e o receptor.
• Conecte o equipamento em uma tomada de um circuito diferente do qual o receptor está conectado.
• Consulte o revendedor ou um técnico experiente de rádio/televisão para obter ajuda.
Para o Reino Unido apenas: No Reino Unido, um cabo de alimentação BS aprovado com tomada montada
tem um fusível preto (cinco ampères) instalado atrás para uso com este equipamento. Se um cabo de alimen-
tação não é fornecido com este equipamento entre em contato com o seu fornecedor.
Meios de proteção importantes
Essas instruções são para garantir a vida longa do seu projetor e para evitar incêndio e choque. Por favor, leia
com atenção e respeite todos os avisos.

Instalação
• Não coloque o projetor nas seguintes condições:
- sobre um carrinho, suporte ou mesa instável.
- perto da água, banheiras ou salas úmidas.
- na luz solar direta, perto de aquecedores, ou aparelhos que irradiam calor.
- em um ambiente com pó, fumaça ou vapor de água.
- em uma folha de papel, pano, tapetes, carpetes, ou quaisquer objetos que são danificados ou afetados
pelo calor.
• Se você deseja ter o projetor instalado no teto:
- Não tente instalar o projetor sozinho.
- O projetor deve ser instalado por técnicos qualificados, a fim de garantir o funcionamento adequado e
reduzir o risco de lesões corporais.
- Além disso, o teto deve ser forte o suficiente para suportar o projetor e a instalação deve estar de acordo
com qualquer código de construção local.
- Por favor, consulte o seu distribuidor para obter mais informações.
AVISO • Não utilize qualquer outro objeto que não seja a cobertura de lente
do projetor para cobrir a lente enquanto o projetor estiver ligado.
Isso pode fazer com que o objeto fique extremamente quente, e pos-
sivelmente resultar em incêndio ou danos devido ao calor emitido
pela saída da luz.
• Não coloque objetos, que são facilmente afetados pelo calor, na
frente da lente do projetor. Se o fizer, poderá levar ao derretimento
do objeto devido ao calor que é emitido a partir da saída de luz.
No que diz respeito a todas as operações de manutenção, consulte o Manual do Utilizador incluído no
CD-ROM fornecido com o projector e siga todas as instruções correctamente.
Descarte de pilhas e baterias (Apenas para o Brasil)
Apos o uso, as pilhas/baterias NÃO podem ser dispostas em lixo domestico, nem descartadas a céu aberto
ou em corpos d’água, conforme Resolução CONAMA 401/08. Em respeito ao meio ambiente, a NEC tem
como boa pratica a coleta de pilhas e baterias, dando a destinacao adequada das mesmas.
PARA SUA SEGURANCA, NAO AS INCINERE.
Para mais informação de contactos, refi ra-se à contracapa de Informação Importante.
Português ... 2
Informações importantes

Coloque o projetor na posição horizontal


O ângulo de inclinação do projetor não deve exceder 5 graus, nem o projetor deve ser instalado de qualquer
outra forma que não seja como desktop e montagem no teto, caso contrário, a vida da lâmpada pode dimi-
nuir drasticamente.

Precauções contra fogo e choque


• Verifique se há ventilação suficiente e que as aberturas estão obstruídas para evitar o acúmulo de calor den-
tro de seu projetor. Deixe pelo menos 10 cm (4 polegadas) de espaço entre o projetor e uma parede.
• Não tente tocar na saída de ventilação pois pode ficar quente enquanto o projetor estiver ligado e
imediatamente após o projetor ser desligado.

• Evite que objetos estranhos, como clipes de papel e pedaços de papel, caiam em seu projetor. Não tente re-
cuperar quaisquer objetos que possam cair em seu projetor. Não insira objetos metálicos, tais como um fio
ou chave de fenda dentro do seu projetor. Se cair algo para dentro do projetor, desconecte-o imediatamente
e solicite a remoção do objeto a um profissional de serviço qualificado.
• Não coloque objetos em cima do projetor.
• Não toque no plugue de alimentação durante uma tempestade. Isso pode causar choque elétrico ou incên-
dio.
• O projetor foi concebido para funcionar com uma fonte de alimentação de 100-240V CA 50/60 Hz. Certifi-
que-se que a fonte de alimentação satisfaz este requisito antes de tentar usar o projetor.
• Não olhe diretamente para a lente enquanto o projetor estiver ligado. Pode resultar em sérios danos aos
seus olhos.

• Mantenha itens (lupa, etc.) fora do trajeto da luz do projetor. O trajeto da luz que é projetada da lâmpada é
extenso, por isso qualquer tipo de objetos anormais que possa redirecionar a luz que sai da lâmpada, pode
causar resultados imprevisíveis, como incêndio ou danos aos olhos.
• Não bloqueie o trajeto da luz entre a fonte de luz e a lâmpada com quaisquer objetos. Isso pode fazer o
objeto pegar fogo.
• Não coloque objetos, que são facilmente afetados pelo calor, na frente da lâmpada do projetor ou de uma
saída de ar do projetor.
Se o fizer, isso pode levar ao derretimento do objeto ou sofrer queimaduras nas mãos devido ao calor que é
emitido da saída de luz e do escape.
• Manuseie o cabo de alimentação com cuidado. Um cabo de alimentação danificado ou desgastado pode
causar choque elétrico ou incêndio.
- Não use outro cabo de alimentação do que o fornecido.
- Não dobre nem puxe o cabo de alimentação excessivamente.
- Não coloque o cabo de alimentação sob o projetor, ou qualquer outro objeto pesado.
- Não cubra o cabo de alimentação com outros materiais macios, como tapetes.
- Não aqueça o cabo de alimentação.
- Não manuseie plugue da tomada com as mãos molhadas.
• Desligue o projetor, desconecte o cabo de alimentação e solicite assistência técnica a técnicos qualificados
nas seguintes condições:
- Quando o cabo de alimentação ou tomada estiver danificado ou desgastado

Português ... 3
Informações importantes

- Se líquido foi derramado no projetor, ou se tiver sido exposto à chuva ou água.
- Se o projetor não funcionar normalmente ao seguir as instruções descritas neste manual do usuário.
- Se o projetor tiver caído ou o gabinete tiver se danificado.
- Se o projetor apresentar uma mudança distinta de desempenho, indicando a necessidade de reparo.
• Desligue o cabo de alimentação e quaisquer outros cabos antes de transportar o projetor.
• Desligue o projetor e desconecte o cabo de alimentação antes de limpar o gabinete ou trocar a lâmpada.
• Desligue o projetor e desconecte o cabo de alimentação se o projetor não é para ser usado por um longo
período de tempo.
• Ao usar um cabo de rede:
Para sua segurança, não conecte o cabeamento de dispositivos periféricos que possa ter voltagem excessiva.
Precauções com o controle remoto
• Manuseie cuidadosamente o controle remoto.
• Se o controle remoto se molhar, seque-o imediatamente.
• Evite calor e umidade em excesso.
• Não cause curto, esquente ou desmonte as baterias.
• Não jogue as pilhas no fogo.
• Se não for usar o controle remoto por um longo tempo, retire as pilhas.
• Certifique-se de que a polaridade das pilhas (+/–) esteja alinhada corretamente.
• Não use baterias novas e velhas juntas, ou misture diferentes tipos de baterias.
• Descarte as baterias usadas de acordo com os seus regulamentos locais.

Substituição da lâmpada
• Use a lâmpada especificada para segurança e desempenho.
• Para substituir a lâmpada, siga todas as instruções fornecidas nas páginas 9-10 neste manual ou 84-85 no
manual do Usuário.
• Certifique-se de substituir a lâmpada quando a mensagem [VIDA DA LÂMPADA ESTÁ ESGOTADA]
aparece. Se você continuar a utilizar a lâmpada após a lâmpada ter alcançado o fim da sua vida útil, a
lâmpada pode estilhaçar, e pedaços de vidro podem ser espalhados na caixa da lâmpada. Não toque-os já
que os pedaços de vidro podem provocar ferimentos.
Se isso acontecer, entre em contato com o revendedor para substituição da lâmpada.

Característica da lâmpada
O projetor possui uma lâmpada de descarga para fins especiais como uma fonte de luz.
A lâmpada tem uma característica que o seu brilho diminui gradualmente com a idade. Além disso, ligar
e desligar a lâmpada repetidamente irá aumentar a possibilidade de seu brilho menor. A vida útil real da
lâmpada pode variar dependendo da luz individual, das condições ambientais e da utilização.

CUIDADO:
• NÃO TOQUE NA LÂMPADA imediatamente após esta ter sido usada. Ela estará extremamente quente.
Desligue o projetor e desconecte o cabo de alimentação. Aguarde pelo menos uma hora para a lâmpada
esfriar antes de manusear.
• Ao retirar a lâmpada de um projetor no teto, certifique-se de que ninguém está abaixo do projetor.
Fragmentos de vidro podem cair se a lâmpada se queimou.

Português ... 4
Informações importantes

Precauções de saúde aos usuários que visualizam imagens 3D


• Antes de visualização, certifique-se de ler as precauções de saúde que podem ser encontradas no manual
do usuário incluído com seus óculos tipo obturador de LCD ou conteúdo compatível com 3D, como
DVDs, jogos de vídeo, arquivos de vídeo de computador e afins.
Para evitar quaisquer sintomas adversos, atente ao seguinte:
- Não use óculos tipo obturador de LCD para visualização de qualquer outro material que não sejam
imagens em 3D.
- Permita uma distância de 2 m/7 pés ou maior entre a tela e um usuário. Visualizar imagens 3D de uma
distância muito próxima pode forçar seus olhos.
- Evite visualizar imagens em 3D por um período de tempo prolongado. Faça um intervalo de 15 minu-
tos ou mais após cada hora de visualização.
- Se você ou algum membro de sua família tem um histórico de epilepsia fotossensível, consulte um
médico antes de visualizar imagens em 3D.
- Durante a visualização de imagens em 3D, caso você se sinta doente, tais como náuseas, tonturas,
enjôos, dor de cabeça, fadiga ocular, visão embaçada, convulsões e dormência, pare de vê-las. Se os
sintomas ainda persistirem, consulte um médico.

Sobre o modo Alta Altitude


• Defina [MODO VENTILADOR] para [ALTA ALTITUDE] quando usar o projetor em altitudes de
aproximadamente 2500 pés/760 metros ou superiores.
• Usar o projetor em altitudes de aproximadamente 2500 pés/760 metros ou superiores sem definir em
[ALTA ALTITUDE] pode provocar sobreaquecimento do projetor e o protetor pode desligar. Se isso
acontecer, espere alguns minutos e ligue o projetor.
• Usar o projetor em altitudes inferiores a aproximadamente 2500 pés/760 metros e definir para
[ALTA ALTITUDE] pode provocar que a lâmpada esfrie demais, provocando tremulação da imagem.
Mude [MODO VENTILADOR] para [AUTO].
• Usar o projetor em altitudes de aproximadamente 2500 pés/760 metros ou superiores pode encurtar a
vida de componentes ópticos, tais como a lâmpada.

Sobre os Direitos das imagens projetadas originais:


Por favor, note que a utilização deste projetor para fins de ganhos comerciais ou para atrair a atenção do
público em um local como um café ou hotel e o emprego de compressão ou expansão da imagem da tela com
as seguintes funções podem levantar questões sobre a violação de direitos autorais que são protegidos por lei
de direitos autorais. [TX ASPECTO], [TRAPEZÓIDE], recursos de ampliação e outros recursos semelhantes.

[NOTA] Função de gestão de energia


O projetor tem funções de gestão de energia.
Para reduzir o consumo de energia, as funções de gestão de energia (1 e 2) são predefinidos de fábrica da
seguinte maneira. Para controlar o projetor através de uma LAN ou conexão de cabo serial, use o menu na
tela para alterar as configurações para 1 e 2.

1. MODO ESPERA (Predefinição de fábrica: NORMAL)


Para controlar o projetor a partir de um dispositivo externo, selecione [REDE EM ESPERA] para
[MODO ESPERA].
Quando [NORMAL] estiver selecionado para [MODO ESPERA], os seguintes conectores e funções não
funcionarão:
- Conector de PC CONTROL, conector MONITOR OUT, conector AUDIO OUT, as funções de LAN, a
função Alerta por e-mail.

2. DESLIG AUTOM (MIN) (Predefinição de fábrica: 60 minutos)


Para controlar o projetor a partir de um dispositivo externo, selecione [0] para [DESLIG AUTOM (MIN)].
-Quando [30] estiver selecionado para [DESLIG AUTOM (MIN)], você pode habilitar o projetor para
desligar automaticamente em 30 minutos caso não haja sinal recebido por uma entrada ou se nenhuma
operação for realizada.

Português ... 5
Informações importantes

Precauções

Siga todos os avisos, precauções e manutenção como
recomendado neste guia do usuário para maximizar a vida útil
de sua unidade.

■ Aviso- Este projetor detectará a vida útil da lâmpada.


Certifique-se de trocar a lâmpada quando apare-
cerem mensagens de aviso.

■ Aviso- Redefina a função


“APAGAR HORAS DA LÂMPADA”
pelo menu de exibição na tela “OPÇÕES
|CONF. DE LÂMPADA” menu depois de subs-
tituir o módulo da lâmpada. Consulte o manual
do Usuário na página 73.

■ Aviso- Quando desligar o projetor, certifique-se de que


o ciclo de arrefecimento tenha sido completado
antes de desconectar a energia.

■ Aviso- Ligue o projetor primeiro e, em seguida, as fon-


tes de sinal.

■ Aviso- Quando a lâmpada chegar ao final da sua vida


útil, ela poderá se queimar e produzir um som
alto de estouro. Caso isso aconteça, não será
possível ligar o projetor até que se troque o
módulo da lâmpada. Para substituir a lâmpada,
siga os procedimentos listados na seção "Troca
da lâmpada".

Este dispositivo não serve para uso no campo direto de visão


em locais de trabalho de exibição visual. Para evitar reflexos
incômodos em locais de trabalho de exibição visual este
dispositivo não deve ser colocado no campo direto de visão.

Telas do tipo alto ganho não são ideais para uso com este
projetor. Quanto menor ganho da tela (isto é, o ganho de tela
na ordem de 1), melhor a aparência da imagem projetada.

Português ... 6
Informações importantes

Faça:

 esligue o produto antes da limpeza.


■ D
■ Use um pano macio umedecido com detergente neutro para
limpar o gabinete do projetor.
■ Retire o plugue de alimentação elétrica da tomada CA se o pro-
duto não for usado por um longo período.
■ Se a lente estiver suja, utilize um pano de limpeza comercial-
mente disponível para a lente.

Não:

■ Use produtos de limpeza abrasivos, ceras ou solventes para


limpar a unidade.
■ Use sob as seguintes condições:
- Calor, frio ou umidade excessivos.
- Em áreas sujeitas à poeira e sujeira excessivas.
- Sob a luz solar direta.
- Exterior.
- Mova o projetor segurando o protetor de cabos.
- Pendure pelo projetor instalado no teto ou na parede.
- Aplique uma pressão excessivamente forte contra a lente.
- SIhtNão deixe impressões digitais na superfície da lente.
- Traga o projetor usando a Alça da Trava De Segurança.
■ I nstalar e armazenar nas seguintes condições:
- Em poderosos campos magnéticos.
- Em ambiente de gases corrosivos.

Português ... 7
Informações importantes

Visão geral da embalagem


O projetor é fornecido com todos os itens indicados abaixo.
Verifique se a sua unidade está completa. Contate o seu
distribuidor imediatamente se algo estiver faltando.

Projetor Tampa da lente Controle remoto Baterias


(79TCB121) (P/N: 7N901052) (AAAx2)

Cabo de
alimentação x1
EUA (P/N: 79TC5021) UE (P/N: 79TC5031) Cabo de computador (VGA)
(P/N: 7N520087)

Etiqueta de Segurança
 Devido à diferença Documentação:
nas aplicações para
cada país, algumas 

CD-ROM do Projetor NEC 

Informações Importantes (para
(P/N: 7M952171) América do Norte: 7N8N5811)
regiões podem ter
(para outros países além da
acessórios diferentes. 

Guia de Instalação Rápida
América do Norte: 7N8N5811
(P/N: 7N8N5831)
e 7N8N5821)

Para América do Norte:



Garantia Limitada

Para a Europa:


Política de Garantia
Para clientes na Europa: Você encontrará sua Política de Garantia
atual válida em nosso website: www.nec-display-solutions.com

Português ... 8
Informações importantes

Troca da lâmpada
Lâmpada opcional
NP35LP (for NP-V332X / NP-V332W / NP-V302H)
NP36LP (para NP-V302X / NP-V302W)
A hora de substituir a lâmpada é diferente por modelos.
No NP-V302X, e NP-V302W, os projetores irão detectar a
vida útil da lâmpada a 4500 horas em modo ECO Desligado
(6000 horas em modo ECO) No NP-V332X, NP-V332W, e NP-
-V302H, os projetores irão detectar a vida útil da lâmpada em
3500 horas em modo ECO Desligado (6000 horas em modo
Aviso: Para evitar ECO). Quando o LED "ENERGIA" pisca vermelho e exibe a
queimaduras, espere mensagem abaixo na tela, o projetor detectou que a lâmpada
o projetor esfriar está chegando ao fim de sua vida útil. Consulte o manual do
por pelo menos 60
Usuário na página 72-73. Ele mostrará uma mensagem de
minutos antes de
trocar a lâmpada! aviso:
AVISO! LÂMPADA

AVISO DE LÂMPADA
VIDA DA LÂMPADA ESTÁ PARA TERMINAR.LÂMPADA DESLIGADA!

AVISO! LÂMPADA

AVISO DE LÂMPADA
VIDA DA LÂMPADA ESTÁ ESGOTADA

Quando você ver esta mensagem, troque a lâmpada assim que


possível. Certifique-se de que o projetor arrefeceu pelo menos
60 minutos antes de trocar a lâmpada.

Português ... 9
Informações importantes

Aviso: para reduzir


2
o risco de ferimentos
pessoais, não toque a
lâmpada nem a deixe
cair. A lâmpada pode 1
estilhaçar e causar 3
ferimentos se cair.
4

Não quebre o vidro no


módulo da lâmpada. 5
Não permita impressões
digitais na superfície
do vidro no módulo 6
da lâmpada. Deixar
impressões digitais na
superfície do vidro pode
causar uma sombra
indesejada e má qualidade
da imagem.

Certifique-se de apertar
os parafusos depois de
substituir o módulo da
lâmpada.

Procedimento de troca da lâmpada:


1. Desligue a alimentação do projetor presssionando o botão DESLIGAR no controle
remoto ou o botão no painel de controle.
2. Deixe o projetor esfriar por pelo menos 60 minutos.
3. Desconecte o cabo de alimentação.
4. Use uma chave de fenda para soltar o parafuso da tampa da lâmpada. 
5. Deslize e retire a tampa. 
6. Solte o parafuso no módulo da lâmpada. 
7. Elevar a alavanca. x
8. Aperte as posições marcadas com seta no gabinete do conector e puxe a estrutura para
cima para remover o conector. y
9. Retire o módulo da lâmpada. z
10. Instale o novo módulo da lâmpada, invertendo os passos anteriores.
11. Depois de substituir a lâmpada, desligue o aparelho, e selecione o botão [MENU] ->
OPÇÕES |CONF. DE LÂMPADA -> APAGAR HORAS DA LÂMPADA para repor as
horas de uso da lâmpada. Consulte o manual do Usuário na página 73.

Português ... 10
UÊ/ÕÀŽˆÃ…Ê,œ-ʈ˜vœÀ“>̈œ˜ÊÀiiÛ>˜ÌÊvœÀÊ/ÕÀŽˆÃ…Ê“>ÀŽiÌ
EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur.

UÊ1ŽÀ>ˆ˜ˆ>˜Ê,œ-ʘvœÀ“>̈œ˜ÊÀiiÛ>˜ÌÊvœÀÊ1ŽÀ>ˆ˜ˆ>˜Ê“>ÀŽiÌ
English Declaration of Conformity
with the requirements of Technical Regulation on the Restriction Of the use of certain Hazardous
Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment
(adopted by Order №1057 of Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine)

The Product is in conformity with the requirements of Technical Regulation on the Restriction Of the use of certain
Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment (TR on RoHS).

The content of hazardous substance with the exemption of the applications listed in the Annex №2 of TR on RoHS:

1. Lead (Pb) – not over 0,1wt % or 1000wt ppm;


2. Cadmium (Cd) – not over 0,01wt % or 100wt ppm;
3. Mercury (Hg) – not over 0,1wt % or 1000wt ppm;
4. Hexavalent chromium (Cr6+) – not over 0,1wt % or 1000wt ppm;
5. Polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs) – not over 0,1wt % or 1000wt ppm;
6. Polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) – not over 0,1wt % or 1000wt ppm.

NEC Display Solutions, Ltd.


Ukrainian Декларація про Відповідність
Вимогам Технічного Регламенту Обмеження Використання деяких Небезпечних Речовин в
електричному та електронному обладнанні
(затвердженого Постановою №1057 Кабінету Міністрів України)

Виріб відповідає вимогам Технічного Регламенту Обмеження Використання деяких Небезпечних Речовин
в електричному та електронному обладнанні (ТР ОВНР).

Вміст небезпечних речовин у випадках, не обумовлених в Додатку №2 ТР ОВНР, :

1. свинець(Pb) – не перевищує 0,1 % ваги речовини або в концентрації до 1000 частин на мільйон;
2. кадмій (Cd)– не перевищує 0,01 % ваги речовини або в концентрації до 100 частин на мільйон;
3. ртуть(Hg) – не перевищує 0,1 % ваги речовини або в концентрації до 1000 частин на мільйон;
4. шестивалентний хром (Cr6+ ) – не перевищує 0,1 % ваги речовини або в концентрації до 1000 частин на
мільйон;
5. полібромбіфеноли (PBB) – не перевищує 0,1% ваги речовини або в концентрації до 1000 частин на міль-
йон;
6. полібромдефенілові ефіри (PBDE) – не перевищує 0,1 % ваги речовини або в концентрації до 1000 частин
на мільйон.

NEC Display Solutions, Ltd.


Russian Декларация о Соответствии
Требованиям Технического Регламента об Ограничении Использования некоторых Вредных
Веществ в электрическом и электронном оборудовании
(утверждённого Постановлением №1057 Кабинета Министров Украины)

Изделие соответствует требованиям Технического Регламента об Ограничении Использования


некоторых Вредных Веществ в электрическом и электронном оборудовании (ТР ОИВВ).

Содержание вредных веществ в случаях, не предусмотренных Дополнением №2 ТР ОИВВ:

1. свинец (Pb) – не превышает 0,1 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 1000 миллионных частей;
2. кадмий (Cd) – не превышает 0,01 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 100 миллионных частей;
3. ртуть (Hg) – не превышает 0,1 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 1000 миллионных частей;
4. шестивалентный хром (Cr6+)– не превышает 0,1 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 1000 миллион-
ных частей;
5. полибромбифенолы (PBB) – не превышает 0,1 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 1000 миллионных
частей;
6. полибромдифеноловые эфиры (PBDE) – не превышает 0,1 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 1000
миллионных частей.

NEC Display Solutions, Ltd.


U.S.Responsible Party: NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc.
Address: 500 Park Boulevard, Suite 1100
Itasca, Illinois 60143
Tel. No.: 1-800-NEC-INFO

NP-V302X/NP-V302W/NP-V332X/NP-V332W/NP-V302H

We hereby declare that the equipment specified above conforms to the technical standards as
specified in the FCC Rules.
In Europe In Asia

NP-V302X/NP-V302W/NP-V332X/NP-V332W/NP-V302H Projector Important Information


Address: Landshuter Allee 12-14

In North America

In Oceania
Australia
AWA Limited.

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.


Customer Call Centre

-
land

In South America

*36.76003G001-A*
P/N 36.76003G001-A
© NEC Display Solutions, Ltd. 2015 Printed in China
Ver. 1 4/15 7N8N5811
Projector

V302X/V302W/
Deutsch
V332X/V332W/
Italiano
V302H
Svenska

Important Information
• Dieses Dokument (Important Information) liefert Ihnen lediglich Informationen zur Sicherheit Ihres Projektors,
über Vorsichtsmaßnahmen und zum Austausch der Lampe.
Bitte lesen Sie das auf der mitgelieferten CD-ROM enthaltene Bedienungshandbuch, das Ihnen detaillierte In-
formationen zu diesem Produkt und seinem Gebrauch, allgemeine Hinweise und Hinweise zur Fehlerbehebung
zu Ihrem NEC-Projektor liefert.
• Questo documento (Important Information) contiene solo informazioni riguardanti la sicurezza del proiettore, le
avvertenze e la sostituzione della lampada.
Assicuratevi di leggere il manuale dell’utente contenuto all’interno del CD-ROM in dotazione, che fornisce
informazioni dettagliate sul prodotto e sul suo utilizzo, note generali e risoluzione dei problemi per il proiettore
NEC.
• Detta dokument (Important Information) omfattar endast säkerhetsinformation om projektorn, varningar, och
information om byte av lampa.
Var noga med att läsa bruksanvisningen som finns i den medföljande CD-skivan, där du hittar detaljerad produk-
tinformation, användarinformation, allmän information och felsökning för din NEC-projektor.
• Этот документ (Important Information) содержит информацию только о безопасности проектора, предостереже-
ниях и замене лампы.
Ознакомьтесь с руководством пользователя на поставляемом компакт-диске, которое содержит подробную
информацию об изделии, информацию по использованию, общие замечания и устранение неисправностей про-
ектора NEC.
• (Important Information) , , .
NEC , , , CD-ROM
.

. ( ) •

. NEC

• Der PE501X wird nicht in Nordamerika vertrieben.


Modell Nr.
NP-P501X, NP-P451X, NP-P451W, NP-P401W, NP-PE501X
• Il modello PE501X non è venduto in Nord America.
Modello n.
NP-P501X, NP-P451X, NP-P451W, NP-P401W, NP-PE501X
• PE501X distribueras inte i Nordamerika.
Modell Nr.
NP-P501X, NP-P451X, NP-P451W, NP-P401W, NP-PE501X
• PE501X не поставляются для Северной Америки.
Модель №
NP-P501X, NP-P451X, NP-P451W, NP-P401W, NP-PE501X
• PE501X .

NP-P501X, NP-P451X, NP-P451W, NP-P401W, NP-PE501X

. PE501X

Modell Nr./Modello n./Modell Nr./Модель №/모델 번호/ .


NP-V302X/NP-V302W/NP-V332X/NP-V332W/NP-V302H
NP-P501X, NP-P451X, NP-P451W, NP-P401W, NP-PE501X
Wichtige Hinweise
Sicherheitshinweise
Vorsichtsmaßnahmen
Lesen Sie diese Anleitung bitte sorgfältig durch, bevor Sie Ihren NEC-Projektor in Betrieb nehmen, und
bewahren Sie sie für eine spätere Bezugnahme auf.

VORSICHT
Zur Abschaltung der Stromversorgung müssen Sie unbedingt den Stecker von der Steckdose
abziehen.
Die Netzsteckdose sollte sich so nah wie möglich an den Gerätschaften befinden und leicht
zugänglich sein.

VORSICHT
ZUR VERHÜTUNG VON STROMSCHLÄGEN DAS GEHÄUSE NICHT ÖFFNEN.
ES BEFINDEN SICH HOCHSPANNUNGSTEILE IM INNEREN.
ÜBERLASSEN SIE DIE INSTANDSETZUNG DEM QUALIFIZIERTEN KUNDENDIENST.

Dieses Symbol warnt den Benutzer vor nicht isolierter Spannung im Inneren des Geräts, die
ausreicht, um einen Stromschlag zu verursachen. Aus diesem Grund ist es gefährlich, mit Teilen
im Inneren des Geräts in Kontakt zu kommen.

Dieses Symbol macht den Benutzer auf wichtige Informationen über den Betrieb und die War-
tung dieses Geräts aufmerksam.
Um Probleme zu vermeiden, sollten diese Informationen sorgfältig gelesen werden.

WARNUNG: ZUR VERHÜTUNG VON BRAND ODER STROMSCHLAG DÜRFEN SIE DIESES GERÄT
WEDER REGEN NOCH FEUCHTIGKEIT AUSSETZEN. SCHLIESSEN SIE DEN STECKER DES GERÄTS
NICHT AN EINE VERLÄNGERUNGSLEITUNG ODER STECKDOSE AN, WENN NICHT ALLE KON-
TAKTE VOLLSTÄNDIG HINEINGESTECKT WERDEN KÖNNEN.

Maschinenlärminformationsverordnung – 3. GPSGV,
Der höchste Schalldruckpegel liegt gemäß EN ISO 7779 unter 70 dB(A).

Entsorgung Ihres Altgeräts


Laut EU-Gesetzgebung und ihrer Umsetzung in den einzelnen Mitgliedstaaten müssen Elektro-
und Elektronik-Altgeräte, die mit dem (links) abgebildeten Zeichen versehen sind, getrennt vom
normalen Hausmüll entsorgt werden. Dazu gehören Projektoren und ihre elektrischen Zubehör-
teile oder Lampen. Beachten Sie bei der Entsorgung derartiger Geräte bitte die Richtlinien Ihrer
Gemeindebehörde und/oder erkundigen Sie sich in der Verkaufsstelle des Geräts.
Die gesammelten Altgeräte werden dann in geeigneter Weise wiederverwendet und wiederver-
wertet. Dies hilft bei der Verringerung von Abfallmengen sowie negativen Auswirkungen auf
ein Minimum wie z. B. Quecksilber in Lampen auf die menschliche Gesundheit und die Umwelt.
Das Zeichen auf Elektro- und Elektronikgeräten gilt nur für die derzeitigen Mitgliedstaaten der
Europäischen Union.

Deutsch ... 1
Wichtige Hinweise

Funkstörung (nur für die USA)


WARNUNG
Die Federal Communications Commission (FCC) gestattet keine Modifizierungen oder Änderungen am
Gerät, ABGESEHEN von denen, die von der NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc. in dieser Anleitung
aufgeführt werden. Die Nichteinhaltung dieser behördlichen Vorschrift kann dazu führen, dass Sie die
Berechtigung zum Betrieb dieses Geräts verlieren. Dieses Gerät wurde getestet, und dabei wurde festge-
stellt, dass es den Grenzwerten für ein Digitalgerät der Klasse B gemäß Teil 15 der FCC-Regeln entspricht.
Diese Grenzwerte sind so ausgelegt, dass sie einen vertretbaren Schutz gegen schädliche Störungen bei
Installation in einem Wohngebiet bieten. Dieses Gerät erzeugt und verwendet Funkfrequenzenergie, kann
diese auch abstrahlen, und kann, wenn es nicht anweisungsgemäß installiert und eingesetzt wird, den
Funkverkehr beeinträchtigen. Es gibt jedoch keine Garantie, dass bei einer speziellen Installationsweise
keine Störungen auftreten.
Wenn dieses Gerät den Radio- oder Fernsehempfang stört, was sich durch Ein- und Ausschalten des
Geräts überprüfen lässt, wird dem Benutzer geraten, diese Störung anhand einer oder mehrerer nachfol-
gender Maßnahmen zu beheben:
• Richten Sie die Empfangsantenne neu aus oder setzen Sie sie an eine andere Stelle.
• Vergrößern Sie den Abstand zwischen Gerät und Empfänger.
• Schließen Sie das Gerät an eine Steckdose an, deren Stromkreis nicht mit dem verbunden ist, an den
auch der Empfänger angeschlossen ist.
• Bitten Sie den Händler oder einen erfahrenen Radio-/Fernsehtechniker um Abhilfe.
Nur für GB: In GB wurde ein BS-genehmigtes Netzkabel mit angegossenem Stecker und einer schwarzen
Sicherung (fünf Ampere) zur Verwendung mit diesem Gerät angebracht. Sollte diesem Gerät kein Netzkabel
beigefügt sein, wenden Sie sich bitte an Ihren Lieferanten.

Wichtige Schutzmaßnahmen
Folgende Sicherheitshinweise sollen eine lange Lebenszeit Ihres Projektors gewährleisten sowie Brand und
Stromschlag verhüten. Lesen Sie sie bitte sorgfältig durch und beachten Sie alle Warnungen.

Installation
• Stellen Sie den Projektor unter folgenden Voraussetzungen nicht auf:
- auf einen wackligen Wagen, Ständer oder Tisch.
- in der Nähe von Wasser, Badezimmern oder feuchten Räumen.
- in direktem Sonnenlicht, neben Heizgeräten oder Hitze abgebenden Geräten.
- an staubigen, verrauchten oder dunstigen Orten.
- auf einen Bogen Papier, ein Tuch, Läufer, Teppiche oder andere Gegenstände, die durch Hitze beschä-
digt oder beeinträchtigt werden.
• Wenn Sie den Projektor an der Decke montieren möchten:
- Versuchen Sie nicht, den Projektor eigenmächtig zu montieren.
- Der Projektor muss von qualifizierten Technikern montiert werden, um eine richtige Funktionsweise zu
gewährleisten und die Gefahr von Körperverletzungen zu mindern.
- Außerdem muss die Decke stark genug sein, um den Projektor zu tragen, und die Montage muss den
örtlichen Bauvorschriften entsprechen.
- Erkundigen Sie sich bitte bei Ihrem Händler nach weiteren Informationen.
WARNUNG • Bedecken Sie das Objektiv des eingeschalteten Projektors nur mit
der Objektivabdeckung des Projektors. Andernfalls könnte der
andersartige Deckel extrem heiß werden und aufgrund der vom
Lichtausgang abgegebenen Hitze möglicherweise zu einem Brand
oder Beschädigungen führen.
• Stellen Sie keine hitzeempfindlichen Gegenstände vor das Projekti-
onsobjektiv. Andernfalls könnte der Gegenstand aufgrund der vom
Lichtausgang abgegebenen Hitze schmelzen.
Beachten Sie zu jeglichen Wartungsvorgängen die Bedienungsanleitung auf der mit dem Projektor
gelieferten CD-ROM und befolgen Sie sämtliche Anweisungen.

Deutsch ... 2
Wichtige Hinweise

Stellen Sie den Projektor horizontal auf


Der Neigungswinkel des Projektors sollte 5 Grad nicht überschreiten, und der Projektor sollte nur auf einem
Tisch oder an der Decke montiert werden, denn sonst könnte sich die Lampennutzungszeit drastisch verkür-
zen.

Schutzmaßnahmen gegen Brand und Stromschlag


• Achten Sie auf eine ausreichende Belüftung und darauf, dass die Belüftungsschlitze nicht abgedeckt sind,
sodass sich keine Hitze im Inneren des Projektors aufbauen kann. Sorgen Sie für einen Freiraum von min-
destens 10 cm (4 Zoll) zwischen Ihrem Projektor und einer Wand.
• Kommen Sie nicht mit der Abluftöffnung in Kontakt, denn sie kann sich bei eingeschaltetem Projektor
aufheizen und ist auch unmittelbar nach dem Ausschalten des Projektors noch heiß.

• Verhindern Sie, dass Fremdgegenstände in Ihren Projektor hineinfallen, z. B. Büroklammern und Papier-
schnipsel. Versuchen Sie nicht, in Ihren Projektor gefallene Fremdgegenstände wieder herauszuholen.
Stecken Sie keine Gegenstände aus Metall in Ihren Projektor, z. B. einen Draht oder Schraubendreher. Sollte
etwas in Ihren Projektor gefallen sein, ziehen Sie sofort den Stecker ab und lassen Sie den Gegenstand vom
qualifizierten Kundendienst entfernen.
• Legen Sie keine Gegenstände oben auf den Projektor.
• Kommen Sie während eines Gewitters nicht mit dem Netzstecker in Kontakt. Andernfalls könnten Sie
einen Stromschlag erhalten oder einen Brand entfachen.
• Der Projektor ist für den Betrieb mit 100 – 240 Volt Wechselstrom, 50/60 Hertz, ausgelegt. Vergewissern Sie
sich vor dem Einsatz Ihres Projektors, dass Ihre Stromversorgung diesen Voraussetzungen entspricht.
• Schauen Sie beim eingeschalteten Projektor nicht in sein Objektiv. Dabei könnten Ihre Augen schwer
verletzt werden.

• Entfernen Sie alle Gegenstände (Lupe usw.) aus dem Lichtpfad des Projektors. Der von der Lampe proji-
zierte Lichtpfad ist beträchtlich, sodass ungewöhnliche Arten von Gegenständen, die das aus der Lampe
austretende Licht umleiten können, zu unvorhersehbaren Ergebnissen führen können, z. B. Brand oder
Augenverletzungen.
• Verstellen Sie den Lichtpfad zwischen der Lichtquelle und der Lampe nicht mit Gegenständen. Der Gegen-
stand könnte sonst anfangen zu brennen.
• Stellen Sie keine hitzeempfindlichen Gegenstände vor die Projektorlampe oder die Abluftöffnung des
Projektors.
Andernfalls könnte der Gegenstand schmelzen oder Ihre Hände könnten sich Verbrennungen von der
Hitze zuziehen, die von der Lichtquelle und der Abluft abgegeben wird.
• Gehen Sie mit dem Netzkabel vorsichtig um. Ein beschädigtes oder abgenutztes Netzkabel kann einen
Stromschlag oder Brand verursachen.
- Verwenden Sie nur das mitgelieferte Netzkabel.
- Verbiegen Sie das Netzkabel nicht und ziehen Sie nicht zu stark daran.
- Legen Sie das Netzkabel nicht unter den Projektor oder einen schweren Gegenstand.
- Bedecken Sie das Netzkabel nicht mit weichen Materialien, z. B. mit einem Läufer.
- Erhitzen Sie das Netzkabel nicht.
- Fassen Sie das Netzkabel nicht mit nassen Händen an.

Deutsch ... 3
Wichtige Hinweise

• Schalten Sie den Projektor aus, ziehen Sie das Netzkabel ab und lassen Sie den Projektor vom qualifizierten
Kundendienst instand setzen, wenn Folgendes eingetreten ist:
- Das Netzkabel ist beschädigt oder abgenutzt.
- Flüssigkeit ist in den Projektor gelangt, oder der Projektor war Regen oder Wasser ausgesetzt.
- Der Projektor funktioniert nicht normal, obwohl Sie ihn gemäß den Anweisungen in dieser Bedienungs-
anleitung bedienen.
- Der Projektor ist heruntergefallen oder das Gehäuse wurde beschädigt.
- Der Projektor zeigt deutliche Änderungen in seiner Funktionsweise, sodass eine Instandsetzung erfor-
derlich wird.
• Ziehen Sie vor dem Transport des Projektors das Netzkabel und alle anderen Kabel ab.
• Schalten Sie den Projektor aus und ziehen Sie das Netzkabel ab, bevor Sie das Gehäuse reinigen oder die
Lampe ersetzen.
• Schalten Sie den Projektor aus und ziehen Sie das Netzkabel ab, wenn abzusehen ist, dass der Projektor
längere Zeit nicht benutzt wird.
• Bei Verwendung eines LAN-Kabels: Nehmen Sie aus Sicherheitsgründen keinen Anschluss an die Verkabe-
lung eines Peripheriegeräts vor, an der eine übermäßig hohe Spannung angelegt sein könnte.

Vorsichtsmaßnahmen hinsichtlich der Fernbedienung


• Gehen Sie mit der Fernbedienung vorsichtig um.
• Sollte die Fernbedienung nass werden, trocknen Sie sie sofort ab.
• Vermeiden Sie übermäßige Hitze und Feuchtigkeit.
• Sie dürfen die Batterien nicht kurzschließen, erhitzen oder auseinandernehmen.
• Werfen Sie die Batterien nicht ins Feuer.
• Ist abzusehen, dass Sie die Fernbedienung längere Zeit nicht verwenden werden, nehmen Sie die Batteri-
en heraus.
• Vergewissern Sie sich, dass die Pole der Batterien (+/–) richtig ausgerichtet sind.
• Sie dürfen neue und alte Batterien oder unterschiedliche Batterietypen nicht zusammen verwenden.
• Entsorgen Sie verbrauchte Batterien entsprechend Ihren örtlichen Bestimmungen.

Lampenaustausch
• Verwenden Sie aus Gründen der Sicherheit und Leistung die vorgegebene Lampe.
• Befolgen Sie zum Auswechseln der Lampe sämtliche Anweisungen auf den Seiten 9 bis 10 in dieser
Anleitung bzw. auf den Seiten 84 bis 85 in der Bedienungsanleitung.
• Denken Sie daran, die Lampe auszuwechseln, wenn die Meldung [LAMP.-BETRIEBSD. ÜBERS.]
erscheint. Sollten Sie die Lampe auch nach Ablauf Ihrer Nutzungszeit weiterhin verwenden, kann die
Glühbirne der Lampe zerplatzen, und Glassplitter werden im Lampengehäuse verstreut. Sie dürfen die
Glassplitter nicht berühren, denn Sie können sich daran verletzen.
Wenden Sie sich in einem derartigen Fall für einen Lampenaustausch an Ihren Händler.

Eine Lampeneigenschaft
Der Projektor bedient sich einer Hochdruck-Quecksilberdampflampe als Lichtquelle.
Eine Lampe hat die Eigenschaft, dass ihre Helligkeit im Laufe der Zeit nachlässt. Auch durch wiederholtes
Ein- und Ausschalten der Lampe verringert sich ihre Helligkeit. Die tatsächliche Lampenlebenszeit kann je
nach individueller Lampe, Umgebungs- und Nutzungsbedingungen variieren.

VORSICHT:
• BERÜHREN SIE DIE LAMPE NICHT unmittelbar nach ihrer Verwendung. Sie wird extrem heiß. Schal-
ten Sie den Projektor aus und schließen Sie das Netzkabel ab. Geben Sie der Lampe mindestens eine
Stunde zum Abkühlen, bevor Sie sie anfassen.
• Wenn Sie die Lampe aus einem an der Decke montierten Projektor herausnehmen, müssen Sie darauf
achten, dass sich niemand unter dem Projektor befindet. Glassplitter könnten herausfallen, wenn die
Lampe durchgebrannt ist.

Deutsch ... 4
Wichtige Hinweise

Gesundheitsvorsorgliche Maßnahmen für Benutzer beim Betrachten von 3D-Bildern


• Vor dem Betrachten solcher Bilder müssen Sie die gesundheitsvorsorglichen Schutzmaßnahmen
gelesen haben, die in der Bedienungsanleitung aufgeführt sind, die Ihrer LCD-Shutterbrille oder Ihrem
3D-kompatiblen Inhalt beigefügt sind, wie z. B. DVDs, Videospiele, Videodateien von Computern und
Ähnlichem.
Beachten Sie Folgendes, um nachteilige Symptome zu vermeiden:
- Betrachten Sie mit der LCD-Shutterbrille nur 3D-Bilder und keine anderen Materialien.
- Sorgen Sie für einen Abstand von mindestens 2 Metern zwischen dem Bildschirm und dem Benutzer.
Das Betrachten von 3D-Bildern aus zu kurzer Entfernung kann Ihre Augen anstrengen.
- Betrachten Sie 3D-Bilder nicht über längere Zeit. Machen Sie nach einer Stunde des Betrachtens eine
Pause von 15 Minuten oder länger.
- Sind bei einem Mitglied in der Familie in der Vergangenheit Krampfanfälle aufgrund von Lichtemp-
findlichkeit aufgetreten, konsultieren Sie einen Arzt vor dem Betrachten von 3D-Bildern.
- Wenn Sie sich während der Betrachtung von 3D-Bildern unwohl fühlen, z. B. Brechreiz, Schwindel,
Übelkeit, Kopfschmerzen, Augenschmerzen, verschwommene Sicht, Krämpfe und Benommenheit,
stoppen Sie die Betrachtung dieser Bilder. Bleiben die Symptome bestehen, konsultieren Sie einen Arzt.
Über den Betrieb in Höhenlagen
• Setzen Sie den [GEBLÄSEMODUS] auf [GROSSE HÖHE], wenn Sie den Projektor in einer Höhe von
ungefähr 760 Metern oder höher verwenden.
• Wird der Projektor in einer Höhe von ungefähr 760 Metern oder höher ohne Einstellung auf
[GROSSE HÖHE] verwendet, kann sich der Projektor überhitzen, und die Schutzeinrichtung könnte ihn
abschalten. Warten Sie in einem derartigen Fall einige Minuten und schalten Sie den Projektor wieder ein.
• Wird der Projektor in Höhen unterhalb von ungefähr 760 Metern mit Einstellung auf [GROSSE HÖHE]
verwendet, kann sich die Lampe stark abkühlen, was ein flimmerndes Bild erzeugt. Setzen Sie den
[GEBLÄSEMODUS] auf [AUTO].
• Wird der Projektor in einer Höhe von ungefähr 760 Metern oder höher verwendet, kann sich die
Nutzungszeit der optischen Komponenten verkürzen, z. B. die Lampe.
Über das Copyright der projizierten Originalbilder:
Nehmen Sie bitte zur Kenntnis, dass der Einsatz dieses Projektors zum Zwecke eines kommerziellen Nutzens
oder zur Erregung der öffentlichen Aufmerksamkeit an Orten wie Cafés oder Hotels unter Nutzung von
Komprimierung oder Dehnung des Bildschirms mithilfe der folgenden Funktionen Bedenken in Bezug
auf die Verletzung von Urheberrechten aufkommen lassen könnte, die urheberrechtlich geschützt sind.
[BILDFORMAT], [TRAPEZ], Vergrößerungsfunktion und ähnliche Funktionen.

[HINWEIS] Energieverwaltungsfunktion
Der Projektor verfügt über Energieverwaltungsfunktionen.
Zur Reduzierung des Energieverbrauchs wurden die Energieverwaltungsfunktionen (1 und 2) auf folgen-
de Weise werkseitig voreingestellt. Steuern Sie den Projektor über eine LAN- oder serielle Kabelverbin-
dung mithilfe des OSD-Menüs, um die Einstellungen für 1 und 2 zu ändern.

1. STANDBY-MODUS (Werkseinstellung: NORMAL)


Zur Steuerung des Projektors von einem externen Gerät aus, wählen Sie [NETZWERK IM STANDBY] für
[STANDBY-MODUS].
Wird [NORMAL] für [STANDBY-MODUS] gewählt, sind die folgenden Anschlüsse und Funktionen
deaktiviert:
- PC CONTROL-Anschluss, MONITOR OUT-Anschluss, AUDIO OUT-Anschluss, LAN-Funktionen, E-
Mail-Benachrichtigungsfunktion.

2. AUTO AUS (MIN) (Werkseitiger Standard: 60 Minuten)


Zur Steuerung des Projektors von einem externen Gerät aus, wählen Sie [0] für [AUTO AUS (MIN)].
-Wird [30] für [AUTO AUS (MIN)] gewählt, können Sie den Projektor veranlassen, dass er sich nach 30
Minuten automatisch ausschaltet, wenn kein Signal an einem Eingang eingeht oder kein Vorgang ausge-
führt wird.

Deutsch ... 5
Wichtige Hinweise

Vorsichtsmaßnahmen

Befolgen Sie alle Warnungen, Vorsichts- und
Wartungsmaßnahmen, die in dieser Bedienungsanleitung
empfohlen werden, um die Lebenszeit Ihres Geräts zu maximieren.
■ Warnung- Dieser Projektor stellt die Nutzungszeit der
Lampe eigenständig fest. Daher müssen Sie un-
bedingt die Lampe austauschen, wenn entspre-
chende Warnmeldungen angezeigt werden.
■ Warnung- Setzen Sie die Funktion
„LAMP.BETR.STD. LÖSCH.“ über das OSD-
Menü „OPTIONEN |LAMPENEINSTELLUNG“
zurück, nachdem das Lampenmodul ersetzt
wurde. Beachten Sie Seite 73 in der Bedienungs-
anleitung.
■ Warnung- Achten Sie nach dem Ausschalten des Projektors
bitte darauf, dass der Kühlzyklus abgeschlossen
ist, bevor Sie die Stromversorgung unterbrechen.
■ Warnung- Schalten Sie erst den Projektor und dann die
Signalquellen ein.
■ Warnung- Wenn die Lampe das Ende ihrer Lebenszeit
erreicht, brennt sie mit einem lauten Knall durch.
In diesem Fall lässt sich der Projektor nur dann
wieder einschalten, wenn das Lampenmodul
ausgetauscht wurde. Beachten Sie beim Lam-
penaustausch die unter „Ersetzen der Lampe“
aufgelisteten Schritte.

Dieses Gerät ist nicht für den Einsatz im direkten Sichtfeld


an Arbeitsplätzen mit Sichtanzeigen bestimmt. Um störende
Reflexionen an Arbeitsplätzen mit Sichtanzeigen zu
vermeiden, darf dieses Gerät nicht in das direkte Sichtfeld
gestellt werden.

Hochempfindliche Projektionsflächen sind für diesen Projek-


tor nicht optimal. Je weniger empfindlich die Projektionsflä-
che ist (d. h. Projektionsfläche mit Empfindlichkeitsstufe 1),
desto besser wird das projizierte Bild dargestellt.

Deutsch ... 6
Wichtige Hinweise

Was man tun sollte:

 chalten Sie das Gerät aus, bevor Sie es reinigen.


■ S
■ Wischen Sie das Anzeigegehäuse mit einem weichen Tuch ab,
das mit einem milden Reinigungsmittel angefeuchtet ist.
■ Ziehen Sie den Netzstecker von der Netzsteckdose ab, wenn
abzusehen ist, dass das Gerät längere Zeit nicht benutzt wird.
■ Ist das Objektiv schmutzig, reinigen Sie es mit einem handelsüb-
lichen Reinigungstuch für Objektive.

Was man unterlassen sollte:

■ Reinigung des Geräts mit scharfen Reinigungsmitteln, Wachsen


oder Lösungsmitteln.
■ Einsatz unter folgenden Bedingungen:
- Extreme Hitze, Kälte oder Luftfeuchtigkeit.
- An Orten, die übermäßig viel Staub und Schmutz ausgesetzt
sind.
- Bei direkter Sonnenbestrahlung.
- Im Freien.
- Umstellen des Projektors durch Transportieren am Kabel-
schutz.
- Hängen am Projektor, wenn er an der Decke oder Wand
montiert ist.
- Ausübung von übermäßig starkem Druck auf das Objektiv.
- Hinterlassen Sie keine Fingerabdrücke auf dem Objektiv.
- Tragen des Projektor an der Halterung des Sicherheitsschlos-
ses
■ I nstallation und Aufbewahrung unter folgenden Bedingungen:
- In starken magnetischen Feldern.
- In Umgebungen mit korrosiven Gasen.

Deutsch ... 7
Wichtige Hinweise

Übersicht über den Lieferumfang


Dieser Projektor wird mit allen Artikeln ausgelieferten, die
unten abgebildet sind. Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Ihr Gerät
komplett angeliefert wurde. Wenden Sie sich sofort an Ihren
Händler, wenn etwas fehlen sollte.

Projektor Objektivkappe Fernbedienung Batterien


(79TCB121) (Teil-Nr.: 7N901052) (AAA x 2)

Netzkabel x1

Computerkabel (VGA)
US (Teil-Nr.: 79TC5021) EU (Teil-Nr.: 79TC5031) (P/N: 7N520087)

Sicherheitsetikett
 Aufgrund
unterschiedlicher Dokumentation:
Anwendungsweisen 

NEC-Projektor-CD-ROM 

Wichtige Informationen (für
in den jeweiligen (P/N: 7M952171) Nordamerika: 7N8N5811) (für
Ländern erhalten Sie Länder außer Nordamerika:
in einigen Regionen


Installationskurzanleitung
7N8N5811 und 7N8N5821)
(Teil-Nr.: 7N8N5831)
unterschiedliches
Zubehör.
Für Nordamerika:

Eingeschränkte Gewährleistung

Für Europa:


Gewährleistungsrichtlinien
Für Kunden in Europa: Die derzeit gültigen Gewährleistungsrichtlini-
en finden Sie auf unserer Website: www.nec-display-solutions.com

Deutsch ... 8
Wichtige Hinweise

Ersetzen der Lampe


Optionale Lampe
NP35LP (für NP-V332X / NP-V332W / NP-V302H)
NP36LP (für NP-V302X / NP-V302W)
Die Zeit bis zur Auswechslung der Lampe variiert je nach
Modell.
Bei NP-V302X und NP-V302W erkennen die Projektoren die
Lampenlebenszeit bei 4500 Stunden bei abgeschaltetem ECO-
Modus (6000 Stunden im ECO-Modus). Bei NP-V332X, NP-
V332W und NP-V302H erkennen die Projektoren die Lampen-
Warnung: Um sich lebenszeit bei 3500 Stunden bei abgeschaltetem ECO-Modus
nicht verbrennen, (6000 Stunden im ECO-Modus). Wenn die „POWER“-LED-
muss sich der Anzeige rot blinkt und nachstehende Meldung eingeblendet
Projektor vor dem
wird, hat der Projektor festgestellt, dass die Lebensdauer der
Lampenaustausch
mindestens 60 Minu- Lampe bald ihr Ende erreicht. Beachten Sie Seite 72-73 in der
ten lang abgekühlt Bedienungsanleitung Eine Warnmeldung erscheint:
haben! WARNUNG! LAMPE

LAMPENWARNUNG


DIE LAMPENBETRIEBSDAUER IST NAHE AM LIMIT.LAMPE AUS!

WARNUNG! LAMPE

LAMPENWARNUNG

 LAMP.-BETRIEBSD. ÜBERS.

Wenn Sie diese Meldung sehen, sollten Sie die Lampe mög-
lichst bald austauschen. Achten Sie darauf, dass sich der
Projektor mindestens 60 Minuten lang abgekühlt hat, bevor
Sie die Lampe austauschen.

Deutsch ... 9
Wichtige Hinweise

Warnung: Um die Gefahr von


2
Körperverletzungen zu mindern,
dürfen Sie das Lampenmodul
nicht fallen lassen oder die
Glühbirne der Lampe berühren. 1
Die Glühbirne kann zerplatzen 3
und Personen verletzen, wenn sie
fallen gelassen wird. 4

Sie dürfen das Glas des 5


Lampenmoduls nicht
zerbrechen.
Hinterlassen Sie keine
6
Fingerabdrücke auf der
Glasoberfläche des Lam-
penmoduls. Fingerabdrüc-
ke auf der Glasoberfläche
können zu unerwünschten
Schatten und einer schlech-
ten Bildqualität führen.

Vergessen Sie nach


Wiederanbringung des
Lampenmoduls nicht, die
Schrauben fest anzuziehen.

Lampenaustauschvorgang:
1. Schalten Sie den Projektor aus, indem Sie die AUSSCHALTEN-Taste auf der Fernbe-
dienung oder die Taste am Bedienfeld drücken.
2. Geben Sie dem Projektor mindestens 60 Minuten zum Abkühlen.
3. Ziehen Sie das Netzkabel ab.
4. Lösen Sie die Schraube am Lampenschutz mit einem Schraubendreher. 
5. Verschieben Sie den Lampenschutz und nehmen Sie ihn ab. 
6. Lösen Sie die Schraube am Lampenmodul. 
7. Heben Sie den Griff an. x
8. Drücken Sie die mit Pfeilen markierten Positionen am Anschlussgehäuse zusammen
und ziehen Sie das Gehäuse zum Entfernen des Anschlusses nach oben. y
9. Ziehen Sie das Lampenmodul heraus. z
10. Installieren Sie das neue Lampenmodul durch Umkehrung der vorherigen Schritte.
11. Schalten Sie das Gerät nach dem Lampenaustausch ein und wäh-
len Sie die [MENU]-Taste -> OPTIONEN |LAMPENEINSTELLUNG ->
LAMP.BETR.STD. LÖSCH., um die Lampennutzungsstunden zurückzusetzen.
beachten Sie Seite 73 in der Bedienungsanleitung
Deutsch ... 10
Informazioni importanti
Precauzioni di sicurezza
Precauzioni
Leggere attentamente questo manuale prima di usare il proiettore NEC e tenerlo a portata di mano per
riferimenti futuri.

ATTENZIONE
Per spegnere il dispositivo, assicurarsi di scollegare la spina dalla presa di corrente.
La presa di corrente deve essere installata il più vicino possibile all'attrezzatura, e deve trovarsi
in una posizione facilmente accessibile.

ATTENZIONE
PER EVITARE SCOSSE ELETTRICHE, NON APRIRE LA STRUTTURA.
ALL'INTERNO SONO PRESENTI DEI COMPONENTI AD ALTA TENSIONE.
RIVOLGERSI A PERSONALE QUALIFICATO PER LA MANUTENZIONE.

Questo simbolo avverte l'utente che la tensione non isolata all'interno dell'unità può essere
sufficiente per causare una scossa elettrica. Pertanto, è pericoloso entrare in contatto con le parti
all'interno di questa unità.

Questo simbolo avverte l'utente di importanti informazioni relative al funzionamento ed alla


manutenzione dell'unità.
Queste informazioni devono essere lette attentamente per evitare problemi.

AVVISO: PER EVITARE INCENDI O SCOSSE ELETTRICHE, NON ESPORRE QUESTA UNITÀ A PIOG-
GIA O UMIDITÀ. NON USARE L'UNITÀ CON UNA PROLUNGA OPPURE NON INSERIRLA IN UNA
PRESA SE TUTTI I CONNETTORI NON POSSONO ESSERE INSERITI COMPLETAMENTE.

Smaltimento del prodotto usato


La legislazione UE applicata in ogni Stato membro prevede che i prodotti elettrici ed elettronici
che recano il simbolo (a sinistra) devono essere smaltiti separatamente dai normali rifiuti dome-
stici. Ciò include i proiettori ed i relativi accessori elettrici o lampade. Per lo smaltimento di tali
prodotti, osservare le indicazioni delle autorità locali e/o rivolgersi al proprio rivenditore.
Dopo la raccolta, i prodotti usati sono riutilizzati e riciclati in modo appropriato. Questo sforzo
ci aiuterà a ridurre le quantità di rifiuti, come anche a mantenere ad un livello minimo l'impatto
negativo che elementi, come il mercurio contenuto in una lampada, possono avere per la salute
umana e sull'ambiente. Il simbolo sui prodotti elettrici ed elettronici si riferisce soltanto agli attua-
li Stati membri dell'Unione Europea.

Italiano ... 1
Informazioni importanti

Interferenza RF (solo per gli Stati Uniti)


AVVISO
La Federal Communications Commission non consente alcuna modifica o variazione all'unità AD ECCE-
ZIONE di quelle specificate, in questo manuale, da NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc. La mancata
osservanza della norma governativa potrebbe invalidare il diritto di usare questa attrezzatura. Questa
attrezzatura è stata collaudata e trovata conforme ai limiti di un dispositivo digitale di Classe B, in confor-
mità alla parte 15 delle Normative FCC. Questi limiti sono designati a fornire una protezione ragionevole
da interferenze dannose in un'installazione residenziale. Questa attrezzatura genera, usa e può irradiare
energia di frequenza radio e, se non è installata ed usata in accordo alle istruzioni, può causare interfe-
renze dannose alle comunicazioni radio. Non c'è tuttavia garanzia che non si verifichino interferenze in
installazioni particolari.
Se questa attrezzatura provoca interferenze dannose alla ricezione radiofonica o televisiva, che possono
essere determinate accendendo o spegnendo l’attrezzatura, si invita l'utente a cercare di correggere l'inter-
ferenza adottando una o più delle seguenti misure:

• Riorientare o ricollocare l’antenna di ricezione.


• Aumentare la separazione tra l’attrezzatura ed il ricevitore.
• Collegare l’attrezzatura ad una presa di corrente su un circuito diverso da quello al quale è collegato il
ricevitore.
• Consultare il rivenditore o un tecnico specializzato radio / TV per assistenza.

Solo per il Regno Unito: Nel Regno Unito, un cavo d’alimentazione approvato BS con spina stampata dispo-
ne di un fusibile nero (a cinque ampere) installato per l'uso con questa attrezzatura. Rivolgersi al fornitore se
con questa attrezzatura non è fornito un cavo d’alimentazione.

Importanti misure di sicurezza


Queste istruzioni di sicurezza servono per garantire la lunga durata del proiettore e per evitare incendi e
scosse elettriche. Leggerle attentamente e prestare attenzione a tutti gli avvisi.

Installazione
• Non installare il proiettore nei seguenti luoghi:
- su un carrello, un sostegno o un tavolo instabile.
- in prossimità di acqua, in bagni o locali umidi.
- in luoghi soggetti alla luce diretta del sole, in prossimità di riscaldatori o attrezzature che radiano calore.
- in un ambiente polveroso, pieno di fumo o vapore.
- su un foglio di carta, un panno, tappeto o su altri oggetti che possono essere danneggiati dal calore.
• Se si vuole installare il proiettore sul soffitto:
- Non tentare di installare da soli il proiettore.
- Il proiettore deve essere installato da tecnici qualificati per garantire il funzionamento appropriato e per
ridurre il rischio di lesioni personali.
- Inoltre, il soffitto deve avere una resistenza sufficiente a sostenere il proiettore, e l’installazione deve
essere eseguita in conformità alle normative vigenti in materia di edilizia.
- Rivolgersi al rivenditore per altre informazioni.

AVVISO • Non utilizzare oggetti diversi dal copriobiettivo del proiettore per
coprire l'obiettivo mentre il proiettore è acceso. Diversamente il
calore emesso dalla sorgente luminosa potrebbe surriscaldarli, pro-
vocando incendi o danni.
• Non collocare alcun oggetto facilmente suscettibile al calore davanti
alla lampada del proiettore. Diversamente il calore emesso dalla
sorgente luminosa potrebbe sciogliere l’oggetto.
Per quanto concerne tutte le operazioni di manutenzione, consultare il manuale dell’utente sul CD-ROM
in dotazione con il proiettore e osservare attentamente tutte le istruzioni.

Italiano ... 2
Informazioni importanti

Collocare il proiettore in posizione orizzontale


L'angolo di inclinazione del proiettore non deve superare i 5 gradi, ed il proiettore deve essere installato
esclusivamente su scrivania o soffitto, diversamente la durata della lampada si ridurrà drasticamente.

Precauzioni per evitare incendi e scosse elettriche


• Assicurarsi che vi sia una ventilazione sufficiente, e che le prese d’aria non siano ostruite per evitare l'accu-
mulo di calore all'interno del proiettore. Lasciare uno spazio di almeno 4 pollici (10 cm) tra il proiettore e la
parete.
• Non toccare la bocchetta di sfiato in quanto potrebbe surriscaldarsi quando si accende il proiettore e subito
dopo lo spegnimento del proiettore.

• Evitare che oggetti estranei come graffette e pezzi di carta penetrino all'interno del proiettore. Non tentare
di recuperare gli oggetti penetrati all'interno del proiettore. Non inserire oggetti di metallo, come ad
esempio un filo di ferro o un cacciavite, all'interno del proiettore. Se qualche oggetto dovesse penetrare
all'interno del proiettore, scollegare immediatamente il proiettore e fare rimuovere l'oggetto da un tecnico
qualificato.
• Non collocare nulla sopra il proiettore.
• Non toccare la spina d’alimentazione durante i temporali. Diversamente si possono causare scosse elettri-
che o incendi.
• Il proiettore è stato progettato per funzionare con alimentazione 100-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz. Assicurarsi che
l'alimentazione sia conforme a questi requisiti prima di tentare di usare il proiettore.
• Non fissare l'obiettivo quando il proiettore è acceso. Diversamente si possono subire gravi danni agli occhi.

• Tenere tutti gli elementi (lenti di ingrandimento, eccetera) lontani dal percorso di luce del proiettore. Il
percorso di luce proiettato dalla lampada è esteso, pertanto qualsiasi tipo di oggetto anomalo che può
reindirizzare la luce proveniente dalla lampada può causare un risultati imprevisti, come incendi o lesioni
agli occhi.
• Non ostruire con alcun oggetto il percorso di luce tra la sorgente luminosa e la lampada. Diversamente si
può causare l'incendio dell'oggetto.
• Non collocare alcun oggetto facilmente suscettibile al calore davanti alla lampada del proiettore o agli
scarichi dell’aria del proiettore.
Diversamente l’oggetto potrebbe sciogliersi, o si potrebbero subire lesioni alle mani dal calore emesso dalla
sorgente luminosa e dallo scarico dell’aria.
• Maneggiare con cura il cavo d’alimentazione. Un cavo d'alimentazione danneggiato può provocare incendi
o scosse elettriche.
- Non usare cavi d’alimentazione diversi da quelli forniti in dotazione a questa unità.
- Non piegare o tirare eccessivamente il cavo d’alimentazione.
- Non collocare il cavo d’alimentazione sotto il proiettore o altri oggetti pesanti.
- Non coprire il cavo d’alimentazione con altri materiali morbidi, come i tappeti ad esempio.
- Non riscaldare il cavo d'alimentazione.
- Non maneggiare la spina con le mani bagnate.

Italiano ... 3
Informazioni importanti

• Nei casi che seguono, spegnere il proiettore, scollegare il cavo d’alimentazione e contattare il personale
qualificato all’assistenza per eseguire la manutenzione:
- Quando il cavo d'alimentazione o la spina è sfilacciata o danneggiata.
- Se si è versato del liquido sul proiettore o se quest'ultimo è stato esposto a pioggia o acqua.
- Se il proiettore non funziona normalmente nonostante siano state osservate le istruzioni descritte in
questo manuale d’uso.
- Se il proiettore è stato fatto cadere oppure la copertura è danneggiata.
- Se il proiettore manifesta un netto cambiamento nelle prestazioni, indicando la necessità di riparazione.
• Scollegare il cavo d’alimentazione e tutti gli altri cavi prima di trasportare il proiettore.
• Spegnere il proiettore e scollegare il cavo d'alimentazione prima di pulire la copertura o sostituire la
lampada.
• Spegnere il proiettore e scollegare il cavo d’alimentazione se il proiettore non sarà usato per un periodo
prolungato.
• Quando si usa un cavo LAN:
Per motivi di sicurezza, non collegarlo al connettore per il cablaggio della periferica che potrebbe avere una
tensione eccessiva.
Precauzioni relative al telecomando
• Maneggiare il telecomando con cura.
• Se il telecomando si bagna, asciugarlo immediatamente.
• Evitare eccessi di calore ed umidità.
• Non cortocircuitare, riscaldare o smontare le batterie.
• Non gettare le batterie nel fuoco.
• Rimuovere le batterie se il telecomando non è usato per un periodo prolungato.
• Assicurarsi che la polarità (+/–) delle batterie sia allineata correttamente.
• Non usare insieme batterie nuove e vecchie, oppure batterie di tipo diverso.
• Smaltire le batterie usate in base alle normative locali.

Sostituzione della lampada


• Usare la lampada specificata per ragioni di sicurezza e di prestazioni.
• Per sostituire la lampada, seguire tutte le istruzioni fornite nelle pagine 9-10 del presente manuale o 84-85
nel manuale dell’utente.
• Assicurarsi di sostituire la lampada quando appare il messaggio [DURATA LAMPADA RAGGIUNTA.].
Se si continua ad usare la lampada dopo che ha raggiunto la fine della sua durata utile, la lampadina
potrebbe scoppiare, ed i pezzi di vetro potrebbero spargersi nel portalampada. Non toccare questi pezzi
di vetro perché possono provocare lesioni.
In tal caso, rivolgersi al proprio rivenditore per la sostituzione della lampada.

Caratteristiche della lampada


La sorgente di luce del proiettore è costituita da una lampada a scarica per scopi speciali.
In base alle sue caratteristiche, la luminosità della lampada diminuisce gradualmente con il tempo. Inoltre,
l'accensione e lo spegnimento ripetuti della lampada aumentano la possibilità di una ridotta luminosità.
La durata effettiva della lampada varia in base alla lampada, alle condizioni ambientali ed all'uso.

ATTENZIONE:
• NON TOCCARE LA LAMPADA immediatamente dopo l'uso. Sarà estremamente calda. Spegnere il
proiettore e poi scollegare il cavo d’alimentazione. Lasciare raffreddare la lampada per almeno un'ora
prima di maneggiarla.
• Quando si rimuove la lampada da un proiettore montato sul soffitto, assicurarsi non ci sia nessuno sotto
il proiettore. Le schegge di vetro potrebbero cadere se la lampada è bruciata.

Italiano ... 4
Informazioni importanti

Precauzioni per la salute degli utenti per la visione di immagini 3D


• Prima della visione, accertarsi di leggere le precauzioni sanitarie che si trovano nel manuale d’uso fornito in
dotazione agli occhiali con otturatori LCD o ai contenuti compatibili 3D come DVD, videogiochi, file video del
computer e simili.
Per evitare malori, osservare quanto segue:
- Non usare gli occhiali con otturatori LCD per la visione di materiale diverso dalle immagini 3D.
- Lasciare una distanza pari o superiore a 2 m/7 piedi tra lo schermo e l'utente. La visione di immagini 3D da
una distanza troppo ravvicinata può affaticare gli occhi.
- Evitare di guardare immagini 3D per periodi prolungati. Prendersi una pausa di 15 minuti o più dopo ogni
ora di visione.
- Se l’utente o un membro della famiglia ha precedenti di convulsioni provocate da fotosensibilità, consultare
un medico prima di guardare le immagini 3D.
- Interrompere la visione se durante la visione di immagini 3D, se si avvertono sintomi come nausea, vertigini,
sensazione di disgusto, mal di testa, affaticamento della vista, visione offuscata, convulsioni e intorpidimento.
Se i sintomi persistono, consultare un medico.

Modalità altitudine elevata


• Impostare [MODO VENTILATORE] su [ALTITUDINE ELEVATA] quando si usa il proiettore ad altitudini pari o
superiori a circa 2500 piedi/760 metri.
• Se si usa il proiettore ad altitudini pari o superiori a circa 2500 piedi/760 metri senza impostare su
[ALTITUDINE ELEVATA], il proiettore potrebbe surriscaldarsi e quindi spegnersi automaticamente. In tal caso,
attendere qualche minuto e accendere il proiettore.
• Se si usa il proiettore ad altitudini inferiori a circa 2500 piedi/760 metri e se si imposta su
[ALTITUDINE ELEVATA], la lampada potrebbe raffreddarsi eccessivamente, causando lo sfarfallio delle
immagini. Impostare [MODO VENTILATORE] su [AUTO].
• L'uso proiettore ad altitudini pari o superiori a circa 2500 piedi/760 metri potrebbe ridurre la durata utile di
componenti ottici, come la lampada.

Informazioni sul Copyright delle immagini originali proiettate:


L'uso del proiettore per scopi commerciali o per attirare l'attenzione del pubblico in un luogo come un bar o un hotel,
e l'uso delle funzioni di compressione o espansione dell'immagine con le seguenti funzioni, potrebbero comportare
la violazione dei diritti d'autore che sono protetti dalle leggi sul copyright. [RAPPORTO PROPORZIONI],
[CORREZIONE], Ingrandimento e simili.

[NOTA] Funzione di risparmio energetico


Il proiettore dispone di funzioni di risparmio energetico.
Per ridurre il consumo, le funzioni di risparmio energetico (1 e 2) sono preimpostate come segue. Per controllare il
proiettore tramite connessione LAN o cavo seriale, usare il menu OSD per modificare le impostazioni di 1 e 2.

1. MODO DI ATTESA (Impostazione predefinita: NORMALE)


Per controllare il proiettore da un dispositivo esterno, selezionare [ATTESA DI RETE] per [MODO DI ATTESA].
Quando si seleziona [NORMALE] per [MODO DI ATTESA], i seguenti connettori e le funzioni non sono operativi:
- Connettore PC CONTROL, connettore MONITOR OUT, connettore AUDIO OUT, funzioni LAN, funzione
Avviso e-mail.

2. SPEGNIMENTO AUTOM. (MIN) (Impostazione predefinita: 60 minuti)


Per controllare il proiettore da un dispositivo esterno, selezionare [0] per [SPEGNIMENTO AUTOM. (MIN)].
- Quando si seleziona [30] per [SPEGNIMENTO AUTOM. (MIN)], è possibile abilitare lo spegnimento automatico
del proiettore dopo 30 minuti, se non è ricevuto alcun segnale dagli ingressi, oppure se non è eseguita alcuna
operazione.

Italiano ... 5
Informazioni importanti

Precauzioni

Per massimizzare la durata dell’unità, attenersi a tutte le
avvertenze, precauzioni ed istruzioni per la manutenzione
raccomandate in questa guida.
■ Avviso- Questo proiettore rileva automaticamente la
durata della lampada. Assicurarsi di cambiare la
lampada quando il prodotto mostra i messaggi
d'avviso.

■ Avviso- Ripristinare la funzione


“AZZERA ORE LAMPADA” dal menu OSD
“OPZIONI |IMPOSTAZIONE LAMPADA”
dopo avere sostituito il modulo della lampada.
Consultare il manuale dell’utente a pagina 73.

■ Avviso- Quando si spegne il proiettore, assicurarsi che il


ciclo di raffreddamento sia completato prima di
scollegare l'alimentazione.

■ Avviso- Accendere prima il proiettore e poi le origini del


segnale.

■ Avviso- Quando la lampada raggiunge la fine della sua


durata utile, si brucerà producendo il rumore di
forte scoppio. In questo caso, il proiettore non
si riaccenderà finché non è stata sostituita la
lampada. Per sostituire la lampada attenersi alla
procedura descritta nella sezione "Sostituzione
della lampada".

Questo dispositivo non è inteso per l’uso come


videoterminale o schermo per ambienti di lavoro. Per evitare
scomodi riflessi nel campo di visone sul posto di lavoro,
questo dispositivo non deve essere collocato direttamente nel
campo di visione.

Gli schermi di tipo ad alto guadagno non sono adatti per l'u-
so con questo proiettore. Minore è il guadagno dello schermo
(ovvero, guadagno dello schermo 1), migliore sarà l'aspetto
dell'immagine proiettata.

Italiano ... 6
Informazioni importanti

Sì:

 pegnere il prodotto prima della pulizia.


■ S
■ Usare un panno morbido inumidito con un detergente neutro
per pulire le coperture.
■ Scollegare la spina dalla presa di corrente AC se si prevede di
non usare il prodotto per periodi prolungati.
■ Se l'obiettivo è sporco, usare un panno adeguato per la pulizia
disponibile in commercio.

No:

 sare detergenti abrasivi, cere o solventi per pulire l’unità.


■ U
■ Usare l'unità nelle seguenti condizioni:
- In caso di calore, freddo o umidità eccessivi.
- In aree suscettibili a polvere e sporcizia eccessive.
- Alla luce diretta del sole.
- All'esterno.
- Spostare il proiettore tenendo la copertura cavi.
- Agganciare dal proiettore ad un'installazione a soffitto o a
parete.
- Applicare una pressione eccessiva sull'obiettivo.
- Lasciare impronte sulla superficie dell'obiettivo.
- Trasportare il proiettore utilizzando il supporto blocco di
sicurezza
■ I nstallare e conservare nelle seguenti condizioni:
- In forti campi magnetici.
- In ambiente con gas corrosivo.

Italiano ... 7
Informazioni importanti

Contenuto della confezione


Questo proiettore è fornito con tutti i seguenti elementi
in dotazione. Assicurarsi che l'unità sia completa di tutti
gli accessori. Mettersi immediatamente in contatto con il
rivenditore se manca qualsiasi cosa.

Proiettore Copriobiettivo Telecomando Batterie


(79TCB121) (P/N: 7N901052) (AAA x 2)

Cavo
d'alimentazione x1

Stati Uniti (P/N: 79TC5021) UE (P/N: 79TC5031) Cavo computer (VGA)


(P/N: 7N520087)

Etichetta di sicurezza
 A causa delle
differenze nelle
applicazioni di
Documentazione:
ciascun Paese, 

CD-ROM del proiettore NEC 

Informazioni importanti (per
alcune zone (P/N: 7M952171) il Nord America: 7N8N5811)
potrebbero avere (per altri Paesi al di fuori del


Guida introduttiva
Nord America: 7N8N5811 e
accessori diversi. (P/N: 7N8N5831)
7N8N5821)
Per il Nord America:

Garanzia limitata

Per l'Europa:


Condizioni di garanzia
Per gli utenti in Europa: le condizioni di garanzia attualmente in vi-
gore sono disponibili presso il sito www.nec-display-solutions.com

Italiano ... 8
Informazioni importanti

Sostituzione della lampada


Lampada opzionale
NP35LP (per NP-V332X / NP-V332W / NP-V302H)
NP36LP (per NP-V302X / NP-V302W)
Il momento in cui sostituire la lampada varia in base ai
modelli.
Su NP-V302X e NP-V302W, i proiettori rilevano la durata
della lampada su 4500 ore in Modalità ECO Off (6000 ore
in Modalità ECO). Su NP-V332X, NP-V332W e NP-V302H,
i proiettori rilevano la durata della lampada su 3500 ore in
Avvertenza: Per
evitare ustioni, Modalità ECO Off (6000 ore in Modalità ECO). Quando il
lasciare raffreddare il LED "POWER" lampeggia di colore rosso e sullo schermo è
proiettore per almeno visualizzato il seguente messaggio, il proiettore ha rilevato che
60 minuti prima di
sostituire la lampada! la lampada sta per esaurirsi consultare il manuale dell’utente a
pagina 72-73 Viene visualizzato un messaggio di avviso:
ATTENZIONE! LAMPADA

ATTENZIONE LAMPADA


FINE DELLA DURATA DELLA LAMPADA RAGGIUNTA.LAMPADA SPENTA!

GA)
) ATTENZIONE! LAMPADA

ATTENZIONE LAMPADA

 DURATA LAMPADA RAGGIUNTA.

Quando è visualizzato questo messaggio, sostituire la lampada


al più presto. Assicurarsi che il proiettore si sia raffreddato per
almeno 60 minuti prima di sostituire la lampada.

Italiano ... 9
Informazioni importanti

Avvertenza: Per ridurre il


rischio di lesioni personali, 2
non far cadere il modulo
della lampada e non
toccare la lampadina. Il
bulbo può frantumarsi e 3 1
provocare lesioni se è fatto
cadere.
4

Non rompere il vetro del


5
modulo della lampada.
Non lasciare impronte sulla
superficie del vetro del
modulo della lampada. Le 6
impronte sulla superficie
del vetro potrebbero
causare ombre indesiderate
e compromettere la qualità
dell'immagine.

Assicurarsi di serrare le
viti dopo aver sostituito il
modulo lampada.

Procedura di sostituzione della lampada:


1. Spegnere il proiettore premendo il tasto SPEGNIMENTO del telecomando o
il tasto del pannello di controllo.
2. Lasciare raffreddare il proiettore per almeno 60 minuti.
3. Scollegare il cavo d’alimentazione.
4. Usare un cacciavite per allentare la vite del coperchio della lampada. 
5. Far scorrere e rimuovere il coperchio. 
6. Allentare la vite del modulo della lampada. 
7. Sollevare la maniglia. x
8. Afferrare le posizioni contrassegnate con la freccia sul corpo connettore e tirare il
corpo verso l'alto per rimuovere il connettore. y
9. Estrarre il modulo della lampada. z
10. Installare il nuovo modulo della lampada invertendo le procedure di cui sopra.
11. Dopo aver sostituito la lampada, accendere il proiettore e selezionare il tasto [MENU]
-> OPZIONI |IMPOSTAZIONE LAMPADA -> AZZERA ORE LAMPADA per
ripristinare le ore di utilizzo della lampada. consultare il manuale dell’utente a
pagina 73.

Italiano ... 10
Viktig information
Säkerhetsanvisningar
Försiktighetsåtgärder
Läs denna användarhandbok noggrant innan du använder din NEC-projektor och förvara den nära till hands
för framtida bruk.

FÖRSIKTIGHET
För att stänga av huvudströmmen, dra ut kontakten ur vägguttaget.
Vägguttaget bör finnas så nära utrustningen som möjligt och måste vara lättåtkomligt.

FÖRSIKTIGHET
RISK FÖR ELEKTRISK STÖT, ÖPPNA INTE KÅPAN.
DET FINNS HÖGSPÄNNINGSKOMPONENTER INUTI.
SERVICE SKA UTFÖRAS AV BEHÖRIG SERVICEPERSONAL.

Den här symbolen varnar användaren för att oisolerad spänning inom enheten kan vara tillräck-
lig för att förorsaka elektriska stötar. Det är därför farligt att röra delarna inuti enheten.

Den här symbolen uppmärksammar användaren att viktig information om drift och underhåll
av denna enhet har lämnats.
Informationen bör läsas noggrant för att undvika problem.

VARNING: FÖR ATT FÖRHINDRA BRAND ELLER STÖTAR, UTSÄTT INTE ENHETEN FÖR REGN EL-
LER FUKT. ANVÄND INTE DENNA ENHETS KONTAKT MED EN FÖRLÄNGNINGSKABEL ELLER I
ETT UTTAG SÅVIDA INTE ALLA STIFTEN ÄR ISATTA HELT.

Kassering av den förbrukade produkten


EU-lagstiftningen i respektive medlemsstat föreskriver att förbrukad elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning märkt med symbolen (till vänster) måste kasseras separat från vanligt hushållsavfall.
Detta inkluderar projektorer och deras elektriska tillbehör eller lampor. När du kasserar sådana
produkter, följ rekommendationer från lokala myndigheter och / eller butiken där du köpte
produkten.
Efter att använda produkter samlats in, återanvänds och återvinns dem på ett korrekt sätt. Denna
insats hjälper oss att minska avfallet samt hålla negativa konsekvenser (t.ex. kvicksilver i en
lampa) för människors hälsa och miljön på en minimal nivå. Märket på de elektriska och
elektroniska produkter gäller endast de nuvarande medlemsstaterna i Europeiska unionen.

Svenska ... 1
Viktig information

RF-störningar (endast för USA)


VARNING
Federal Communications Commission tillåter inte några modifieringar eller ändringar i enheten, utom de
som anges specifikt av NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc. i denna handbok. Underlåtenhet att följa
denna regeringsförordning kan upphäva din rätt att använda utrustningen. Denna utrustning har testats
och funnits uppfylla begränsningarna för en klass B digital enhet enligt avsnitt 15 i FCC-reglerna. Dessa
begränsningar är utformade för att ge rimligt skydd mot skadliga störningar vid installation i hemmet.
Denna utrustning genererar, använder och kan utstråla radiofrekvensenergi och kan, om inte installerad
och använd enligt instruktionerna, orsaka skadliga störningar på radiokommunikation. Det finns dock
ingen garanti för att störningar inte inträffar i en viss installation.
Om denna utrustning orsakar skadliga störningar på radio- eller TV-mottagning, vilket kan avgöras
genom att utrustningen slås av och på, uppmuntras användaren att försöka korrigera störningen genom
en eller flera av följande åtgärder:

• Vrid eller flytta mottagarantennen.


• Öka avståndet mellan utrustningen och mottagaren.
• Anslut utrustningen till ett uttag i en annan strömkrets än den som mottagaren är ansluten till.
• Rådfråga återförsäljaren eller en erfaren radio/TV-tekniker för hjälp.

Endast för Storbritannien: I Storbritannien har en BS-godkänd nätkabel med gjuten kontakt en svart (5
ampere) säkring installerad för användning tillsammans med den här utrustningen. Om en nätkabel inte
medföljer den här utrustningen kontaktar du din återförsäljare.

Viktiga säkerhetsåtgärder
Dessa säkerhetsföreskrifter säkerställer en lång livslängd för din projektor och förhindrar brand och elek-
triska stötar. Läs dem noga och följ alla varningar.

Installation
• P lacera inte projektorn i följande förhållanden:
- På en ostadig vagn, stativ eller bord.
- Nära vatten, badrum eller fuktiga rum.
- I direkt solljus, nära värmeelement eller värmestrålande apparater.
- I dammiga, smutsiga eller fuktiga miljöer.
- På pappersark, tyg, mattor, filtar eller andra föremål som skadas eller påverkas av värme.
• Om du vill ha projektorn monterad i taket:
- Försök inte montera projektorn själv.
- Projektorn måste installeras av en kvalificerad tekniker för att säkerställa korrekt funktion och minska
risken för personskador.
- Dessutom måste taket vara tillräckligt starkt för att hålla projektorn och installationen måste utföras i
enlighet med lokala byggnormer.
- Kontakta din återförsäljare för mer information.

VARNING • A nvänd inte något annat föremål än projektorns linsskydd för att
täcka linsen när projektorn är på. Detta kan medföra att objektet
blir extremt varmt och kan leda till brand eller skada på grund av
värmen som ljusflödet avger.
• Placera inga föremål som lätt kan påverkas av värme framför projek-
torns lins. Detta kan leda till att föremålet smälter från värmen som
avges från ljusflödet.
Beträffande alla underhållsåtgärder, se bruksanvisningen på CD-skivan som medföljer projektorn och
följ alla instruktioner noggrant.

Svenska ... 2
Viktig information

Placera projektorn i ett horisontellt läge


Lutningsvinkeln hos projektorn bör inte överstiga 5 grader, och inte heller bör projektorn installeras på annat
sätt än på skrivbord och som takmonterad, annars kan lampbrinntiden minska dramatiskt.

Försiktighetsåtgärder gällande eld och stötar


• Se till att det finns tillräcklig ventilation och att ventilationsöppningarna inte är blockerade för att förhindra
uppbyggnaden av värme inuti projektorn. Lämna minst 10 cm utrymme mellan projektorn och en vägg.
• Rör ej ventilationsöppningen eftersom den kan bli varm när projektorn är påslagen eller efter att projektorn
stängs av.

• Förhindra att främmande föremål som t.ex. gem och pappersbitar hamnar i projektorn. Försök inte att
plocka ut föremål som kommer in i projektorn. Stick inte in metallföremål som t.ex. ståltråd eller en
skruvmejsel i projektorn. Om något föremål hamnar i projektorn, koppla omedelbart bort strömmen och få
föremålet avlägsnat av en kvalificerad servicetekniker.
• Placera inga föremål ovanpå projektorn.
• Rör inte nätkontakten vid åskväder. Detta kan orsaka elektriska stötar eller brand.
• Projektorn är avsedd att drivas med en strömförsörjning på 100-240V växelström, 50/60 Hz. Se till att din
strömkälla uppfyller dessa specifikationer innan du använder projektorn.
• Titta inte in i linsen när projektorn är på. Detta kan leda till allvarliga skador på ögonen.

• Håll alla föremål (förstoringsglas osv.) från ljusstrålen på projektorn. Ljusstrålen som projiceras från lam-
pan är stark och därför kan olika onormala föremål som kan omdirigera ljuset som kommer ut från lampan
orsaka oförutsedda händelser som t.ex. brand eller ögonskador.
• Blockera inte ljusbanan mellan ljuskällan och lampan med några föremål. Det kan leda till att föremålet att
börja brinna.
• Placera inga föremål som lätt kan påverkas av värme framför projektorns lampa eller ventilationsöppning.
Detta kan leda till att föremålet smälter eller att dina händer får brännskador från värmen som avges från
ljusflödet och ventilationen.
• Hantera nätkabeln försiktigt. En skadad eller sliten nätkabel kan orsaka elstötar eller brand.
- Använd inte någon annan nätkabel än den som medföljer.
- Undvik att böja eller slita i nätkabeln på ett överdrivet sätt.
- Placera inte nätkabeln under projektorn eller något annat tungt föremål.
- Täck inte nätkabeln med andra mjuka material som t.ex. mattor.
- Värm inte upp nätkabeln.
- Ta inte i kontakten med våta händer.
• Stäng av projektorn, koppla loss nätkabeln och lämna in projektorn för service hos kvalificerad serviceper-
sonal under följande förhållanden:
- Om nätkabeln eller kontakten är skadad eller sliten.
- Om vätska har spillts i projektorn eller om den har utsatts för regn eller vatten.
- Om projektorn inte fungerar normalt trots att du följt anvisningarna i den här användarhandboken.

Svenska ... 3
Viktig information

- Om projektorn tappas eller kåpan har skadats.


- Om projektorn uppvisar en tydlig förändring i prestanda, vilket indikerar ett behov av service.
• Dra ur nätkabeln och alla andra kablar innan du bär projektorn.
• Stäng av projektorn och dra ur nätkabeln innan du rengör kåpan eller byter lampa.
• Stäng av projektorn och koppla ur nätkabeln om projektorn inte ska användas under en längre tid.
• När du använder en LAN-kabel:
Av säkerhetsskäl, anslut inte till kontakten för koppling till kringutrustning som kan ha en hög spänning.

Säkerhetsåtgärder för fjärrkontroll


• Hantera fjärrkontrollen försiktigt.
• Om fjärrkontrollen blir våt, torka av den omedelbart.
• Undvik stark värme och fukt.
• Undvik att kortsluta, värma eller ta isär batterierna.
• Släng inte batterier i eld.
• Ta ur batterierna om du inte ska använda fjärrkontrollen under en längre tid.
• Se till att du har batteripolerna (+/-) vända åt rätt håll.
• Använd inte nya och gamla batterier tillsammans eller olika typer av batterier.
• Kassera förbrukade batterier enligt lokala föreskrifter.

Byte av lampa
• A  nvänd den angivna lampan för säkerhet och prestanda.
• För att byta lampan, följ alla instruktioner på sidorna 9-10 i denna manual eller sidorna 84-85 i bruksan-
visningen.
• Var noga med att byta ut lampan när meddelandet [LAMPANS LIVSLÄNGD HAR ÖVERSKRIDITS.]
visas. Om du fortsätter att använda lampan efter den har nått slutet av dess användbara livslängd kan
lampan gå sönder och glasbitar kan spridas omkring i lamphöljet. Vidrör dem inte eftersom glasbitarna
kan orsaka skada.
Om detta inträffar, kontakta din återförsäljare för byte av lampa.

Lampans egenskaper
Projektorn använder en urladdningslampa för särskilda ändamål som ljuskälla.
Lampans ljusstyrka minskar gradvis med tiden. Vid tändning och släckning av lampan vid upprepade
tillfällen ökar risken för lägre ljusstyrka. Lampans faktiska livslängd kan variera beroende på den enskilda
lampan, miljöförhållanden och användning.

FÖRSIKTIGHET:
• RÖR INTE VID LAMPAN omedelbart efter att den har använts. Den kommer att vara extremt varm.
Stäng av projektorn och koppla ur nätkabeln. Vänta minst en timme för lampan att svalna innan du
hanterar den.
• När du tar bort lampan i en takmonterad projektor, kontrollera att ingen befinner sig under projektorn.
Glassplitter kan falla ner om lampan har brunnit upp.

Svenska ... 4
Viktig information

Säkerhetsföreskrifter för användare som tittar på 3D-bilder


• Innan visning, se till att läsa sjukvårdsrelaterade försiktighetsåtgärder som kan hittas i
användarhandboken som medföljer dina aktiva LCD-glasögon eller 3D-kompatibelt innehåll som t.ex.
dvd:er, datorspel, videofiler från datorn och liknande.
Ta hänsyn till följande för att undvika negativa symptom:
- Använd inte aktiva LCD-glasögon för att titta på något annat än 3D-bilder.
- Håll ett avstånd på minst 2 meter mellan skärmen och användaren. Om du tittar på 3D-bilder på nära
avstånd kan det påfresta dina ögon.
- Undvik att visa 3D-bilder under en längre tid. Ta en paus på 15 minuter eller längre per timme.
- Om du eller någon familjemedlem har en historia av ljuskänslighet bör du rådfråga en läkare innan du
tittar på 3D-bilder.
- Sluta att titta på 3D-bilderna om du känner sjukdomssymtom som t.ex. illamående, yrsel, kväljningar,
huvudvärk, irriterade ögon, suddig syn, kramper eller domningar. Om symptomen kvarstår, kontakta
läkare.

Om höghöjdsläge
• S  täll in [FLÄKTLÄGE] till [HÖG HÖJD OVER HAVET] när du använder projektorn på ca 760 meters
höjd eller högre.
• Användning av projektorn på ca 760 meters höjd eller högre utan inställningen
[HÖG HÖJD OVER HAVET], kan få projektorn att överhettas och stängs av. Om detta händer, vänta ett
par minuter och slå på projektorn igen.
• Användning av projektorn på lägre höjder än ca 760 meter med inställningen
[HÖG HÖJD OVER HAVET] kan orsaka att lampan kyls för mycket, vilket medför att bilden flimrar.
Växla [FLÄKTLÄGE] till [AUTO].
• Användning av projektorn på ca 760 meters höjd eller högre kan förkorta livslängden för optiska
komponenter som t.ex. lampan.

Om upphovsrätt av projicerade originalbilder:


Observera att om du använder den här projektorn för kommersiell vinning eller för allmänhetens
uppmärksamhet i en plats såsom ett kafé eller hotell och vid komprimering eller förstoring av skärmbilden
med följande funktioner kan skapa misstanke om upphovsrättsintrång som skyddas av upphovsrättslagen.
[BILDFÖRHÅLLANDE], [KEYSTONE], Förstoring och andra liknande funktioner.

[OBSERVERA] Energispar
Projektorn har energisparfunktioner.
För att minska energiförbrukningen är energispar (1 och 2) fabriksinställda på följande sätt. För att styra
projektorn via LAN eller seriell kabelanslutning, använd menyn på skärmen för att ändra inställningarna
för 1 och 2.

1. STANDBY-LÄGE (Fabriksinställning: NORMAL)


För att styra projektorn från en extern enhet, välj [NÄTVERKS-STANDBY] som [STANDBY-LÄGE].
När [NORMAL] har valts som [STANDBY-LÄGE] kommer följande anslutningar och funktioner inte att
fungera:
- PC CONTROL-anslutning, MONITOR OUT-anslutning, AUDIO OUT-anslutning, LAN-funktioner, med-
delande via e-post.

2. AUTO. AVSTÄNGNING (MIN) (Fabriksinställning: 60 minuter)


För att styra projektorn från en extern enhet, välj [0] som [AUTO. AVSTÄNGNING (MIN)].
-När [30] har valts som [AUTO. AVSTÄNGNING (MIN)], kan du aktivera att projektorn stängs av auto-
matiskt efter 30 minuter om ingen signal tas emot av någon ingång eller om ingen åtgärd utförs.

Svenska ... 5
Viktig information

Försiktighetsåtgärder

Följ alla varningar, försiktighetsåtgärder och underhåll
enligt rekommendationerna i denna användarhandbok för att
maximera livslängden på din enhet.

■ Varning- Den här projektorn känner av lampans


brinntid själv. Byt lampa när den visar
varningsmeddelanden.

■ Varning- Återställ funktionen


"CLEAR LAMP HOURS" från skärmmenyn "
ALTERNATIV|LAMPINSTÄLLNINGAR" efter
byte av lampmodulen. se sidan 73 i bruksanvis-
ningen.

■ Varning- När du stänger av projektorn bör du se till att


kylningscykeln har fullbordats innan du kopplar
bort strömmen.

■ Varning- Slå först på projektorn och sedan signalkällorna.

■ Varning- När lampan når slutet av sin livslängd brinner


den ut och kan avge ett högt smällande ljud. Om
detta inträffar kommer projektorn inte att slås
på igen förrän lampmodulen har bytts ut. För
att byta lampan följer du proceduren i "Byte av
lampan".

Denna enhet är inte avsedd att användas i det direkta


synfältet på visuella arbetsplatser. För att undvika störande
reflektioner på visuella arbetsplatser får denna enhet inte
placeras i det direkta synfältet.

Högförstärkningsskärmar är inte optimala för användning


med denna projektor. Ju lägre skärmförstärkning (dvs.
skärmförstärkning i storleksordningen 1), desto bättre kvali-
tet på den projicerade bilden.

Svenska ... 6
Viktig information

Gör följande:

 täng av produkten före rengöring.


■ S
■ Använd en mjuk, fuktad trasa med milt rengöringsmedel för att
rengöra skärmhöljet.
■ Koppla ur nätkabeln från vägguttaget om produkten inte ska
användas under en längre tid.
■ Om linsen är smutsig kan du använda en rengöringsduk för
objektiv som finns i handeln.

Gör inte följande:

■ Använd inte rengöringsmedel med slipmedel, vaxer eller lös-


ningsmedel för att rengöra enheten.
■ Använd inte enheten under följande förhållanden:
- Extrem värme, kyla eller fukt.
- I utrymmen som lätt drar åt sig damm och smuts.
- I direkt solljus.
- Utomhus.
- Flytta inte projektorn genom att hålla i kabelskyddet.
- Häng inte från projektorn i en tak- eller väggmontering.
- Tillämpa inte alltför hårt tryck mot linsen.
- Undvik fingeravtryck på linsytan.
- Lyfta projektorn i säkerhetslåset
■ I nstallera och förvara under följande förhållanden:
- I kraftiga magnetfält.
- I miljöer med frätande gas.

Svenska ... 7
Viktig information

Paketöversikt
Denna projektor levereras med samtliga delar som visas
nedan. Kontrollera att din enhet är komplett. Kontakta din
återförsäljare omedelbart om något saknas.

Projektor Linsskydd Fjärrkontroll Batterier (AAAx2)


(79TCB121) (P/N: 7N901052)

Nätkabel x1

US (P/N: 79TC5021) EU (P/N: 79TC5031) Datorkabel (VGA)


(P/N:7N520087)

Säkerhetsetikett

 På grund
av skillnader i Dokumentation:
programmen för EC Projektor CD-ROM

N 

V iktig information (för
varje land kan en del (P/N: 7M952171) Nordamerika: 7N8N5811) (för
regioner ha andra andra länder än Nordamerika:
tillbehör. 

S nabbinstallationsguide
7N8N5811 och 7N8N5821)
(P/N: 7N8N5831)

För Nordamerika:

Begränsad garanti

För Europa:
arantipolicy

G
För kunder i Europa: Du hittar vår nuvarande giltiga garantipolicy
på vår webbplats: www.nec-display-solutions.com

Svenska ... 8
Viktig information

Byte av lampan
Lampa (tillval)
NP35LP (för NP-V332X / NP-V332W / NP-V302H)
NP36LP (för NP-V302X / NP-V302W)
Tidpunkt för att byta ut lampan är skiljer sig från modellerna.
På NP-V302X och NP-V302W, kommer projektorerna att
identifiera en livslängd på 4500 timmar i ECO-läge AV (6000
timmar i ECO-läge PÅ). På NP-V332X, NP-V332W, och NP-
V302H, kommer projektorer att upptäcka en livslängd på
3500 timmar i ECO-läge AV (6000 timmar i ECO-läge PÅ).
Varning! För att När "STRÖM"-indikatorn blinkar rött och meddelandet nedan
undvika brännskador visas på skärmen har projektorn upptäckt att lampan närmar
bör du låta projek- sig slutet av sin brinntid. Se sidan 72-73 i bruksanvisningen.
torn svalna i minst
Ett varningsmeddelande kommer att visas:
60 minuter innan du
byter lampa! VARNING! LAMPA

LAMPVARNING
LAMPAN HAR NÅT GRÄNSVÄRDESTIDEN.LAMPAN SLÄCKT!

VARNING! LAMPA

LAMPVARNING
LAMPANS LIVSLÄNGD HAR ÖVERSKRIDITS.

Byt ut lampan så snart som möjligt när du ser detta


meddelande. Se till att projektorn har svalnat i minst 60 minu-
ter innan du byter lampa.

Svenska ... 9
Viktig information

Varning! För att minska 2


risken för personskada,
tappa inte lampmo-
dulen och vidrör inte
1
lampan. Glödlampan 3
kan splittras och orsaka
skada om den tappas. 4

Bryt inte sönder glaset 5


på lampmodulen.
Undvik att lämna fing-
eravtryck på lampmo- 6
dulens glasyta. Om det
finns fingeravtryck på
glasytan kan det leda
till oönskade skuggor
och dålig bildkvalitet.

Var noga med att dra


åt skruvarna efter bytet
av lampmodulen.

Tillvägagångssätt vid byte av lampa:


1. Stäng av strömmen till projektorn genom att trycka på STÄNG AV-knappen på
fjärrkontrollen eller -knappen på kontrollpanelen.
2. Låt projektorn svalna i minst 60 minuter.
3. Koppla ur nätkabeln.
4. Använd en skruvmejsel för att lossa skruven på lamplocket. 
5. Skjut åt sidan och ta bort locket. 
6. Lossa de två skruvarna på lampmodulen. 
7. Lyft upp handtaget. x
8. Kläm de pilmarkerade positionerna på kontakthöljet och dra höljet uppåt för att
ta bort kontakten. y
9. Dra ut lampmodulen. z
10. Installera den nya lampmodulen genom att följa de tidigare stegen i omvänd
riktning.
11. Efter byte av lampan, slå på strömmen och tryck på knappen [MENU] ->
ALTERNATIV |LAMPINSTÄLLNINGAR -> CLEAR LAMP HOURS för att
nollställa återstående lamptid. Se sidan 73 i bruksanvisningen.

Svenska ... 10
Важная информация
Правила техники безопасности
Меры предосторожности
Перед использованием проектора NEC внимательно прочтите настоящее руководство и храните его
под рукой для использования в будущем.

ОСТОРОЖНО!
Для выключения сетевого питания отсоединяйте вилку от электрической розетки.
Электрическая розетка должна быть расположена максимально близко к данному из-
делию и легко доступна.

ОСТОРОЖНО!
ВО ИЗБЕЖАНИЕ ПОРАЖЕНИЯ ЭЛЕКТРИЧЕСКИМ ТОКОМ ЗАПРЕЩАЕТСЯ ОТКРЫ-
ВАТЬ КОРПУС ДАННОГО ПРИБОРА.
ВНУТРИ ПРИБОРА НАХОДЯТСЯ КОМПОНЕНТЫ ПОД ВЫСОКИМ НАПРЯЖЕНИЕМ.
ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕ ДОЛЖНЫ ВЫПОЛНЯТЬ КВАЛИФИЦИРОВАННЫЕ СПЕЦИАЛИ-
СТЫ СЕРВИСНОЙ СЛУЖБЫ.

Этот символ предупреждает пользователя о неизолированных компонентах под высоким


напряжением, которое может вызвать поражение электрическим током. Поэтому любое
прикосновение к деталям внутри прибора представляет опасность.
Этот символ информирует пользователя о наличии важной информации по эксплуата-
ции и техническому обслуживанию данного прибора.
Во избежание проблем следует внимательно ознакомиться с этой информацией.

ВНИМАНИЕ! ВО ИЗБЕЖАНИЕ ВОЗГОРАНИЯ И ПОРАЖЕНИЯ ЭЛЕКТРИЧЕСКИМ ТОКОМ ЗА-


ПРЕЩАЕТСЯ ПОДВЕРГАТЬ ДАННЫЙ ПРИБОР ВОЗДЕЙСТВИЮ ДОЖДЯ ИЛИ ВЛАГИ. ТАКЖЕ
ЗАПРЕЩАЕТСЯ ПОДСОЕДИНЯТЬ ШТЕПСЕЛЬНУЮ ВИЛКУ ДАННОГО ПРИБОРА К УДЛИНИ-
ТЕЛЯМ И ДРУГИМ РОЗЕТКАМ, ЕСЛИ КОНТАКТЫ ВИЛКИ ВХОДЯТ В РОЗЕТКУ НЕ ПОЛНО-
СТЬЮ.

Утилизация отработавшего изделия


Согласно законодательству ЕС (действующее в каждой из стран-участниц), отработавшие
электрические и электронные изделия с показанной слева маркировкой подлежат утилиза-
ции отдельно от обычных бытовых отходов. Это относится к проекторам, их электрическим
принадлежностям и лампам. При утилизации таких изделий необходимо выполнять требо-
вания местных органов власти или обратиться в магазин, где было приобретено изделие.
После утилизации отработанных изделий они будут переработаны и использованы по-
вторно. Это позволит сократить количество отходов, а также свести к минимуму вредное
влияние на здоровье человека и окружающую среду таких веществ, как ртуть, содержа-
щихся в лампе. Данная маркировка на электрических и электронных изделиях действует
только в странах, входящих в настоящий момент в Европейский союз.

Русский ... 1
Важная информация

Радиочастотные помехи (только для США)


ВНИМАНИЕ!
Федеральная комиссия по связи США (FCC) запрещает вносить какие-либо модификации или измене-
ния в данный прибор ЗА ИСКЛЮЧЕНИЕМ указанных компанией NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc.
в настоящем руководстве. Невыполнение данного правительственного требования может привести к
аннулированию права на эксплуатацию данного прибора. Данный прибор прошел испытания и признан
соответствующим ограничениям для цифровых приборов Класса B согласно Части 15 правил Федеральной
комиссии по связи США (FCC). Целью этих ограничений является обеспечение приемлемой защиты от
помех при установке оборудования в жилых помещениях. Данный прибор генерирует, использует и может
распространять радиочастотную энергию и при нарушении инструкции по установке или эксплуатации
может создавать помехи для радиосвязи. Однако даже при соблюдении всех инструкций по монтажу нельзя
гарантировать, что в некоторых случаях не возникнут помехи.
Если данный прибор создает помехи для приема телевизионных или радиосигналов, что можно прове-
рить, выключив и включив данный прибор, пользователю рекомендуется попытаться устранить помехи с
помощью следующих мер:
• Изменить ориентацию или местоположение приемной антенны;
• Увеличить расстояние между приемником и данным прибором;
• Подключить данный прибор и приемник к розеткам в различных цепях;
• Обратиться за помощью к продавцу данного прибора или опытному специалисту по телевизионной и
радиотехнике.
Только для Великобритании: В Великобритании с данным прибором следует использовать утвержденный BS ка-
бель питания, оснащенный литой вилкой с установленным черным предохранителем (5 А). Если кабель питания
не входит в комплект поставки данного прибора, следует обратиться к его поставщику.

Важные правила техники безопасности


Соблюдение данных правил техники безопасности позволит продлить срок службы проектора и предотвра-
тить возгорание и поражение электрическим током. Прочтите внимательно данные инструкции и соблюдай-
те требования всех предупреждений.

Монтаж
• Не следует устанавливать проектор в следующих местах:
- на неустойчивую тележку, подставку или стол;
- рядом с водой, ванной, а также во влажных помещениях;
- в местах воздействия прямых солнечных лучей, а также вблизи нагревательных приборов;
- в пыльных, задымленных местах, а также в местах образования пара;
- на листе бумаги, скатерти, пледе, ковре, а также каких-либо предметах, которые могут быть повреждены
или изменить свои свойства под воздействием высокой температуры.
• В случае монтажа проектора на потолке следует соблюдать перечисленные ниже требования.
- Запрещается самостоятельно осуществлять монтаж проектора.
- Для обеспечения должной работы и снижения риска причинения вреда здоровью людей монтаж про-
ектора должны осуществлять квалифицированные специалисты.
- Кроме того, потолок должен быть достаточно прочным, чтобы выдержать вес проектора, и монтаж не-
обходимо выполнять с соблюдением местных строительных норм.
- За дополнительной информацией обращайтесь к продавцу данного прибора.

ВНИМАНИЕ! • Запрещается закрывать объектив включенного проектора какими-


либо иными предметами, кроме крышки объектива. Любой другой
предмет может сильно нагреться и вызвать возгорание или повреж-
дение проектора в результате выделения тепла под воздействием
светового излучения.
• Запрещается помещать перед объективом проектора какие-либо
предметы, легко изменяющие свои свойства под воздействием тепла.
Это может привести к расплавлению предмета под воздействием
тепла, создаваемого световым излучением.
Все операции по техническому обслуживанию должны выполняться строго в соответствии с инструкция-
ми, которые содержатся в Руководстве пользователя на компакт-диске в комплекте с проектором.
Русский ... 2
Важная информация

Установка проектора в горизонтальном положении


Угол наклона проектора не должен превышать 5 градусов, кроме того, проектор не допускается устанавливать как-
либо иначе, кроме как на столе или на потолке, в противном случае срок службы лампы значительно сократится.

Меры предосторожности во избежание возгорания и поражения электрическим током


• Во избежание скопления горячего воздуха внутри проектора необходимо обеспечить достаточную венти-
ляцию и не допускается закрывать вентиляционные отверстия. Необходимо оставить как минимум 10 см (4
дюйма) свободного пространства между проектором и стеной.
• Запрещается прикасаться к вентиляционному отверстию, так как эта область нагревается во время работы
проектора и не остывает сразу после его выключения.

• Нельзя допускать попадания внутрь проектора посторонних предметов, таких как канцелярские скрепки и об-
рывки бумаги. Запрещается пытаться извлечь какие-либо предметы, упавшие в проектор. Запрещается вставлять
в проектор металлические предметы, например проволоку или отвертку. В случае попадания в проектор какого-
либо предмета необходимо незамедлительно отключить проектор от сети и пригласить квалифицированного
специалиста сервисной службы для извлечения постороннего предмета.
• Запрещается помещать на проектор другие предметы.
• Запрещается прикасаться к штепсельной вилке во время грозы. Это может стать причиной поражения
электрическим током.
• Проектор предназначен для работы от сети напряжением 100–240 В переменного тока с частотой 50/60 Гц. Перед экс-
плуатацией проектора необходимо убедиться, что источник питания соответствует этим требованиям.
• Не следует смотреть на объектив во время работы проектора. Это может привести к серьезному поврежде-
нию глаз.

• Необходимо убрать с пути луча проектора любые предметы (например увеличительное стекло и т.п.).
Проекционная лампа светится очень ярко, поэтому любой посторонний предмет, который может отражать
свет, излучаемый лампой, может привести к непредсказуемым результатам, например возгоранию или
повреждению глаз.
• На пути света между источником света и лампой не должны находиться какие-либо предметы. Такие пред-
меты могут воспламениться.
• Запрещается помещать перед лампой или выпускным вентиляционным отверстием проектора какие-либо
предметы, легко изменяющие свои свойства под воздействием тепла.
Это может привести к плавлению такого предмета или ожогу рук от воздействия тепла, выделяемого лам-
пой и вследствие вентиляции.
• При обращении с кабелем питания необходимо соблюдать осторожность. Поврежденный или изношен-
ный кабель питания может стать причиной поражения электрическим током или возгорания.
- Запрещается использовать какие-либо другие кабели питания кроме входящего в комплект поставки
данного прибора.
- Не следует сгибать или тянуть кабель питания с излишней силой.
- Запрещается ставить на кабель питания проектор или какие-либо другие тяжелые предметы.
- Запрещается накрывать кабель питания какими-либо мягкими материалами, например пледом.
- Запрещается нагревать кабель питания.
- Запрещается прикасаться к штепсельной вилке мокрыми руками.
• В перечисленных ниже случаях следует выключить проектор, отсоединить кабель питания от электриче-
ской розетки и вызвать квалифицированного специалиста сервисной службы.

Русский ... 3
Важная информация

- Повреждение или износ кабеля питания или штепсельной вилки.


- Имело место воздействие на проектор дождя или влаги.
- Проектор не работает надлежащим образом, несмотря на выполнение всех инструкций в настоящем
Руководстве пользователя.
- Проектор упал, или поврежден его корпус.
- Наблюдаются очевидные изменения в работе проектора (это свидетельствует о необходимости техниче-
ского обслуживания).
• Перед переноской проектора необходимо отсоединять от него кабель питания и все остальные кабели.
• Перед очисткой корпуса и заменой лампы необходимо выключать проектор и отсоединять кабель питания
от электрической розетки.
• Если проектор не предполагается использовать в течение длительного времени, следует выключить про-
ектор и отсоединить кабель питания от электрической розетки.
• При использовании кабеля ЛВС:
в целях безопасности не подсоединяйте кабель к разъему периферийных устройств, на который может по-
ступать избыточное напряжение.

Меры предосторожности при обращении с пультом дистанционного управления (ДУ)


• При обращении с пультом ДУ следует соблюдать осторожность.
• Если на пульт ДУ попала влага, его необходимо незамедлительно протереть досуха.
• Не следует допускать воздействия на пульт ДУ повышенной температуры или влажности.
• Запрещается разбирать, замыкать накоротко, а также нагревать батареи.
• Запрещается подвергать батареи воздействию пламени.
• Если пульт ДУ не предполагается использовать в течение длительного времени, следует извлечь из него батареи.
• Необходимо соблюдать полярность (+ и –) батарей при их установке.
• Не допускается устанавливать одновременно новые и старые батареи, а также батареи различных типов.
• Отработавшие батареи необходимо утилизировать в соответствии с местными правилами.

Замена лампы
• Для обеспечения оптимальной и безопасной работы проектора необходимо использовать рекомендуе-
мую лампу.
• Для замены лампы следуйте инструкциям на стр. 9-10 данного руководства или стр. 84-85 Руководства
пользователя.
• При отображении сообщения [ИСТЕК СРОК ЛАМПЫ] необходимо заменить лампу. В случае использования
лампы после окончания срока ее службы лампа может разрушиться, и осколки стекла могут рассыпаться в от-
секе лампы. Не прикасайтесь к осколкам стекла, так как это может привести к порезам.
В этом случае для замены лампы обращайтесь в магазин, где был приобретен проектор.

Характеристики лампы
В качестве источника света данный проектор оснащен газоразрядной лампой специального назначения.
Вследствие характеристик лампы ее яркость постепенно снижается по мере эксплуатации. Кроме того,
неоднократное включение и выключение лампы может увеличить вероятность снижения яркости лампы.
Фактический срок службы лампы зависит от характеристик конкретной лампы, условий окружающей
среды и использования.

ОСТОРОЖНО!
• ЗАПРЕЩАЕТСЯ КАСАТЬСЯ ЛАМПЫ непосредственно после ее использования. Лампа сильно нагре-
вается. Необходимо выключить проектор и отсоединить кабель питания. Перед тем как прикасаться к
лампе, необходимо дать ей остыть как минимум в течение часа.
• Перед извлечением лампы из проектора, закрепленного на потолке, необходимо удостовериться, что
под ним никого нет. Если лампа перегорела, из нее могут падать осколки стекла.

Русский ... 4
Важная информация

Меры предосторожности при просмотре 3D-изображений во избежание причинения


вреда здоровью
• Перед просмотром изображений прочтите информацию о мерах предосторожности во избежание
причинения вреда здоровью, которая может быть представлена в руководствах пользователя затворных
ЖК-очков, а также может сопровождать 3D-материалы, такие как DVD-диски, видеоигры, компьютерные
видеоигры и т.п.
Во избежание неблагоприятных симптомов следуйте приведенным ниже рекомендациям.
- Не используйте затворные ЖК-очки для просмотра каких-либо иных материалов, кроме
3D-изображений.
- Расстояние между экраном и зрителем должно составлять не менее 2 м (7 футов). Просмотр
3D-изображений со слишком близкого расстояния может вызвать переутомление глаз.
- Избегайте просмотра 3D-изображений в течение длительного периода времени. После каждого часа
просмотра делайте перерыв как минимум на 15 минут.
- Если вы (или кто-либо из ваших родственников) страдаете приступами фоточувствительной эпилеп-
сии, перед просмотром 3D-изображений проконсультируйтесь с врачом.
- Прекратите просмотр, если во время просмотра 3D-изображений вы плохо себя почувствовали:
ощутили тошноту, головокружение, недомогание, головную боль, переутомление глаз, туман в глазах,
судороги или онемение. Если симптомы не проходят, проконсультируйтесь с врачом.

Режим большой высоты над уровнем моря


• При использовании проектора на высоте над уровнем моря 760 м (2500 футов) или выше выберите для
параметра [РЕЖИМ ВЕНТИЛЯТОРА] значение [БОЛЬШАЯ ВЫСОТА].
• Использование проектора на высоте над уровнем моря приблизительно 760 м (2500 футов) или выше без
установки режима [БОЛЬШАЯ ВЫСОТА] может вызвать перегрев и отключение проектора. Если это про-
изошло, подождите несколько минут и включите проектор.
• Использование проектора на высоте над уровнем моря менее 760 м (2500 футов) при установленном режиме
[БОЛЬШАЯ ВЫСОТА] может привести к переохлаждению лампы, что в свою очередь вызовет мерцание
изображения. В таком случае выберите для параметра [РЕЖИМ ВЕНТИЛЯТОРА] значение АВТО.
• Использование проектора на высоте над уровнем моря приблизительно 760 м (2500 футов) или выше
может сократить срок службы оптических компонентов, например лампы.

Сведения об авторских правах на оригинальные проецируемые изображения


Помните, что использование данного проектора в коммерческих целях или для привлечения внимания публики в таких
местах, как кафе или отель, а также уменьшение и увеличение изображения на экране при помощи перечисленных
ниже функций могут повлечь риск нарушения законодательства об авторских правах. [К таким функциям относятся:
[ФОРМАТ КАДРА], [ТРАПЕЦЕИДАЛЬНОЕ ИСКАЖЕНИЕ], увеличение и другие подобные функции.

ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: функции управления питанием


Данный проектор оснащен функциями управления питанием.
Для снижения потребляемой мощности на заводе изготовителе функции управления питанием (1 и 2)
настроены указанным ниже образом. Для управления проектором посредством ЛВС или подключения
последовательного кабеля при помощи экранного меню измените настройки функций 1 и 2.

1. ЖДУЩИЙ РЕЖИМ, стандартная настройка: СТАНДАРТ


Для управления проектором с внешнего устройства установите значение [ОЖИДАНИЕ СЕТИ] для пара-
метра [ЖДУЩИЙ РЕЖИМ].
Когда для параметра [ЖДУЩИЙ РЕЖИМ] выбрано значение [СТАНДАРТ], будут неактивны следующие
разъемы и функции:
- Разъем УПРАВЛЕНИЕ ПК, разъем ВЫХОД МОНИТОРА, разъем ВЫХОД АУДИО, функции ЛВС, функ-
ция "Оповещение по электронной почте".

2. АВТОВЫКЛ. (MIN), заводская настройка: 60 минут


Для управления проектором с внешнего устройства выберите значение [0] для параметра
[АВТОВЫКЛ. (MIN)].
Если для параметра [АВТОВЫКЛ. (MIN)] выбрано значение [30], можно настроить проектор на автомати-
ческое выключение через 30 минут при отсутствии сигнала на каких-либо входах или бездействии.

Русский ... 5
Важная информация

Меры предосторожности

Соблюдайте все предупреждения, меры
предосторожности и правила технического обслуживания
согласно рекомендациям в настоящем руководстве
пользователя, чтобы максимально продлить срок службы
данного прибора.
■ Внимание! Данный проектор самостоятельно опреде-
ляет срок службы лампы. При отображении
сообщений с предупреждениями необходимо
заменить лампу.
■ Внимание! После замены блока лампы сбросьте
функцию “СБРОС СЧЕТЧИКА ЛАМПЫ”
в экранном меню “ОПЦИИ
|НАСТРОЙКИ ЛАМПЫ”. см. стр. 73 Руко-
водства пользователя.
■ Внимание! При выключении проектора перед отклю-
чением питания необходимо дожидаться
завершения цикла охлаждения.
■ Внимание! Сначала следует включать проектор, а затем –
источник сигнала.
■ Внимание! Когда срок службы лампы закончится, она
перегорит и может издать громкий хлопок.
В этом случае проектор невозможно будет
включить до тех пор, пока не будет заменен
блок лампы. Для замены лампы выполните
процедуры, приведенные в разделе "Замена
лампы".
Данный прибор не предназначен для использования в
непосредственном поле видимости на рабочих местах с
видеодисплеями. Во избежание некомфортных бликов
на видеодисплеях на рабочих местах данный прибор не
допускается устанавливать в прямом поле видимости.

Экраны с высоким коэффициентом усиления не являют-


ся оптимальным решением для данного проектора. Чем
ниже коэффициент усиления экрана (например: поряд-
ка 1), тем качественнее будет выглядеть проецируемое
изображение.

Русский ... 6
Важная информация

Рекомендации

 ыключайте данный прибор перед очисткой.


■ В
■ Для очистки корпуса данного прибора используйте мягкую
ткань, смоченную слабым чистящим средством.
■ Отсоединяйте штепсельную вилку от электрической розет-
ки, если данный прибор не используется длительное время.
■ В случае загрязнения объектива для его очистки используй-
те имеющиеся в продаже салфетки для объективов.

Запрещается

■ Запрещается использовать для очистки данного прибора


абразивные чистящие средства, парафины и растворители.
■ Не допускается:
- Подвергать данный прибор воздействию высоких и низ-
ких температур или влажности;
- Эксплуатировать данный прибор в местах с повышенным
содержанием пыли или грязи;
- Подвергать данный прибор воздействию прямых солнеч-
ных лучей;
- Вне помещений.
- Перемещать проектор, удерживая его за крышку кабелей;
- Тянуть за проектор, установленный на потолке или на
стене;
- Оказывать чрезмерное давление на объектив;
- Оставлять отпечатки пальцев на объективе.
- Закрывайте проектор на замок Security Lock Hunger
■ Установка и хранение в следующих условиях:
- При наличии мощных магнитных полей.
- При наличии в атмосфере корродирующих газов.

Русский ... 7
Важная информация

Комплект поставки
Данный проектор поставляется в комплекте, показанном
ниже. Проверьте целостность комплекта приобретенного
прибора. Если какие-либо предметы отсутствуют,
незамедлительно свяжитесь с продавцом данного прибора.

Проектор Крышка объектива Пульт ДУ Батареи типоразмера


(79TCB121) (Артикул: 7N901052) AAA, 2 шт.

Кабель питания,
1 шт.
ЕС (Артикул: Компьютерный кабель (VGA)
США (Артикул: 79TC5021)
79TC5031) (Артикул: 7N520087)

Метка безопасности
 Так как в
различных странах Документация
данный прибор
может применяться 
 
Компакт-диск для проектора NEC 
Важная информация
(артикул: 7M952171) (для Северной Америки:
в различных целях, 7N8N5811) (Для других
принадлежности 

Краткое руководство
стран кроме Северной Аме-
в разных регионах (артикул: 7N8N5831)
рики: 7N8N5811 и 7N8N5821)
могут отличаться.
Для Северной Америки

Ограниченная гарантия

Для Европы

Политика
 гарантийного обслуживания
Информация для клиентов в Европе: ознакомиться с нашей теку-
щей действующей политикой гарантийного обслуживания можно
на нашем веб-сайте по адресу: www.nec-display-solutions.com.

Русский ... 8
Важная информация

Замена лампы
Сменная лампа
NP35LP (только для моделей NP-V332X / NP-V332W /
NP-V302H)
NP36LP (только для моделей NP-V302X / NP-V302W)
Момент замены лампы зависит от модели проектора.
Проекторы NP-V302X и NP-V302W определят срок службы
лампы 4500 часов при выключенном экономичном режиме
(6000 часов в экономичном режиме). Проекторы NP-V332X,
NP-V332W и NP-V302H – 3500 часов при выключенном
Внимание! Во избе- экономичном режиме (6000 часов в экономичном режиме).
жание ожогов перед Если индикатор "POWER" мигает красным цветом и на
заменой лампы экране отображается показанное ниже сообщение, значит
дайте проектору
проектор определил, что заканчивается срок службы
остыть в течение
как минимум 60 лампы см. стр. 72-73. Руководства пользователя. Появится
минут. предупреждающее сообщение:
ВНИМАНИЕ! ЛАМПА

ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ ЛАМПЫ
ИСТЕКАЕТ КРАЙНИЙ СРОК СЛУЖБЫ ЛАМПЫ.ЛАМПА ОТКЛЮЧАЕТСЯ!

ВНИМАНИЕ! ЛАМПА

ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ ЛАМПЫ
ИСТЕК СРОК ЛАМПЫ

Если отображается такое сообщение, замените лампу как


можно скорее. Перед заменой лампы необходимо дать
проектору остыть в течение как минимум 60 минут.

Русский ... 9
Важная информация

Внимание! Во избежа-
ние причинения вреда 2
здоровью не допускайте
падения блока лампы и
не прикасайтесь к колбе 1
лампы. При падении 3
колба может разбиться и
причинить вред здоровью. 4

Не допускайте разбития
стекла блока лампы. 5
Не оставляйте отпечат-
ки пальцев на поверхно-
сти стекла блока лампы. 6
Отпечатки пальцев на
поверхности стекла
могут привести к ото-
бражению нежелатель-
ных теней и плохому
качеству изображения.

После замены блока


лампы необходимо
хорошо затянуть все
винты.

Процедура замены лампы:


1. Выключите проектор нажатием кнопки ВЫКЛЮЧИТЬ на пульте ДУ или
кнопки на панели управления.
2. Подождите как минимум 60 минут, чтобы дать проектору остыть.
3. Отсоедините кабель питания.
4. При помощи отвертки отвинтите винт на модуле лампы. 
5. Сдвиньте и снимите крышку. 
6. Ослабьте винт в блоке лампы. 
7. Приподнимите ручку. x
8. Захватите корпус разъема в положениях, помеченных стрелками, и вытяни-
те корпус вверх, чтобы снять разъем. y
9. Извлеките блок лампы. z
10. Установите новый блок лампы, выполнив перечисленные выше действия в
обратном порядке.
11. После замены лампы включите питание, нажмите кнопку [MENU] -> ОПЦИИ
|НАСТРОЙКИ ЛАМПЫ -> СБРОС СЧЕТЧИКА ЛАМПЫ для
сброса счетчика времени работы лампы. см. стр. 73 Руководства пользователя.

Русский ... 10
중요 정보
안전 주의사항
주의사항
NEC 프로젝터를 사용하기 전에 본 설명서를 자세히 읽고 나중에 참조할 수 있도록 가까운 곳에 보관하십시오.

주의사항
주 전원을 끄려면 반드시 콘센트에서 플러그를 뽑으십시오.
콘센트 소켓은 가능한 한 장치와 가까운 곳에 설치해야 하며 접근이 용이해야 합니다.

주의사항
감전을 막으려면 캐비닛을 열지 마십시오.
캐비닛 내부에는 고전압 부품이 들어 있습니다.
전문 기술자에게 정비를 의뢰하십시오.

이 기호는 장치 내부의 절연되지 않은 전압으로 인해 감전의 위험이 있다는 경고입니다. 따라서 장


치 내부의 어떤 부품이라도 만지면 위험합니다.

이 기호는 본 장치 작동과 유지보수에 관한 중요 정보가 제공되었음을 알리는 표시입니다.


이 정보를 숙지해야 문제 발생을 막을 수 있습니다.

캘리포니아 주 사용자에 대한 경고:


본 제품과 함께 제공되는 케이블을 조작할 때 납 성분에 노출될 위험이 있으며, 이 화학 성분은 캘리포니아 주
에서 선천성 결함이나 생식 기관에 유해한 것으로 알려져 있습니다. 조작을 완료한 후 손을 씻으십시오.

사용한 제품 폐기
EU 전역에 해당되는 규제를 따르면 각 회원 국가는 마크가 부착된(왼쪽) 전기 제품이나 전자 제품
을 폐기할 때 가정용 쓰레기와 분리해서 폐기해야 합니다. 이 항목에는 프로젝터와 해당 제품의 전
기 액세서리 및 램프가 포함됩니다. 이러한 제품을 폐기할 때 해당 지역의 법규를 준수하거나 제품
을 구입한 대리점에 문의하십시오.
완전히 사용한 제품은 수집해서 적절한 방식으로 재사용되거나 재활용됩니다. 이런 방법을 통해 쓰
레기를 줄일 수 있을 뿐 아니라 램프에 들어 있는 수은 등의 내용물이 건강이나 환경에 미치는 부정
적인 영향을 최소화할 수 있습니다. 전기 제품이나 전자 제품에 표시된 마크는 현 EU 회원국에게만
적용됩니다.

한국어 ... 1
중요 정보

무선 주파수 간섭(미국만 해당)


경고
연방 통신 위원회는 NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc.가 지정한 경우를 제외하고 어떠한 변경이나 개
조를 허용하지 않습니다. 이 정부 법규를 준수하지 않을 경우 본 장비의 작동 권한을 상실할 수 있습니다. 본
장치는 테스트를 거친 결과 FCC 규정의 파트 15에 의거하여 B 클래스 디지털 장치의 제한사항을 준수해야 하
는 것으로 나타났습니다. 이와 같은 제한사항은 주택에 설치 시 유해한 혼신으로부터 보호하는 것이 그 목적
입니다. 본 장치는 무선 주파수 에너지를 생성하고 사용하며 방출합니다. 지침에 따라 설치하고 사용하지 않
을 경우 무선 통신에 유해한 혼신이 발생할 수 있습니다. 하지만 특정한 설치에서 혼신이 발생하지 않는다는
보장은 없습니다.
본 장치가 라디오나 텔레비전 수신에 유해 혼신을 일으킬 경우 장치를 껐다가 켜면 되며, 다음 방법 중 한 가
지로 문제를 해결할 수 있습니다:

• 수신 안테나의 방향과 위치를 바꿉니다.


• 장치와 수신기 사이의 간격을 늘립니다.
• 장치를 수신기가 연결되어 있는 회로와 다른 회로의 콘센트에 연결합니다.
• 대리점이나 라디오/TV 전문 기술자에게 문의합니다.

영국만 해당: 영국의 경우, 몰드 플러그가 달린 BS 승인 전기 코드에 본 장비 사용을 위해 설치되어 있는 검정색


퓨즈(5 암페어)가 있습니다. 본 장치와 함께 전기 코드가 제공되지 않은 경우 대리점에 문의하십시오.

중요 안전 지침
본 안전 지침은 프로젝터의 긴 수명을 보장해주고 화재나 감전을 막아줍니다. 본 지침을 자세하게 읽고 모든 경
고 사항에 유의하십시오.

설치
• 프로젝터를 다음 장소에 놓지 마십시오:
- 불안정한 카트, 스탠드 또는 테이블 위.
- 물이나 욕실 근처 또는 습한 방.
- 직사광선, 히터 또는 발열 기기 근처.
- 먼지, 연기 또는 증기가 있는 환경.
- 종이, 옷, 러그, 카페트 위 또는 열에 약하거나 열로 손상되는 물체 위.
• 프로젝터를 천장에 설치할 경우:
- 프로젝터를 직접 설치하려고 하지 마십시오.
- 기기가 올바르게 작동되도록 하고 부상의 위험을 피하려면 전문 기술자가 설치해야 합니다.
- 이때 천장은 프로젝터를 지탱할 만큼 튼튼해야 하며 해당 지역 건축 법규에 따라 설치해야 합니다.
- 자세한 내용은 해당 지역 대리점에 문의하십시오.

경고 • 프로젝터가 켜져 있는 동안 프로젝터의 렌즈 커버 외의 물체로 렌즈를


덮지 마십시오. 그럴 경우 광 출력부로부터 방출되는 열로 인해 물체
가 과열되어 화재가 나거나 기기가 손상될 수 있습니다.
• 열에 약한 물건을 프로젝터 렌즈 전면에 놓지 마십시오. 그럴 경우 광
출력부에서 방출되는 열로 인해 물체가 녹을 수 있습니다.

모든 유지보수 작업과 관련된 내용은 프로젝터와 함께 제공된 CD-ROM에 들어 있는 사용 설명서를


참조하여 모든 지시사항을 정확히 따르십시오.

한국어 ... 2
중요 정보

프로젝터를 수평으로 설치할 경우


프로젝터의 기울기가 5도를 초과하면 안 되며 데스크톱이나 천장이 아닌 위치에 설치하면 안 됩니다. 그럴 경우
램프의 수명이 현저히 줄어듭니다.

화재 및 감전 주의사항
• 프로젝터 내부가 과열되는 것을 방지하려면 환기를 충분히 하고 환기구가 막히지 않도록 해야 합니다. 프로젝
터와 벽 사이에 적어도 4인치(10cm)의 간격을 두어야 합니다.
• 프로젝터가 켜져 있는 동안이나 프로젝터를 끈 직후에는 환기 배출구가 뜨거우므로 손을 대지 마십시오.

• 클립이나 종이 조각과 같은 이물질이 프로젝터 안에 끼지 않도록 주의하십시오. 프로젝터 안에 들어간 이물질


을 꺼내려고 하지 마십시오. 철사나 스크루드라이버와 같은 금속 물질이 프로젝터 안에 들어가지 않도록 주
의하십시오. 이물질이 프로젝터 안에 들어간 경우 즉시 전원을 뽑고 전문 기술자에게 이물질 제거를 의뢰하
십시오.
• 프로젝터 위에 물건을 올려 놓지 마십시오.
• 번개가 칠 때 전원 플러그를 만지지 마십시오. 그러면 감전이나 화재가 발생할 수 있습니다.
• 본 프로젝터는 100-240V AC 50/60 Hz 전원으로 작동하도록 설계되었습니다. 프로젝터를 사용하기 전에 사
용자의 전원이 이 요구사항에 부합하는지 확인하십시오.
• 프로젝터가 켜져 있는 동안 렌즈를 들여다보지 마십시오. 심각한 눈 손상이 발생할 수 있습니다.

• 물건(확대경 등)을 프로젝터의 광 경로에서 치우십시오. 램프에서 투사되고 있는 광 경로는 광대하기 때문에
비정상적인 물체가 램프에서 나오는 빛의 방향을 바꿀 수 있으며, 화재나 눈 부상과 같은 예측할 수 없는 결과
를 불러올 수도 있습니다.
• 광원과 램프 사이의 광 경로를 물체로 막지 마십시오. 그럴 경우 물체에 불이 붙을 수 있습니다.
• 열에 약한 물건을 프로젝터 램프나 프로젝터의 배기구 전면에 놓지 마십시오.
그럴 경우 물건이 녹거나 광 출력부나 배기구에서 방출되는 열로 인해 손에 화상을 입을 수 있습니다.
• 전기 코드를 주의해서 다루십시오. 손상되거나 뜯어진 전기 코드는 감전이나 화재의 원인이 됩니다.
- 제공된 전기 코드만 사용하십시오.
- 전기 코드를 구부리거나 세게 잡아당기지 마십시오.
- 전기 코드를 프로젝터나 무거운 물건 밑에 두지 마십시오.
- 전기 코드를 러그와 같은 부드러운 재질로 덮어두지 마십시오.
- 전기 코드에 열을 가하지 마십시오.
- 전기 코드를 젖은 손으로 다루지 마십시오.
• 다음 증상이 나타날 경우 프로젝터의 전원을 끄고 전기 코드를 뽑은 다음 전문 기술자에게 프로젝터 수리를
의뢰하십시오:
- 전기 코드나 플러그가 손상되거나 해진 경우.
- 액체가 프로젝터로 흘러 들어가거나 프로젝터가 비나 물에 젖은 경우.
- 본 사용설명서의 지침을 준수했음에도 프로젝터가 정상적으로 작동하지 않을 경우.
- 프로젝터를 떨어뜨렸거나 캐비닛이 손상된 경우.
- 프로젝터의 성능이 현저히 떨어진 경우.

한국어 ... 3
중요 정보

• 프로젝터를 옮기기 전에 전기 코드나 기타 다른 케이블을 뽑습니다.


• 캐비닛을 청소하거나 램프를 교체하기 전에 프로젝터의 전원을 끄고 전기 코드를 뽑습니다.
• 프로젝터를 장기간 사용하지 않을 경우 프로젝터의 전원을 끄고 전기 코드를 뽑습니다.
• LAN 케이블을 사용할 경우:
안전을 위해 과다한 전압이 흐를 수도 있는 주변장치 배선용 커넥터에 연결하지 마십시오.

리모컨 사용 시 주의사항
• 리모컨을 조심해서 다룹니다.
• 리모컨이 젖을 경우 즉시 말립니다.
• 지나치게 뜨겁거나 습한 환경을 피합니다.
• 배터리를 빼거나 과열시키거나 분해하지 않습니다.
• 배터리를 불 속에 던지지 않습니다.
• 리모컨을 장기간 사용하지 않을 경우 배터리를 빼놓습니다.
• 배터리 극성(+/–)이 맞게 정렬되었는지 확인합니다.
• 새 배터리와 기존 배터리를 함께 사용하거나 다음 타입의 배터리를 함께 사용하지 않습니다.
• 다 쓴 배터리는 해당 지역 법규에 따라 폐기합니다.

램프 교체
• 안전과 성능 보장을 위해 지정된 램프를 사용합니다.
• 램프를 교체하려면 이 설명서의 9-10 페이지 또는 사용 설명서의 84-85 페이지에 있는 모든 지시 사항을 따
라 교체하십시오.
• [램프수명초과] 메시지가 표시되면 램프를 교체해야 합니다. 램프의 수명이 다 된 이후에도 여전히 램프를
사용하면 전구가 깨져서 유리 파편이 램프 갓 안으로 흩어집니다. 부상 위험이 있으므로 유리 파편을 만지
지 마십시오.
이 경우 대리점에 램프 교체 방법을 문의하십시오.

램프의 특징
프로젝터에는 특수 목적용 방전 램프가 광원으로 사용됩니다.
램프는 수명이 줄어들수록 밝기가 점차 줄어드는 특징이 있습니다. 램프를 자주 켜거나 끄면 밝기가 약해질
수 있습니다. 실제 램프 수명은 개별적인 램프, 환경 조건 및 사용량에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다.

주의사항:
• 사용 직후에는 램프를 만지지 마십시오. 램프가 매우 뜨거운 상태입니다. 프로젝터를 끈 다음 전기 코드를
뽑으십시오. 램프를 다루기 전에 적어도 한 시간 동안 램프를 식혀야 합니다.
• 천장에 장착된 프로젝터에서 램프를 뺄 때 프로젝터 밑에 사람이 있는지 확인하십시오. 램프가 터질 경우
유리 파편이 튈 수 있습니다.

한국어 ... 4
중요 정보

3D로 이미지를 보는 사용자를 위한 건강 주의사항


• 이미지를 보기 전에 LCD 셔터 안경이나 DVD, 비디오 게임, 컴퓨터 비디오 파일 등과 같은 3D 호환
컨텐츠와 함께 제공되는 사용설명서의 건강 주의사항을 반드시 읽어 보십시오.
부작용 발생을 피하려면 다음 사항을 준수하십시오:
- 3D 이미지를 볼 때 이외에는 LCD 셔터 안경을 사용하지 마십시오.
- 화면과 사용자 간 간격을 2m/7피트 이상 띄우십시오. 3D 영상을 너무 가까이에서 보면 눈에 무리가 갈 수
있습니다.
- 3D 영상을 장시간 시청하지 마십시오. 매 시간마다 15분씩 휴식을 취하십시오.
- 사용자가 사용자 가족 구성원 중에 광선 과민 증상이 있을 경우 3D 영상물을 보기 전에 의사와 상담하십
시오.
- 3D 영상을 보는 동안 메스꺼움, 어지럼증, 두통, 눈의 피로, 시야가 흐려짐, 경련, 마비 등의 증상이
나타나면 시청을 중단하십시오. 증상이 계속 나타날 경우 병원을 방문하십시오.

고도 모드
• 프로젝터를 대략 2,500피트/760미터 이상의 고도에서 사용할 경우 [팬 모드]를 [고고도]로 설정합니다.
• 약 2,500피트/760미터 이상의 고도에서 [고고도]로 설정하지 않고 사용하면 프로젝터가 과열되어 프로젝터
가 셧다운될 수 있습니다. 이러한 경우 몇 분 동안 기다렸다가 프로젝터의 전원을 켜십시오.
• 약 2,500피트/760미터 이하의 고도에서 사용할 때 [고고도]로 설정하면 램프가 지나치게 식어서 이미지가
흔들려 보일 수 있습니다. [팬 모드] 에서 [자동]으로 전환하십시오.
• 약 2,500피트/760미터의 고도 또는 그 이상에서 사용할 경우 램프와 같은 광학 부품의 수명이 단축될 수
있습니다.

투사된 오리지널 사진의 저작권:


본 프로젝터를 상업적 이익을 얻는 데 사용하거나 커피숍이나 호텔 등의 장소에서 사람들의 이목을 집중시키기
위해 사용할 경우, 또는 다음 기능을 이용해서 화면 이미지를 압축하거나 확대할 경우 저작권법의 보호를 받는
저작권 침해 논란의 소지가 될 수 있습니다. [화면비율], [키스톤], 기능 및 기타 유사 기능 확대.

[참조] 전원 관리 기능
본 프로젝터에는 전원 관리 기능이 있습니다.
전력 소비를 줄이기 위해 전원 관리 기능(1과 2)은 다음 방법으로 처음부터 설정되어 있습니다. LAN이나 시
리얼 케이블 연결로 프로젝터를 제어하려면 온스크린 메뉴에서 기능 1과 2의 설정을 변경하십시오.

1. 대기 모드 (사전 설정: 정상)


부 장치로부터 프로젝터를 제어할 경우, [대기 모드]를 [네트워크대기]로 설정합니다.
[정상]이 [대기 모드]로 선택되면 다음 커넥터와 기능이 작동하지 않습니다:
- PC CONTROL 커넥터, MONITOR OUT 커넥터, AUDIO OUT 커넥터, LAN 기능, 메일 경보 기능

2. 자동전원끄기 (분) (기본 설정값: 60분)


외부 장치로부터 프로젝터를 제어할 경우, [자동전원끄기 (분)]를 [0]로 설정합니다.
-[자동전원끄기 (분)]를 [30]으로 설정하면 신호를 수신하거나 특별히 작동하지 않아도 30분 이내에 프로젝터
가 자동으로 꺼집니다.

한국어 ... 5
중요 정보

주의사항

기기의 수명을 최대한 연장하려면 본 사용설명서에서 권


장하는 모든 경고사항, 주의사항 및 유지보수 방법을 준수
하십시오.

■ 경고- 본 프로젝터에는 램프의 수명을 스스로 감지하는


기능이 있습니다. 경고 메시지가 표시되면 램프를
교체해야 합니다.

■ 경고- 램프 모듈을 교체한 다음 온스크린 디스


플레이 “기능설정 |램프 설정” 메뉴에서
"램프 시간 지우기" 기능을 리셋하십시오. 73페이
지를 참조하십시오.

■ 경고- 프로젝터의 스위치를 끌 때는 전기 코드를 뽑기 전


에 냉각 사이클이 완료되었는지 확인해야 합니다.

■ 경고- 먼저 프로젝터를 켠 다음 신호 발생기를 켜십시오.

■ 경고- 램프의 수명이 다하면 타버려서 펑 하는 소리가


날 수도 있습니다. 이러한 경우 램프 모듈을 교체
할 때까지 프로젝터는 켜지지 않습니다. 램프를 교
체하려면 "램프 교체" 아래 나와 있는 절차를 따르
십시오.

본 기기는 야외 시청용으로 제작되지 않았습니다. 비주얼


디스플레이 워크 플레이스에서 시선을 방해하는 반사를
방지하기 위해 이 장치를 직접 시야에 들어오는 곳에 설치하지
마십시오.

하이 게인 타입 스크린은 본 프로젝터에 적합하지 않습니다.


스크린 게인(예를 들어 1순위 스크린 게인)을 낮추면 투사된 이
미지의 질이 향상됩니다.

한국어 ... 6
중요 정보

해야 할 일:

■ 프로젝터를 세척하기 전에 전원을 끕니다.


■ 디스플레이 하우징을 세척할 때 부드러운 천에 연성 세제를 묻혀
서 사용합니다.
■ 장기간 프로젝터를 사용하지 않을 경우 AC 콘센트에서 전원 플러
그를 빼둡니다.
■ 렌즈가 오염된 경우 렌즈 세척용 천을 사용합니다.

해서는 안 되는 일:

■ 장치를 세척할 때 마모성 세척제, 왁스 또는 용제를 사용합니다.


■ 다음 환경에서 제품을 사용합니다:
- 지나치게 덥거나 춥거나 습한 환경.
- 먼지나 오염이 지나치게 많은 환경.
- 직사광선.
- 옥외.
- 케이블 커버를 씌운 채로 프로젝터를 옮깁니다.
- 프로젝터를 천장이나 벽에 설치 시 프로젝터를 매답니다.
- 렌즈에 과다한 압력을 가합니다.
- 렌즈 표면에 지문을 묻힙니다.
- 보안 잠금장치 행거를 잡고 프로젝터 운반하기
■ 다음 조건에서 설치 및 저장하기:
- 강력한 자장에서
- 부식성 가스 환경에서

한국어 ... 7
중요 정보

패키지 개요
아래에 나열된 모든 항목이 프로젝터와 함께 제공됩니다.
모든 항목이 구비되었는지 확인하십시오. 빠진 항목이 있을
경우 즉시 대리점에 문의하십시오.

프로젝터 렌즈 캡 리모컨 AAA 배터리 2개


(79TCB121) (P/N: 7N901052)

전원 코드 1개

EU(부품 번호: 컴퓨터 케이블(VGA)


미국(부품 번호: 79TC5021) 79TC5031) (P/N:7N520087)

보안 라벨
 케이블국가마다
적용 사항에 차이가 문서:
있으므로 일부 지역의
경우 액세서리가 다를 

NEC 프로젝터 CD-ROM 

중요 정보(북미의 경우:
(P/N: 7M952171) 7N8N5811)(북미를 제외한 나
수 있습니다. 머지 국가의 경우: 7N8N5811


빠른 설치 안내서
및 7N8N5821)
(부품 번호: 7N8N5831)

북미의 경우:

제한 보증

유럽의 경우:


보장 정책
유럽 사용자의 경우: 현재 유효한 보장 정책은 당사 웹사이트:
www.nec-display-solutions.com을 참조하십시오

한국어 ... 8
중요 정보

램프 교체
옵션 램프
NP35LP (NP-V332X / NP-V332W / NP-V302H의 경우)
NP36LP (NP-V302X / NP-V302W의 경우)
램프 교체 시간은 모델마다 다릅니다.
NP-V302X와 NP-V302W의 경우 프로젝터는 친환경 모드 꺼짐
에서 4,500시간(친환경 모드에서는 6,000시간)을 램프 수명으로
인식하고, NP-V332X, NP-V332W와 NP-V302H의 경우 프로젝
터는 친환경 모드 꺼짐에서 3500시간(친환경 모드에서는 6000
시간)을 램프 수명으로 인식합니다. "전원 LED" 표시등에 빨간
경고: 화상을 막으려 불이 켜지고 아래 메시지가 화면에 나타나면 프로젝터가 램프
면 램프를 교체하기 수명이 다 됐다는 것을 감지했다는 의미입니다. 사용 설명서의
전에 적어도 60분 동 72-73 페이지를 참조하십시오. 다음과 같은 경고 메시지가 나타
안 프로젝터를 식히
납니다.
십시오!
경고! 램프

램프 경고
램프 수명이 한계에 다다랏습니다.램프 꺼짐!

경고! 램프

램프 경고
램프 수명 초과.

이 메시지를 보는 즉시 램프를 교체하십시오. 램프를 교체하기


전에 프로젝터를 적어도 60분 동안 식혀야 합니다.

한국어 ... 9
중요 정보

경고: 부상의 위험을 줄 2


이려면 램프 모듈을 떨
어뜨리거나 램프 전구
를 만지지 마십시오. 떨
어뜨릴 경우 전구가 깨 3 1
져서 부상을 입을 수 있
습니다. 4

램프 모듈의 유리를 깨 5
지 마십시오.
램프 모듈의 유리 표면
에 손자국을 남기지 마 6
십시오. 유리 표면에 지
문이 남을 경우 원하지
않는 그림자가 생기거나
영상 품질이 떨어질 수
있습니다.

램프 모듈을 교체한 다
음 나사를 단단히 조이
십시오.

램프 교체 순서:
1. 리모컨의 전원을 끄겠습니까 버튼이나 제어판의 버튼을 눌러서 프로젝터의 스위
치를 끕니다.
2. 프로젝터를 적어도 60분 동안 식힙니다.
3. 전원 코드를 뽑습니다.
4. 스크루드라이버로 램프 커버의 나사를 풉니다. 
5. 커버를 당겨 뺍니다. 
6. 램프 모듈의 나사를 풉니다. 
7. 핸들을 들어 올립니다.x
8. 커넥터 하우징의 화살표 표시된 부분을 잡고 하우징을 위쪽으로 당겨서 커넥터를 제
거합니다.y
9. 램프 모듈을 당겨서 뺍니다. z
10. 앞 단계와 반대로 새 램프 모듈을 장착합니다.
11. 교체가 끝나면 전원을 켜고 [MENU] 버튼 -> 기능설정 | 램프 설정 ->
램프 시간 지우기 순으로 눌러서 램프 사용 시간을 초기화합니다. 사용 설명서의 73
페이지를 참조하십시오.
한국어 ... 10
‫معلومات مهمة‬
‫تنبيهات السالمة‬
‫احتياطات‬
‫يُرجى قراءة هذا الدليل بعناية قبل استخدام جهاز العرض من ‪ NEC‬واالحتفاظ به في مكان قريب للرجوع إليه مستقبالً‪.‬‬

‫تنبيه‬
‫لفصل مصدر التيار الرئيسي‪ ،‬تأكد من إخراج القابس من مأخذ التيار الكهربائي‪.‬‬
‫وينبغي تركيب مقبس مأخذ التيار الكهربائي في أقرب مكان ممكن من الجهاز‪ ،‬وينبغي الوصول إليه بسهولة‪.‬‬

‫تنبيه‬
‫ال تفتح حاوية الجهاز لمنع حدوث صدمة كهربائية‪.‬‬
‫توجد بداخلها مكونات عالية الفولتية‪.‬‬
‫أوكل أعمال الصيانة لفنييِّ صيانة مؤهلين‪.‬‬

‫يحذر هذا الرمز المستخدم من أن الفولتية غير المعزولة داخل الوحدة قد تكفي للتسبب في حدوث صدمة كهربائية‪ .‬لذلك؛ من الخطورة‬
‫إجراء أي نوع من التالمس مع أي جزء داخل الوحدة‪.‬‬

‫ينبه هذا الرمز المستخدم إلى توفر معلومات مهمة بشأن تشغيل هذه الوحدة وصيانتها‪.‬‬
‫وينبغي قراءة المعلوات بعناية لتجنب حدوث مشكالت‪.‬‬

‫تحذير‪ :‬لمنع نشوب حريق أو حدوث صدمة كهربائية‪ ،‬ال تعرِّ ض هذه الوحدة للمطر أو الرطوبة‪ .‬وال تستخدم قابس هذه الوحدة مع أي كبل إطالة أو في‬
‫شعب بالكامل‪.‬‬ ‫مأخذ تيار كهربائي ما لم تتوفر إمكانية إدخال كل ال ُ‬

‫التخلص من المنتج المستعمل‬


‫تقضي قوانين االتحاد األوربي المطبقة في كل دولة عضو بوجوب التخلص من المنتجات الكهربائية واإللكترونية التي تحمل العالمة‬
‫(الموضحة يمي ًنا) بمعزل عن النفايات المنزلية العادية وتتضمن هذه المنتجات أجهزة العرض وملحلقاتها الكهربائية أو مصابيحها‪ .‬وعند‬
‫التخلص من مثل هذه المنتجات‪ ،‬يُرجى اتباع إرشادات السلطة المحلية و‪/‬أو االستفسار من المتجر الذي اشتريت منه المنتج‪.‬‬
‫بعد جمع المنتجات المستعملة‪ ،‬تتم معالجتها وإعادة تدويرها بطريقة سليمة‪ .‬وهذا المسعى من شأنه مساعدتنا في الحد إلى أدنى مستوى من‬
‫النفايات واآلثار السلبية‪ ،‬مثل مادة الزئبق الموجودة في مصباح‪ ،‬التي تصيب صحة اإلنسان والبيئة‪ .‬كما أن العالمة الموجودة على المنتجات‬
‫الكهربائية واإللكترونية ال تسري إال على الدول األعضاء حاليًا في االتحاد األوروبي‪.‬‬

‫عربي ‪1 ...‬‬
‫معلومات مهمة‬

‫تداخل الترددات الالسلكية (الواليات المتحدة األمريكية فقط)‬


‫تحذير‬
‫ال تسمح لجنة االتصاالت الفيدرالية بإجراء أي تعديالت أو تغييرات على الوحدة باستثناء تلك المحددة من قِبل شركة ‪NEC Display Solutions‬‬
‫‪ .of America, Inc‬في هذا الدليل‪ .‬وقد يؤدي التقاعس عن االلتزام بهذه الالئحة الحكومية إلى إلغاء حقك في تشغيل هذا الجهاز‪ .‬وقد تم اختبار هذا‬
‫الجهاز وثبت توافقه مع حدود أي جهاز رقمي من الفئة ‪ B‬بموجب الجزء ‪ 15‬من قواعد لجنة االتصاالت الفيدرالية‪ .‬وقد وُ ضعت هذه الحدود لتوفير‬
‫حماية مناسبة من التداخل الضار داخل المنشآت السكنية‪ .‬ويُولِّد هذا الجهاز ترددات السلكية ويستخدمها وقد يُشِ عَّها؛ وكذلك في حالة عدم تركيبه أو‬
‫استخدامه وف ًقا للتعليمات‪ ،‬قد يسبب تداخالً ضارً ا لالتصاالت الالسلكية‪ .‬إال أنه ليس ثمة ما يضمن عدم حدوث تداخل في حالة تركيبه بمنشآة بعينها‪.‬‬
‫إذا لم يتسبب هذا الجهاز في تداخل ضار الستقبال موجات الراديو أو التلفزيون‪ ،‬وهو ما يمكن تحديده بتشغيل الجهاز وإيقاف تشغيله‪ ،‬فمن المستحسن أن‬
‫يحاول المستخدم تصحيح التداخل باتباع واحد أو أكثر من اإلجراءات التالية‪:‬‬

‫•إعادة توجيه هوائي االستقبال أو تغيير موضعه‪.‬‬


‫والمستقبل‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫•زيادة المسافة الفاصلة بين الجهاز‬
‫المستقبل‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫•توصيل الجهاز بمأخذ تيار كهربائي موجود ضمن دائرة كهربائية مختلفة عن تلك التي يتصل بها‬
‫•استشارة الموزع أو فني راديو أو تلفزيون متخصص للحصول على المساعدة الالزمة‪.‬‬

‫للمملكة المتحدة فقط‪ :‬في المملكة المتحدة‪ ،‬استخدم كبل طاقة معتمد وف ًقا للمعايير البريطانية (‪ )BS‬ومزود بقابس مصبوب به منصهر أسود (‪ 5‬أمبير) مجهز‬
‫لالستخدام مع هذا الجهاز‪ .‬وإذا لم يُرفق بهذا الجهاز أي كبل طاقة‪ ،‬يُرجى االتصال بالمورِّ د‪.‬‬

‫إجراءات وقائية مهمة‬


‫تهدف تعليمات السالمة التالية إلى ضمان عمر افتراضي طويل للجهاز وتفادي نشوب حريق أو حدوث صدمات كهربائية‪ .‬لذا يُرجى قراءتها بعناية ومراعاة‬
‫كل التحذيرات‪.‬‬

‫التركيب‬
‫• ال تضع جهاز العرض في الظروف التالية‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬على عربة أو حامل أو طاولة غير مستقرة‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬بالقرب من مياه أو حمامات أو غرف ترتفع بها نسبة الرطوبة‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬في أشعة الشمس المباشرة أو بالقرب من مدفآت أو أجهزة مشعة للحرارة‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬في بيئة مليئة باألتربة أو الدخان أو البخار‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬على قطعة ورق أو قماش أو بساط أو سجاد أو أي أشياء تالفة أو متأثرة بفعل الحرارة‪.‬‬
‫• إذا كنت ترغب في تركيب جهاز العرض بالسقف‪ ،‬فاتبع ما يلي‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬تجنب تركيب جهاز العرض بنفسك‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬يجب تركيب الجهاز بمعرفة فنيين مؤهلين لضمان سالمة تشغيله والحد من خطر اإلصابة البدنية‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪-‬إضافة إلى ذلك‪ ،‬يجب أن يكون السقف قويًا بما يكفي لتثبيت الجهاز ويجب أن يكون التركيب وفقا لقوانين البناء المحلية‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬يُرجى استشارة الموزع للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات‪.‬‬

‫• تجنب وضع أي عناصر أخرى بخالف غطاء العدسة المنزلق لجهاز العرض لتغطية العدسة أثناء‬
‫تشغيل الجهاز‪ .‬فقد يؤدي ذلك إلى ارتفاع درجة حرارة هذه األشياء بشكل مفرط وقد يحدث حريق‬
‫ريذحت‬
‫أو ضرر بفعل الحرارة المنبعثة من خرج الضوء‪.‬‬
‫• ال تضع أي أشياء قد تتأثر بالنيران بسهولة أمام عدسة جهاز العرض‪ .‬فقد يؤدي ذلك إلى انصهار‬
‫تلك األشياء بفعل الحرارة المنبعثة من خرج الضوء‪.‬‬

‫إلجراء كافة عمليات الصيانة يرجى الرجوع إلى دليل المستخدم على القرص المضغوط المصاحب لجهاز اإلسقاط واتباع كل التعليمات بشكل صحيح‪.‬‬

‫عربي ‪2 ...‬‬
‫معلومات مهمة‬

‫وضع جهاز العرض في وضع أفقي‬


‫ينبغي أال تتخطى زاوية ميل جهاز العرض ‪ 5‬درجات‪ ،‬وأال يتم تركيب الجهاز بأي طريقة أخرى غير التركيب فوق سطح المكتب وفي السقف‪ ،‬وإال فسيقل‬
‫العمر االفتراضي للمصباح بدرجة كبيرة‪.‬‬

‫احتياطات الحماية من الحرائق والصدمات الكهربائية‬


‫•تأكد من وجود تهوية كافية وعدم انسداد فتحات التهوية لمنع ارتفاع درجة الحرارة داخل جهاز العرض‪ .‬واترك مسافة ال تقل عن ‪ 4‬بوصة (‪ 10‬سم) بين‬
‫الجهاز والحائط‪.‬‬
‫•تجنب محاولة لمس فتحة العادم حيث قد تكون ساخنة أثناء تشغيل جهاز العرض وبعد إيقاف تشغيله مباشرة‪.‬‬

‫•تجنب سقوط األجسام الغريبة كدبابيس الورق وقطع الورق الصغيرة داخل جهاز العرض‪ .‬وال تحاول استرجاع أي منها حال حدوث ذلك‪ .‬وتجنب إدخال‬
‫أي أجسام معدنية مثل سلك أو مفك براغي داخل الجهاز‪ .‬وفي حالة حدوث ذلك‪ ،‬افصل الجهاز فورً ا واستخرج منه هذا الجسم الصلب بمعرفة فني صيانة‬
‫مؤهل‪.‬‬
‫•ال تضع أي أشياء فوق جهاز العرض‪.‬‬
‫•ال تلمس قابس توصيل الطاقة أثناء هبوب عاصفة رعدية‪ .‬فقد يؤدي ذلك إلى حدوث صدمة كهربائية أو نشوب حريق‪.‬‬
‫•صُمم جهاز العرض ليعمل على وحدة تغذية بالطاقة بقدرة ‪ 240-100‬فولت تيار متردد ‪ 60/50‬هرتز؛ لذا تأكد من توافر هذا الشرط في وحدة التغذية‬
‫بالطاقة قبل البدء في استخدام الجهاز‪.‬‬
‫•ال تنظر إلى العدسة أثناء تشغيل الجهاز‪ .‬فقد يؤدي ذلك إلى إلحاق إصابة بالغة بعينيك‪.‬‬

‫•أبعد أي عناصر (مثل عدسة مكبرة‪ ،‬وما إلى ذلك) عن مسار ضوء الجهاز‪ .‬فنظرً ا ألن الضوء المسقط من المصباح ممتد؛ فإن أي جسم غريب يمكنه‬
‫إعادة توجيه مسار الضوء الخارج من المصباح؛ مما يؤدي إلى نتائج غير متوقعة‪ ،‬مثل نشوب حريق أو إصابة العينين‪.‬‬
‫•تجنب إعاقة مسار الضوء بين مصدر الضوء والمصباح بوضع أي أشياء‪ .‬فقد يؤدي ذلك إلى نشوب حريق بهذه األشياء‪.‬‬
‫•ال تضع أي أشياء قد تتأثر بالنيران بسهولة أمام المصباح أو فتحة طرد الهواء الساخن بجهاز العرض‪.‬‬
‫فقد يؤدي ذلك إلى انصهار هذه األشياء أو التسبب في إلحاق حروق بيديك بفعل الحرارة الناتجة من خرج الضوء وفتحة الطرد‪.‬‬
‫•تعامل بحذر مع كبل الطاقة‪ .‬فقد يؤدي استخدام كبل طاقة تالف أو مهترئ إلى حدوث صدمة كهربائية أو نشوب حريق‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ال تستخدم أي كبالت طاقة بخالف الكبل المرفق‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬تجنب ثني كبل الطاقة أو سحبه بقوة مفرطة‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ال تضع كبل الطاقة أسفل جهاز العرض أو أي أجسام ثقيلة‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬تجنب تغطية كبل الطاقة بأي مواد لينة أخرى مثل السجاد‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬تجنب تسخين كبل الطاقة‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬تجنب اإلمساك بكبل الطاقة بأي ٍد مبللة‪.‬‬
‫•أوقف تشغيل جهاز العرض وانزع كبل الطاقة واستعن بفني صيانة مؤهل إلجراء الصيانة للجهاز في الحاالت التالية‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬تعرض كبل الطاقة أو مقبس التيار الكهربائي للتلف أو االهتراء‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬تسرب أي سائل داخل جهاز العرض أو تعرضه لألمطار أو المياه‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬عدم عمل الجهاز بشكل طبيعي بعد اتباع التعليمات الموضحة في هذا الدليل‪.‬‬

‫عربي ‪3 ...‬‬
‫معلومات مهمة‬

‫‪-‬سقوط الجهاز على األرض أو تعرض حاويته للتلف‪.‬‬


‫‪-‬حدوث تغير واضح في أداء الجهاز بما يدل على حاجته إلى الصيانة‪.‬‬
‫• افصل كبل الطاقة وأي كبالت أخرى قبل حمل جهاز العرض‪.‬‬
‫• أوقف تشغيل الجهاز وانزع كبل الطاقة قبل تنظيف الحاوية أو استبدال المصباح‪.‬‬
‫•أوقف تشغيل الجهاز وانزع كبل الطاقة في حالة عدم استخدام الجهاز لفترة زمنية طويلة‪.‬‬
‫•عند استخدام كبل ‪:LAN‬‬
‫حرصًا على سالمتك‪ ،‬تجنب توصيل الموصِّل بأسالك جهاز طرفي قد تكون ذات فولتية عالية‪.‬‬

‫احتياطات وحدة التحكم عن ُبعد‬


‫تعامل مع وحدة التحكم عن بُعد بعناية‪.‬‬ ‫• ‬
‫إذا ابتلت‪ ،‬فامسحها لتجفيفها في الحال‪.‬‬ ‫• ‬
‫تجنب تعريضها للحرارة والرطوبة المفرطة‪.‬‬ ‫• ‬
‫ال تعرض البطاريتين لدائرة قصر أو حرارة وال تفككها‪.‬‬ ‫• ‬
‫تلق البطاريتين في نار‪.‬‬
‫ال ِ‬ ‫• ‬
‫إذا كنت تعتزم عدم استخدام وحدة التحكم عن بُعد فترة زمنية طويلة‪ ،‬فأخرج البطاريتين‪.‬‬ ‫• ‬
‫تأكد من صحة اتجاه القطبين (‪ )–/+‬في البطاريتين‪.‬‬ ‫• ‬
‫ال تستخدم بطارية جديدة مع أخرى قديمة‪ ،‬وال تستخدم أنواع بطاريات مختلفة معًا في نفس الوقت‪.‬‬ ‫• ‬
‫تخلص من البطاريات المستعملة وف ًقا للوائح المحلية‪.‬‬ ‫• ‬

‫استبدال المصباح‬
‫• استخدم المصباح المحدد لضمان السالمة واألداء العالي‪.‬‬
‫• الستبدال اللمبة اتبع جميع التعليمات الواردة في صفحة ‪ 9‬و‪ 10‬من هذا الدليل أو صفحة ‪ 84‬و‪ 85‬من دليل المستخدم‪.‬‬
‫• احرص على استبدال المصباح في حالة ظهور الرسالة [‪.‬ةبمللا رمع زواجت مت]‪ .‬إذا واصلت استخدام المصباح بعد وصوله إلى نهاية العمر الزمني‬
‫لصالحية استخدامه‪ ،‬فقد تتحطم بَصلته‪ ،‬وقد تتناثر قطع الزجاج في علبة المصباح‪ .‬ال تلمسها؛ ألن قطع الزجاج قد تسبب إصابة‪.‬‬
‫إذا حدث ذلك‪ ،‬فاتصل بالموزع الستبدال المصباح‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬

‫خصائص المصباح‬
‫يحتوي جهاز العرض على مصباح تفريغ مخصص ألغراض خاصة كمصدر للضوء‪.‬‬
‫ومن بين خصائص المصباح أن درجة سطوعه تقل تدريجيًا بمرور الوقت‪ .‬كما يزيد تكرار تشغيل المصباح وإيقاف تشغيله من احتمال انخفاض درجة‬
‫سطوعه‪ .‬قد يختلف عمر المصباح الفعلي باختالف كل مصباح على حدة‪ ،‬فضال عن الظروف البيئية واالستخدام‪.‬‬

‫تنبيه‪:‬‬
‫•ال تلمس المصباح بعد استخدامه مباشرة؛ ألنه سيكون ساخ ًنا للغاية‪ .‬أوقف تشغيل جهاز العرض ثم افصل كبل الطاقة‪ .‬اترك المصباح لمدة ساعة على‬
‫األقل حتى يبرد وتتمكن من التعامل معه‪.‬‬
‫•عند إخراج المصباح من جهاز عرض معلَّق بسقف‪ ،‬تأكد من عدم وجود أي شخص أسفل الجهاز‪ .‬فقد تسقط بعض قطع الزجاج إذا كان المصباح‬
‫محتر ًقا‪.‬‬

‫عربي ‪4 ...‬‬
‫معلومات مهمة‬

‫احتياطات صحية لمشاهدي الصور ثالثية األبعاد‬


‫•قبل المشاهدة‪ ،‬تأكد من قراءة احتياطات الرعاية الصحية التي يمكن االطالع عليها في دليل المستخدم المرفق بنظارة الغالق ‪ LCD‬أو المحتوى‬
‫المتوافق مع تقنية األبعاد الثالثية مثل أقراص ‪ DVD‬وألعاب الفيديو وملفات الفيديو المعروضة باستخدام الكمبيوتر وما شابه‪.‬‬
‫لتجنب أي أعراض مناوئة‪ ،‬تنبه إلى ما يلي‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬ال تستخدم نظارة الغالق ‪ LCD‬لمشاهدة أي مواد أخرى غير الصور ثالثية األبعاد‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬اترك مسافة قدرها متران‪ 7/‬أقدام أو أطول بينك وبين الشاشة‪ .‬فقد تجهد عينيك إذا شاهدت صورً ا ثالثية األبعاد من مسافة أقرب مما ينبغي‪.‬‬
‫قسطا من الراحة لمدة ‪ 15‬دقيقة أو أطول بعد كل ساعة مشاهدة‪.‬‬ ‫ً‬ ‫‪-‬تجنب مشاهدة الصور ثالثية األبعاد لفترة زمنية طويلة‪ .‬خذ‬
‫‪-‬إذا كان لديك أو لدى أي فرد بأسرتك سجِّ ل إصابة بنوبات حساسية من الضوء‪ ،‬فاستشر طبيبًا قبل مشاهدة الصور ثالثية األبعاد‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬أثناء مشاهدة الصور ثالثية األبعاد‪ ،‬إذا شعرت بإعياء مثل الغثيان والدوار واالضطراب والصداع وإجهاد العين وتشوش الرؤية وتشنجات وفقدان‬
‫الحس‪ .‬وإذا استمرت األعراض‪ ،‬فاستشر طبيبًا‪.‬‬

‫حول وضع االرتفاعات العالية‬


‫• اضبط [ةحورملا طمن] على [لاع عافترا] عند استخدام جهاز العرض على ارتفاعات ‪ 2500‬قدم‪ 760/‬مترً ا تقريبًا أو أعلى‪.‬‬
‫• قد يؤدي استخدام الجهاز على ارتفاعات ‪ 2500‬قدم‪ 760/‬مترً ا تقريبًا أو أعلى دون الضبط على [لاع عافترا] إلى ارتفاع حرارة الجهاز بشكل مفرط‬
‫وقد يغلق تلقائيًا‪ .‬إذا حدث ذلك‪ ،‬فانتظر بضع دقائق ثم ش ِّغله‪.‬‬
‫• قد يؤدي استخدام الجهاز على ارتفاعات أقل من ‪ 2500‬قدم‪ 760/‬مترً ا تقريبًا والضبط على [لاع عافترا] إلى انخفاض حرارة الجهاز بشكل مفرط‬
‫والتسبب في اهتزاز الصورة‪ .‬حوِّ ل [ةحورملا طمن] إلى [يئاقلت]‪.‬‬
‫• قد يؤدي استخدام الجهاز على ارتفاعات ‪ 2500‬قدم‪ 760/‬مترً ا تقريبًا أو أعلى إلى تقصير العمر االفتراضي للمكونات البصرية‪ ،‬مثل المصباح‪.‬‬

‫حول حقوق طبع ونشر الصور األصلية المعروضة‪:‬‬


‫يُرجى مالحظة أن استخدام هذا الجهاز ألغراض الربح التجاري أو جذب انتباه جمهور في مكان عام مثل مقهى أو فندق‪ ،‬إضافة إلى إجراء ضغط للصور‬
‫المعروضة على الشاشة أو توسيعها باستخدام الوظائف التالية قد يثير المخاوف بشأن انتهاك حقوق الطبع والنشر المحمية بقانون حقوق الطبع والنشر‪.‬‬
‫[الميزات [افترالا ةبسن] و[ةروصلا هوشت] والتكبير والميزات المماثلة األخرى‪.‬‬

‫[مالحظة] وظيفة إدارة الطاقة‬


‫يشتمل جهاز العرض على وظائف إلدارة الطاقة‪.‬‬
‫لتقليل استهالك الطاقة‪ ،‬تم ضبط وظائف إدارة الطاقة (‪ 1‬و‪ )2‬مسب ًقا في المصنع بالطريقة التالية‪ .‬للتحكم في الجهاز عبر اتصال بشبكة ‪ LAN‬أو كبل‬
‫لكل من ‪ 1‬و‪.2‬‬‫تسلسلي‪ ،‬استخدم قائمة المعلومات المعروضة على الشاشة لتغيير اإلعدادات ٍ‬

‫‪ -1‬ادعتسالا طمن (الضبط المسبق بالمصنع على‪ :‬يداع)‬


‫للتحكم في الجهاز من جهاز خارجي‪ ،‬حدد [ةكبشلا دادعتسا] مع [ادعتسالا طمن]‪.‬‬
‫عند تحديد [يداع] مع [ادعتسالا طمن]‪ ،‬لن تعمل الموصالت والوظائف التالية‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬موصل ‪ ،PC CONTROL‬وموصل ‪ ،MONITOR OUT‬وموصل ‪ ،AUDIO OUT‬ووظائف ‪ ،LAN‬ووظيفة تنبيه البريد‪.‬‬

‫‪ ( -2‬يلآ ءافطإفطإإ (اإلعداد االفتراضي بالمصنع‪ 60 :‬دقيقة)‬


‫للتحكم في الجهاز من جهاز خارجي‪ ،‬حدد [‪ ]0‬مع [( يلآ ءافطإفطإإ]‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬عند تحديد [‪ ]30‬مع [( يلآ ءافطإفطإإ]‪ ،‬يمكنك تمكين إيقاف تشغيل الجهاز تلقائيًا بعد ‪ 30‬دقيقة في حالة عدم وجود إشارة مستقبلة من أي دخل أو في‬
‫حالة إجراء أي عملية‪.‬‬

‫عربي ‪5 ...‬‬
‫معلومات مهمة‬

‫احتياطات‬
‫ ‬
‫اتبع كل التحذيرات واالحتياطات والصيانة على النحو الموصى به في هذا الدليل‬
‫لتحسين العمر االفتراضي للجهاز‪.‬‬

‫سيكتشف جهاز العرض هذا العمر االفتراضي للمصباح نفسه‪ .‬يُرجى‬ ‫■ تحذير‪-‬‬
‫التأكد من تغيير المصباح عندما يعرض رسائل تحذير‪.‬‬

‫أعد ضبط وظيفة "حابصملا تاعاس دادع حسم" "تارايخ‬ ‫■ تحذير‪-‬‬


‫حابصملا تادادعإ" المعروضة على الشاشة بعد استبدال وحدة‬
‫المصباح‪ .‬يرجى الرجوع إلى دليل المستخدم صفحة ‪.73‬‬
‫عند إيقاف تشغيل جهاز العرض‪ ،‬يُرجى التأكد من اكتمال دورة التبريد‬ ‫■ تحذير‪-‬‬
‫قبل فصل الطاقة‪.‬‬

‫ش ِّغل جهاز العرض أوالً ثم مصادر اإلشارة‪.‬‬ ‫■ تحذير‪-‬‬

‫عندما يصل المصباح إلى نهاية عمره االفتراضي‪ ،‬سيحترق وقد‬ ‫■ تحذير‪-‬‬
‫يصدر صوت انفجار عاليًا‪ .‬وإذا حدث ذلك‪ ،‬لن يعمل جهاز العرض‬
‫مرة أخرى إلى أن يتم استبدال وحدة المصباح‪ .‬والستبدال المصباح‪،‬‬
‫اتبع اإلجراءات الواردة في قسم "استبدال المصباح"‪.‬‬

‫هذا الجهاز غير مخصص لالستخدام في مجاالت العرض المباشرة بأماكن العرض المرئي‪.‬‬
‫لذا يجب عدم وضع الجهاز في هذه المجاالت تجنبًا للتأثيرات المزعجة بهذه األماكن‪.‬‬

‫الشاشات من نوع الكسب العالي غير مثالية لالستخدام مع هذا الجهاز‪ .‬كلما كان كسب الشاشة‬
‫أقل (أي أن كسب الشاشة يكون بالترتيب ‪ ،)1‬كان ظهور الصورة المعروضة أفضل‪.‬‬

‫عربي ‪6 ...‬‬
‫معلومات مهمة‬

‫إجراءات يجب اتخاذها‪:‬‬

‫■ أوقف تشغيل المنتج قبل تنظيفه‪.‬‬


‫■ استخدم قطعة قماش ناعمة مرطبة بمنظف معتدل لتنظيف مبيت الشاشة‪.‬‬
‫■ افصل قابس الطاقة من مأخذ التيار المتردد في حالة عدم استخدام المنتج لفترة زمنية طويلة‪.‬‬
‫■ في حالة اتساخ العدسة‪ ،‬استخدم قطعة قماش تنظيف متوفرة تجاريًا للعدسات‪.‬‬

‫إجراءات يجب تجنبها‪:‬‬

‫■ ال تستخدم منظفات كاشطة أو شمعًا أو مذيبات لتنظيف الوحدة‪.‬‬


‫■ ال تستخدم المنتج في الظروف التالية‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬الحرارة أو البرودة أو الرطوبة المفرطة‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬في المناطق المُعرَّ ضة لألتربة أو االتساخات المفرطة‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬في أشعة الشمس المباشرة‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬األماكن الخارجية‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬تحريك الجهاز بحمل غطاء الكبل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬تعليق أي شيء على الجهاز المر َّكب في سقف أو حائط‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬الضغط على العدسة بقوة مفرطة‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ترك آثار األصابع على سطح العدسة‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬انقل الجهاز باستخدام معلق قفل األمان‬
‫■ قم بالتثبيت والتخزين في الحاالت التالية‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬في المجاالت المغناطيسية القوية‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬بيئة الغازات المسببة للتآكل‪.‬‬

‫عربي ‪7 ...‬‬
‫معلومات مهمة‬

‫نظرة عامة على العبوة‬


‫يأتي جهاز العرض هذا مزو ًدا بكل العناصر الموضحة أدناه‪ .‬تحقق للتأكد من اكتمال‬
‫جميع عناصر الوحدة‪ .‬اتصل بالموزع فورً ا في حالة عدم وجود أي عنصر‪.‬‬

‫بطاريتان (عدد ‪ 2‬مقاس‬ ‫وحدة التحكم عن بُعد‬ ‫غطاء العدسة‬ ‫جهاز العرض‬
‫‪)AAA‬‬ ‫(رقم القطعة‪)7N901052 :‬‬ ‫(‪)79TCB121‬‬

‫عدد ‪ 1‬كبل طاقة‬


‫كبل كمبيوتر (‪)VGA‬‬
‫(رقم القطعة‪)7N520087 :‬‬ ‫االتحاد األوروبي‬ ‫الواليات المتحدة‬
‫(رقم القطعة‪)79TC5031 :‬‬ ‫(رقم القطعة‪)79TC5021 :‬‬

‫ملصق الحماية‬

‫‪ ‬نظرً ا الختالف التطبيقات‬


‫الوثائق‪:‬‬ ‫من بلد آلخر‪ ،‬قد تستخدم بعض‬
‫المناطق ملحقات مختلفة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬معلومات مهمة‬ ‫‪ ‬القرص المدمج الخاص بجهاز العرض من‬
‫(ألمريكا الشمالية‪)7N8N5471 :‬‬ ‫‪( NEC‬رقم القطعة‪)7M952171 :‬‬
‫(للبلدان األخرى غير أمريكا الشمالية‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬دليل اإلعداد السريع‬
‫‪ 7N8N5811‬و‪)7N8N5821‬‬
‫(رقم القطعة‪)7N8N5831 :‬‬

‫ألمريكا الشمالية‪:‬‬
‫ضمان محدود‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ألوروبا‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬سياسة الضمان‪:‬‬
‫للعمالء في أوروبا‪ :‬يمكن االطالع على سياستنا الحالية بشأن الضمان عبر موقع الويب‪:‬‬
‫‪www.nec-display-solutions.com‬‬

‫عربي ‪8 ...‬‬
‫معلومات مهمة‬

‫استبدال المصباح‬
‫مصباح اختياري‬
‫)‪NP35LP (NP-V332X / NP-V332W /NP-V302H‬‬
‫)‪NP36LP (NP-V302X / NP-V302W‬‬
‫وقت استبدال المصباح مختلف من طراز إلى آخر‪.‬‬
‫في ‪ NP-V302X‬و‪ ،NP-V302W‬يكتشف جهاز العرض انتهاء العمر االفتراضي‬
‫للمصباح عند وصوله إلى ‪ 4500‬ساعة عند إيقاف تشغيل الوضع ‪ 600( ECO‬ساعة‬
‫عند تشغيل الوضع ‪ ، )ECO‬وفي ‪ NP-V332X‬و‪ NP-V332W‬و‪،NP-V302H‬‬
‫يكتشف جهاز العرض انتهاء العمر االفتراضي للمصباح عند وصوله إلى ‪ 3500‬ساعة‬
‫عند إيقاف تشغيل الوضع ‪ 6000( ECO‬ساعة عند تشغيل الوضع ‪ .)ECO‬عندما‬
‫يومض مؤشر "‪ "POWER‬باللون األحمر وتظهر الرسالة التالية في شاشة المعلومات‬ ‫تحذير‪ :‬لتجنب اإلصابة‬
‫بحروق‪ ،‬اترك جهاز العرض‬
‫المعروضة‪ ،‬فهذا يشير إلى اكتشاف جهاز العرض أن المصباح يقترب من نهاية عمره‬
‫يبرد لمدة ‪ 60‬دقيقة على األقل‬
‫االفتراضي‪ .‬يرجى الرجوع إلى دليل المستخدم صفحة ‪ .73-72‬ستظهر لك رسالة تحذيرية‪:‬‬ ‫قبل استبدال المصباح‪.‬‬
‫ةبمللا!ريذحت‬

‫ةبمللا ريذحت‬
‫ةبمللا تأفطنا‪.‬ءاهتنالا ىلع ةبمللا رمع كشوأ‬
‫‬
‫ةبمللا!ريذحت‬

‫ةبمللا ريذحت‬
‫‪.‬ةبمللا رمع زواجت مت‬
‫‬

‫عند ظهور هذه الرسالة‪ ،‬استبدل المصباح في أقرب وقت ممكن‪ .‬تأكد من ترك جهاز‬
‫العرض يبرد لمدة ‪ 60‬دقيقة على األقل قبل تغيير المصباح‪.‬‬

‫عربي ‪9 ...‬‬
‫معلومات مهمة‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫تحذير‪ :‬للحد من خطورة حدوث‬


‫إصابات شخصية‪ ،‬احرص على‬
‫عدم سقوط وحدة المصباح أو‬
‫لمس بَصلته‪ .‬قد ينكسر زجاج‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫البَصلة ويسبب إصابات إذا سقط‪.‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫احرص على عدم انكسار الزجاج‬


‫على وحدة المصباح‪.‬‬
‫تجنب ترك بصمات األصابع على‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫السطح الزجاجي لوحدة المصباح‪.‬‬
‫فقد يتسبب ذلك في ظهور ظالل‬
‫غير مرغوب فيها‪ ،‬فضالً عن‬
‫تدني جودة الصورة‪.‬‬

‫تأكد من إحكام ربط المسامير بعد‬


‫استبدال وحدة اللمبة‪.‬‬

‫خطوات استبدال المصباح‪:‬‬ ‫ ‬


‫‬ ‫‪ -1‬أوقف تشغيل الطاقة الواصلة إلى جهاز العرض بضغط الزر إيقاف التشغيل في وحدة التحكم عن بُعد أو الزر‬ ‫ ‬
‫في لوحة التحكم‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اترك جهاز العرض يبرد لمدة ‪ 60‬دقيقة على األقل‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪ -3‬افصل كبل الطاقة‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪ -4‬استخدم مفك براغي لفك مسمار غطاء المصباح‪ .‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪ -5‬حرِّ ك الغطاء وأخرجه‪ .‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪ -6‬قم بفك مسمار وحدة المصباح‪ .‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪ -7‬ارفع المقبض‪x .‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪ -8‬اضغط على مواضع عالمات األسهم الموجودة في مبيت الموصل‪ ،‬ثم اسحب المبيت ألعلى إلزالة الموصل‪y .‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪ -9‬اسحب وحدة المصباح للخارج‪z .‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪-10‬ر ِّكب المصباح الجديد عن طريق إجراء الخطوات السابقة بترتيب عكسي‪.‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫‪ -11‬بعد استبدال المصباح‪ ،‬قم بتوصيل الطاقة وتحديد زر ]‪ >- [MENU‬تارايخ |حابصملا تادادعإ ‪>-‬‬ ‫ ‬
‫حابصملا تاعاس دادع حسم إلعادة تعيين ساعات استخدام المصباح‪ .‬يرجى الرجوع إلى دليل المستخدم صفحة ‪.73‬‬

‫عربي ‪10 ...‬‬


UÊ/ÕÀŽˆÃ…Ê,œ-ʈ˜vœÀ“>̈œ˜ÊÀiiÛ>˜ÌÊvœÀÊ/ÕÀŽˆÃ…Ê“>ÀŽiÌ
EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur.

UÊ1ŽÀ>ˆ˜ˆ>˜Ê,œ-ʘvœÀ“>̈œ˜ÊÀiiÛ>˜ÌÊvœÀÊ1ŽÀ>ˆ˜ˆ>˜Ê“>ÀŽiÌ
English Declaration of Conformity
with the requirements of Technical Regulation on the Restriction Of the use of certain Hazardous
Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment
(adopted by Order №1057 of Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine)

The Product is in conformity with the requirements of Technical Regulation on the Restriction Of the use of certain
Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment (TR on RoHS).

The content of hazardous substance with the exemption of the applications listed in the Annex №2 of TR on RoHS:

1. Lead (Pb) – not over 0,1wt % or 1000wt ppm;


2. Cadmium (Cd) – not over 0,01wt % or 100wt ppm;
3. Mercury (Hg) – not over 0,1wt % or 1000wt ppm;
4. Hexavalent chromium (Cr6+) – not over 0,1wt % or 1000wt ppm;
5. Polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs) – not over 0,1wt % or 1000wt ppm;
6. Polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) – not over 0,1wt % or 1000wt ppm.

NEC Display Solutions, Ltd.


Ukrainian Декларація про Відповідність
Вимогам Технічного Регламенту Обмеження Використання деяких Небезпечних Речовин в
електричному та електронному обладнанні
(затвердженого Постановою №1057 Кабінету Міністрів України)

Виріб відповідає вимогам Технічного Регламенту Обмеження Використання деяких Небезпечних Речовин
в електричному та електронному обладнанні (ТР ОВНР).

Вміст небезпечних речовин у випадках, не обумовлених в Додатку №2 ТР ОВНР, :

1. свинець(Pb) – не перевищує 0,1 % ваги речовини або в концентрації до 1000 частин на мільйон;
2. кадмій (Cd)– не перевищує 0,01 % ваги речовини або в концентрації до 100 частин на мільйон;
3. ртуть(Hg) – не перевищує 0,1 % ваги речовини або в концентрації до 1000 частин на мільйон;
4. шестивалентний хром (Cr6+ ) – не перевищує 0,1 % ваги речовини або в концентрації до 1000 частин на
мільйон;
5. полібромбіфеноли (PBB) – не перевищує 0,1% ваги речовини або в концентрації до 1000 частин на міль-
йон;
6. полібромдефенілові ефіри (PBDE) – не перевищує 0,1 % ваги речовини або в концентрації до 1000 частин
на мільйон.

NEC Display Solutions, Ltd.


Russian Декларация о Соответствии
Требованиям Технического Регламента об Ограничении Использования некоторых Вредных
Веществ в электрическом и электронном оборудовании
(утверждённого Постановлением №1057 Кабинета Министров Украины)

Изделие соответствует требованиям Технического Регламента об Ограничении Использования


некоторых Вредных Веществ в электрическом и электронном оборудовании (ТР ОИВВ).

Содержание вредных веществ в случаях, не предусмотренных Дополнением №2 ТР ОИВВ:

1. свинец (Pb) – не превышает 0,1 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 1000 миллионных частей;
2. кадмий (Cd) – не превышает 0,01 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 100 миллионных частей;
3. ртуть (Hg) – не превышает 0,1 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 1000 миллионных частей;
4. шестивалентный хром (Cr6+)– не превышает 0,1 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 1000 миллион-
ных частей;
5. полибромбифенолы (PBB) – не превышает 0,1 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 1000 миллионных
частей;
6. полибромдифеноловые эфиры (PBDE) – не превышает 0,1 % веса вещества или в концентрации до 1000
миллионных частей.

NEC Display Solutions, Ltd.


U.S.Responsible Party: NEC Display Solutions of America, Inc.
Address: 500 Park Boulevard, Suite 1100
Itasca, Illinois 60143
Tel. No.: 1-800-NEC-INFO

NP-V302X/NP-V302W/NP-V332X/NP-V332W/NP-V302H

We hereby declare that the equipment specified above conforms to the technical standards as
specified in the FCC Rules.
In Europe In Asia

NP-V302X/NP-V302W/NP-V332X/NP-V332W/NP-V302H Projector Important Information


Address: Landshuter Allee 12-14

In North America

In Oceania
Australia
AWA Limited.

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.


Customer Call Centre

-
land

In South America

*36.76004G001-A*
P/N 36.76004G001-A
© NEC Display Solutions, Ltd. 2015 Printed in China
Ver.1 4/15 7N8N5821
void staring directly .ΔϠϳϮσ ΓήΘϔϟ ρΎϘγϹ΍ ίΎϬΟ Δόη΃ ϰϟ· ΓήηΎΒϣ ήψϨϟ΍ ΐϨΠΗ
o theV302X/V302W/V332X/V332W/V302H
projector beam Quick Setup Guide
all times.
On/Off
6
nimize standing .ωΎτΘδϤϟ΍ έΪϗ ωΎόθϠϟ ήϬψϟ΍ ˯ΎτϋΈΑ ΢μϨϳϭ .ωΎόθϠϟ ˱ΎϬΟ΍Ϯϣ ϑϮϗϮϟ΍ Ϧϣ ϞϴϠϘΘϟ΍ ϝϭΎΣ
Justera fokus
Adjust Focus
ing into the beam. Régler la mise au point Juster fokus
Stellen Sie den Fokus ein Juster Fokus
ep your back to the 8
Ajuste el enfoque Προσαρμογή Εστίασης
Regolare la messa a fuoco Élességállítás
am as much as Ajuste da focagem Upravit zaostření
Pas de scherpstelling aan Odağı Ayarla
ssible. 5 Wyreguluj Ostrość 调整焦距
djust Zoom Настройте фокусировку 초점 조절ϡϭΰϟ΍ ςΒο
Projektorin tarkennuksen säätö
djust Focus ΓέΆΒϟ΍ ςΒο

Fn F7 2
+ CRT/LCD 7
To the
Toggle Output Settings wall outlet
Dell [Fn] + [F8]
Hewlett Packard [Fn] + [F4]
Lenovo [Fn] + [F7]
NEC [Fn] + [F3]
Toshiba
Macintosh Apple :
[Fn] + [F5]

System Preferences 
4
1 3 ' #-$#
('
P/N 36.76002G001-A
Display  Arrangement  7N8N5831
Mirror display © NEC Display Solutions, Ltd. 2015
Ver. 1 4/15
Printed in China
INTRODUCTION

1. Introduction
1-1. Highlight

No Item Description
1 Dimensions (WxDxH) - 324(W) x 250(D) x88(H)

2 Weight NP-V302H<2.9 kg; NP-V332X/W < 2.8 kg; NP-V302X/W < 2.7 kg

- Advanced Air Flow


3 Cooling System - High altitude cooling mode
- Maximum touch temperature follow UL60950-1

- Lamp housing placement: top-loading


- Lamp module could be replaced by customer himself, but
4 Lamp housing
should read the user manual for instruction in advance.
- Optional lamp module should be provided by Coretronic

XGA
- TI 0.55” DMD 1 chip , S450, 2 x LVDS (DarkChip3)
- Number of active dots : 1024(H) x 768(V)
WXGA
5 TI DMD - TI 0.65” DMD 1 chip , S450, 2 x LVDS (DarkChip3)
- Number of active dots : 1280(H) x 800(V)
1080P
- TI 0.65” S600 DC3 1080P Digital Mirror Device
- Number of active dots : 1920(H) x 1080(V)

- TI DDP4421 : XGA/WXGA/-3K lm models


6 System controller - TI DDP4421HV : XGA/WXGA-3.3K lm models
- TI DDP4422HV : 1080P-3K lm

7 Lamp - 190W ( Philips E20.9) / 220W (Philips E20.9)

- 40mm
- 6 segments R78Y44G81C34W55B68
8 Color wheel
- 7200 rpm @ CW 2X
- 9000 rpm @ CW 3X (PAL 50Hz)

XGA/WXGA-3K lm models
V Keystone ± 40 degrees
9 Keystone correction XGA/WXGA-3.3K lm models /1080P-3K lm
H Keystone ± 30 degrees
V Keystone ± 30 degrees

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


1-
INTRODUCTION

No Item Description
Analog RGB 0.7Vp-p, 75ohm
Sync
- H-sync Freq. 31.35~91.1 kHz
- V-sync Freq. 24~85Hz, 120Hz for 3D mode
Separate Sync: (H V) TTL level (bi-polarity)
10 Input signal spec.
Composite Sync: TTL level
Sync-on-green: negative sync. 0.3Vp-p
Analog Video
- Composite video 75ohm
- Component video (Y/Pb/Pr) 75ohm

Computer:
- D-sub 15pin x 1 : Analog VGA in, Component video in
- D-sub 15pin x 1 : Analog VGA out
Video:
- RCA(yellow) x 1 : Composite Video (CVBS,VIDEO IN)
- HDMI Type A with flange x 2 : HDMI(V1.4) Input ,
- MHL function
XGA/WXGA-3K lm : without MHL function
11
XGA/WXGA-3.3K lm models &1080P-3K lm : with MHL function
Terminal
Audio:
- Stereo Mini Jack(3.5mm ; light blue) x 1 : audio in
- Stereo Mini Jack(3.5mm ; light green) x 1: audio out
- RCA L/R (White /Red )Jack x 1 : audio in
Control:
- D-Sub 15-pin x 1 : I2C bus for DDC/CI control
- RJ45 x1: Network Management ( Lan control)
- Mini USB x1: USB for Firmware upgrade
- RS232 D-Sub 9-pin x1

- Universal AC 100--240V~ 50 / 60 Hz with PFC input


12 Power Supply - All –in-one power with 195W
- All –in –one power with 218W

● Standards :
- NTSC (3.58/4.43)
13 Video Compatibility
- PAL (B/D/G/H/I/M/N)
- SECAM (B/D/G/K/K1/L)

YM99 : XGA models


F# 2.41~ 2.55, f=21.8 ~ 24mm @ 60”, 1.1x Mechanical Zoom Lens.
YM31Z : WXGA models
14 Projection lens F# 2.5 ~ 2.67, f=21.8 ~ 24mm @ 60”, 1.1x Mechanical Zoom Lens.
YM40Y : 1080P
F# 2.55 ~ 2.85, f= 22.41~ 26.82mm @ 60”,1.2x Mechanical Zoom Lens.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


1-
INTRODUCTION

No Item Description
--1.95 ~ 2.15 distance/width @60” for XGA
15 Throw Ratio - 1.55 ~ 1.7distance/width @ 60” for WXGA
- 1.5 ~ 1.8 distance/width @ 60” for 1080P

XGA / WXGA (190W lamp)


- Typical 2700 ANSI Lumens
- Minimum 2400 ANSI Lumens
XGA / WXGA (220W lamp)
- Typical 3050 ANSI Lumens
- Minimum 2640 ANSI Lumens
16 Brightness
1080P (220W lamp)
- Typical 2700 ANSI Lumens
- Minimum 2400 ANSI Lumens
Measurement condition:
Bright mode/Full power/Projection lens wide mode
Compliance with ISO21118 criteria

Native:
- XGA/WXGA models
2200 : 1 Typical (Native, Full on / full off)
1800 : 1 Minimum (Native, Full on / full off)
-1080P
1800 : 1 Typical (Native, Full on / full off)
1600 : 1 Minimum (Native, Full on / full off)
17 Contrast High contrast mode:
-XGA/WXGA models
10000 : 1 Typical
8000 : 1 minimum
-1080P model
8000 : 1 Typical
6000 : 1 Minimum
(High contrast mode, Full White with full power / full Black with

- 80% (for XGA)Japan standard (Typical; Full power mode)


18 Uniformity - 75% (for WXGA/1080p)Japan standard (Typical; Full power mode)
- 65% Japan standard (Minimum; Full power mode)

- Operating: 5°C -- 40°C


19 Temperature
- Storage: -20°C -- 60°C

- 190W
- 4500 hours at typical full power mode for W/O ImageCare.
- 6000 hours at Eco mode for W/O ImageCare.
20 Lamp life
220W
- 4000 hours at typical full power mode for W/O ImageCare.
- 6000 hours at Eco mode for W/O ImageCare.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


1-
INTRODUCTION

1-2 Compatible Mode

(1) VGA Analog- PC Signal

Modes Resolution (dots) V.Frequency H.Frequency


[Hz] [KHz]
VGA 640x480 60 31.47
VGA 640x480 72 37.86
VGA 640x480 75 37.5
VGA 640x480 85 43.27
SVGA 800x600 56 35.2
SVGA 800x600 60 37.88
SVGA 800x600 72 48.08
SVGA 800x600 75 46.88
SVGA 800x600 85 53.67
XGA 1024x768 60 48.36
XGA 1024x768 70 56.48
XGA 1024x768 75 60.02
XGA 1024x768 85 68.67
XGA+ 1152x864 75 67.5
SXGA 1280x1024 60 63.98
SXGA 1280x1024 72 77.9
SXGA 1280x1024 75 79.98
SXGA 1280x1024 85 91.15
Quad VGA 1280x960 60 60
Quad VGA 1280x960 75 75
SXGA+ 1400x1050 60 65.32
UXGA 1600x1200 60 75
Mac OS X 640x480 60 31.5
Mac OS X 640x480 66.6(67) 35
Mac OS X 800x600 60 37.88
Mac OS X 1024x768 60 48.36
Mac OS X 1152x870 75 68.68
Mac OS X 1280x960 75 75.2

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


1-
INTRODUCTION

(2) VGA Analog- Extended Wide Timing

Modes Resolution (dots) V.Frequency H.Frequency


[Hz] [KHz]
HD 1280x720 60 44.8
WXGA 1280x768 60 47.78
WXGA 1280x768 75 60.29
WXGA 1280x768 85 68.63
WXGA 1280x800 60 49.6
WXGA 1366x768 60 47.71
WXGA+ 1440x900 60 55.9
WSXGA 1680x1050 60 65.3
Full HD 1920x1080 60 67.5
WUXGA 1920x1200 60 74.0

(3) VGA Analog- Component Signal

Modes Resolution (dots) V.Frequency H.Frequency


[Hz] [KHz]
480i 720x480 59.94(29.97) 27
480p 720x480 59.94 31.47
576i 720x576 50(25) 27
576p 720x576 50 31.25
720p 1280x720 60 45
720p 1280x720 50 37.5
1080i 1920x1080 60(30) 33.75
1080i 1920x1080 50(25) 33.75
1080p 1920x1080 60 67.5
1080p 1920x1080 50 56.25

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


1-
INTRODUCTION

(4) HDMI Digital

Signal Resolution (dots) Aspect Ratio Refresh Rate


[Hz]
VGA 640x480 4:3 59.94/60
SVGA 800x600 4:3 60
XGA 1024x768 *1 4:3 60
XGA 1280x768 15:9 60
WXGA 1280x800 *2 16:10 60
WXGA 1366x768 *4 16:9 60
SXGA 1280x1024 5:4 60
SXGA+ 1400x1050 4:3 60
WXGA+ 1440x900 16:10 60
WXGA++ 1600x900 16:9 60
WSXGA+ 1680x1050 16:10 60
UXGA 1600x1200 4:3 60
Full HD 1920x1080 *3 16:9 60
HDTV (1080p) 1920x1080 16:9 23.98/24/50/59.94/60
HDTV(1080i) 1920x1080 16:9 50/59.94/60
HDTV (720p) 1280x720 16:9 50/59.94/60
SDTV (480p) 720x480 4:3/16:9 59.94/60
SDTV (576p) 720x576 4:3/16:9 50
SDTV (480i) 720(1440)x480 4:3/16:9 59.94/60
SDTV (576i) 720(1440)x576 4:3/16:9 50

*1 XGA Model Real Resolution


*2 WXGA Model Real Resolution
*3 1080p Model Real Resolution
*4 The projector may fail to display these signals correctly
when [AUTO] is selected for [ASPECT RATIO] in the
on-screen menu.
The factory default is [AUTO] for [ASPECT RATIO]. To display these
signals, select [16:9] for [ASPECT RATIO].

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


1-
INTRODUCTION

(5) HDMI - 3D Timing

Signal Resolution Aspect Refresh Rate


(dots) Ratio [Hz]
For PC Signal
XGA 1024x768 *1 4:3 60/120 *5
1280x720 1280x720 16:9 60/120 RB *5
WXGA 1280x800 *2 16:10 60/120 RB *5
Full HD 1920x1080 *3 16:9 60
For Video Signal
SDTV (480i) 720x480 4:3/16:9 60
For HDMI 3D
720p (Frame Packing) 1280x720 16:9 50/60/59.94
1080p (Frame Packing) 1920x1080 16:9 23.98/24
1080i (Side by Side (Half)) 1920x1080 16:9 50/60/59.94
1080P (Side by Side (Half)) 1920x1080 16:9 50/60/59.94 *6
720p (Top and Bottom) 1280x720 16:9 50/60/59.94
1080p (Top and Bottom) 1920x1080 16:9 23.98/24

*1 XGA Model Real Resolution


*2 WXGA Model Real Resolution
*3 1080p Model Real Resolution
*4 The projector may fail to display these signals correctly
when [AUTO] is selected for [ASPECT RATIO] in the
on-screen menu.
The factory default is [AUTO] for [ASPECT RATIO]. To display these
signals, select [16:9] for [ASPECT RATIO].
*5 The 120 Hz signals are support frame sequential format only.
*6 Select manually.

(6) HML Signal

Signal Resolution (dots) Aspect Refresh Rate (Hz)


Ratio
VGA 640x480 4:3 59.94/60
HDTV (1080p) 1920x1080 16:9 23.97/24/50/59.94/60
HDTV (1080i) 1920x1080 16:9 50/59.94/60
HDTV (720p) 1280x720 16:9 50/59.94/60
SDTV (480p) 720x480 4:3/16:9 59.94/60
SDTV (576p) 720x576 4:3/16:9 50
SDTV (480i) 720 x 480(1440x480i) 4:3/16:9 59.94/60
SDTV (576i) 720 x 576(1440x576i) 4:3/16:9 50

TIP:
• An image with higher or lower resolution than the projector’s native
resolution will be displayed with scaling technology.
• Sync on Green and Composite sync signals are not supported.
• Signals other than those specified in the table above may not be displayed
correctly. If this should happen, change the refresh rate or resolution on
your PC. Refer to Display Properties help section of your PC for proce-
dures.

Note: If the Computer Compatibility supportive signal is different from User's Manual, please refer to User's
Manual.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


1-
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

1. Disassembly Process
1-1 Equipment Needed & Product Overview
1. Screw Bit (+) :107
2. Hex Sleeves 5mm
3. Long Nose Nipper
4. Screw Bit (+) :102
5. Hex Sleeves 7mm
6. Tweezers
7. The projector

* Before you start: This process is protective level II. Operators should wear electrostatic chains (earth band).
* Note: When replace main board, get into service mode and record lamp usage hour.
As the process of V332X/V302H/V302XG/V302WG disassembiling is the same as V332W,we take
the V332W for example here.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-1
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

1-2 Disassemble Lamp Cover Module and


Lamp Module

1.Unscrew 1 screw to disassemble the


lamp cover (as red circle).

Lamp Cover

2. Unscrew 1 screw on the lamp module


(as green circle).

3. Take off the lamp module.

Lamp Module

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-2
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

1-3 Disassemble Top Cover Module

1.Unscrew 1 screw from I/O cover (as red


circle) .

2.Unscrew 6 screws from the bottom cover


(as green circle) .

3.Remove the top cover module and


unscrew 1 screw to take off the focus
ring (as red circle).

Top Cover Module Focus Ring

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-3
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

1-4 Disassemble Main Board

1.Unscrew 1 screw and 6 hex screws.(as


green circle).

2.Tear off the mylar (as green square) and


unplug 7 cables. (as red circle).

3.Unscrew 7 screws to disassemble the


main board.(as green circle).

4.Unplug 1 cable to take off the main


board (as red circle).

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-4
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

Please refer to the table as below


for details of each connector.

A D E F
B G C

Male Conector on
Item The key feature Figure
Main Board

Compose of Red/Black/
A Front IR
White Wire(3 pin)

Compose of Red/Black/
B Photo Sensor
White Wire(3 pin)

C LVPS Red Cable (10pin)

Compose of Red/White/
D Lamp Blower
Black Wire (3 pin)

E Lamp Driver Black Cable (5 pin)

Compose of Red/Blue/
F System Fan
Black Wire (3 pin)

Compose of Red/Black
G Speaker
Wire (2 pin)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-5
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

1-5 Disassemble Shielding and


Speaker Module

1.Unscrew 7 screws to disassemble


shielding (as green circle).

2.Pull out the speaker module (as red


square).

Speaker Module

3.Separate rubber and speaker

Speaker and Rubber

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-6
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

1-6 Disassemble Lamp Housing

1.Unplug 3 cables (as red circle).

2.Unscrew 3 screws to disassemble lamp


housing(as green circle).

3.Unscrew 1 screw to disassemble Inter


Switch (as red circle).

Inter Switch

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-7
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

4.Unscrew 4 screws to disassemble the


system fan (as green circle).

System Fan

5.Unscrew 1 hex to disassemble thermal


switch (as red circle).

Thermal Switch

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-8
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

1-7 Disassemble Lamp Fan Module and


Engine Module

1.Unscrew 2 screws to disassemble the


lamp blower (as green circle).

2.Separate lamp Fan module and rubber

Lamp Fan Module Rubber

3.Unscrew 6 screws to disassemble engine


module (as red circle).

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-9
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

4.Unscrew 1 screw to disassemble photo


sensor board (as green circle).

Photo Sensor Board

5.Unscrew 4 screws to disassemble color


wheel and color wheel bracket (as red
circle).

6.Unscrew 3 screws to disassemble color


wheel module (as green circle).

Color Wheel Module

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-10
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

7.Push out the focus ring cover (as red


square).

8.Unscrew 3screw to disassemble zoom


ring cover (as green circle).

9.Unscrew 2 screws to disassemble the


heatsink (as red circle).

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-11
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

Engine Module

10.Rotate the screw 90°counterclockwise


to disassemble the DMD chip (as green
circle)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-12
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

1-8 Disassemble LVPS Module and Bottom Cover

1.Unscrew 3 screws to disassemble AC inlet


(as red circle).

2.Unscrew 5screws to disassemble LVPS


module (as green circle).

LVPS Module

3.Unscrew 5screws to disassemble bracket


IO cover (as red circle).

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-13
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

4.Unscrew 3 screws to disassemble IO cover


(as green circle).

IO Cover

5.Unscrew 2screws to disassemble IR


module (as red circle).

6.Separate IR sensor board and IR holder.

IR Board

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-14
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

7.Unscrew 2 adjust foot (as green circle).

8.Unscrew 2 screws to disassemble elevator


foot (as red circle).

Elevator Foot Bottom Cover

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-15
DISASSEMBLY PROCESS (Photo taken from life)

1-9 Repair Action

Change parts
Repair action Lamp Model name Color
Main Board LVPS Fan
Module Calibration Wheel

Firmware Update v

Color Wheel Index v v

OSD Reset v

EDID Update v v

Re-write Lamp
v v
Hours Usage
Waveform
Download and Fan v v v
Calibration
ADC Calibration v

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


2-16
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

1. Diagonal view of the main unit front

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-1
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

2.LAMP COVER(V332W)
(1) Loosen 1 pc. of screw ① and remove the LAMP COVER(V332W).

LAMP COVER(V332W)
79TCB401

LENS CAP(V332W)
79TCB121

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-2
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

3.LAMP COVER
(1) Loosen 1 pc. of screw ① and remove the LAMP SASSY.

1
LAMP SASSY
(Option)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-3
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

4.TOP COVER ASSY/ZOOM LEVER(V332W)/LEVER HOLDER(V332W)


(1) Remove 6 pcs. of screw ① and 1 pc. of screw ② to take out the TOP COVER ASSY.
(2) Remove 1 pc. of screw ③ and take out the ZOOM LEVER(V332W)/LEVER HOLDER(V332W).

TOP COVER ASSY


In regard to the part number,
refer to the Parts List.
USA version (Refer to P10-4)
G version (Refer to P10-9)
+ version (Refer to P10-14)
J version (Refer to P10-19)

ZOOM LEVER(V332W)
79TCB371

LEVER HOLDER(V332W)
79TCB381

1
1
1 1

1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1

FRONT

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-4
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

5.MAIN PWB ASSY


(1) Remove to 7 pcs. of screw ① and 1 pc. of screw ② and 6 pcs. of screw ③ and 2 pcs. of screw ④
to take out the MAIN PWB ASSY.

1
1
1 1

1
MAIN PWB ASSY
In regard to the part number,
refer to the Parts List.
USA version (Refer to P10-1)
G version (Refer to P10-6)
+ version (Refer to P10-11)
J version (Refer to P10-16)

4
3 3 4
3 3
3 3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

FRONT
“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”
3-5
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

6.SHIELDING/SPEAKER
(1) Remove to 4 pcs. of screw ① and 3 pcs. of screw ② to take out the SHIELDING.
(2) Remove the SPEAKER.

1
2
1
2
1
2 SHIELDING

SPEAKER(10W L120)(V332W)
79TCB301
RUBBER

1 2 1 1 1 2 2

FRONT
“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”
3-6
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

7.LAMP HOUSING
(Applicable to NP-V332W/NP-V332X/NP-V302H/NP-V332WG/NP-V332XG/NP-V302HG/NP-V332W+/NP-V332X+/NP-V302H+/NP-V332WJD/NP-V332XJD/NP-V302HJD)

(1) Remove 3 pcs. of screw ① and take out the LAMP HOUSING.

1
1

LAMP HOUSING

1 1 1

FRONT

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-7
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

8.LAMP COVER SW/DC FAN/THERMAL SW/LAMP DRIVER CABLE


(Applicable to NP-V332W/NP-V332X/NP-V302H/NP-V332WG/NP-V332XG/NP-V302HG/NP-V332W+/NP-V332X+/NP-V302H+/NP-V332WJD/NP-V332XJD/NP-V302HJD)

(1) Remove 1 pc. of screw ① and take out the LAMP COVER SW.
(2) Remove 4 pcs. of screw ② and take out the DC FAN.
(3) Remove 1 pc. of screw ③ and take out the THERMAL SWITCH.
(4) Remove 1 pc. of screw ④ and take out the LAMP DRIVER CABLE.

LAMP DRIVER CABLE(190W)


79TCB361
4

THERMAL SW(85)
2 79TCB281
2
3P-3P-140mm
2

DC FAN(MF75251 L140)
79TCB251

1
LAMP COVER SW(V332W)
79TCB201

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-8
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

9.DC FAN
(Applicable to NP-V332W/NP-V332X/NP-V302H/NP-V332WG/NP-V332XG/NP-V302HG/NP-V332W+/NP-V332X+/NP-V302H+/NP-V332WJD/NP-V332XJD/NP-V302HJD)

(1) Remove 2 pcs. of screw ① and take out the DC FAN.

1 1

3P-3P-150mm

DC FAN(GB1245)
79TCB271

1 1

FRONT

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-9
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

10.LAMP HOUSING
(Applicable to NP-V302WG/NP-V302XG/NP-V302W+/NP-V302WC/NP-V302XC)

(1) Remove 3 pcs. of screw ① and take out the LAMP HOUSING.

1
1

LAMP HOUSING

1 1 1

FRONT

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-10
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

11.LAMP COVER SW/DC FAN/THERMAL SW/LAMP DRIVER CABLE


(Applicable to NP-V302WG/NP-V302XG/NP-V302W+/NP-V302WC/NP-V302XC)

(1) Remove 1 pc. of screw ① and take out the LAMP COVER SW.
(2) Remove 4 pcs. of screw ② and take out the DC FAN.
(3) Remove 1 pc. of screw ③ and take out the THERMAL SW.
(4) Remove 1 pc. of screw ④ and take out the LAMP DRIVER CABLE.

LAMP DRIVER CABLE(210W)


79TCB351
2
2
3P-3P-140mm
2

DC FAN(MF75251 L115)
79TCB261

1
LAMP COVER SW(V332W)
79TCB201
3

THERMAL SW(105)
79TCB291

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-11
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

12.ENGINE SASSY
(1) Remove 6 pcs. of screw ① and take out the ENGINE SASSY.

1
1
1
1 1

ENGINE SASSY

1 1 1 1 1 1

FRONT

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-12
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

13.COLOR WHEEL BRACKET/COLOR WHEEL/PHOTO SENSOR PWB ASSY


(1) Remove 2 pcs. of screw ① and take out the COLOR WHEEL BRACKET.
(2) Remove 2 pcs. of screw ② and 3 pcs. of screw ③ to take out the COLOR WHEEL.
(3) Remove 1 pc. of screw ④ and take out the PHOTO SENSOR PWB ASSY.

4
PHOTO SENSOR PWB ASSY
79TCP461

3
3

1
COLOR WHEEL(V332W)
79TCB341

COLOR WHEEL BRACKET

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-13
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

14.FOCUS RING/RING FOCUS WHEEL/HEATSINK/DMD/DMD PWB ASSY


(1) Remove the FOCUS RING.
(2) Remove 3 pcs. of screw ① and take out the RING FOCUS WHEEL.
(3) Remove 2 pcs. of screw ② and take out the HEATSINK.
(4) Remove 2 pcs. of screw ③ and 1 pc. of screw ④ to take out the DMD PWB ASSY/DMD.

DMD PWB ASSY(V332W)


HEATSINK 79TCB181(NP-V332W/V302Ws/V332X/V302Xs)
DMD PWB ASSY(NP-V302Hs)
79TCB191(NP-V302Hs)
DMD (WXGA)(V332W)
79TCB231(NP-V332W/V302Ws)
2 DMD (1080P)(U321H)
79TCP251(NP-V302Hs)
2 DMD (XGA)(V332X)
79TCB241(NP-V332X/V302Xs)
4
RING FOCUS WHEEL(V332W)
79TCB421(NP-V332W/V302Ws)
3 RING FOCUS WHEEL(V332X)
79TCB431(NP-V332X/V302Xs)
3 RING FOCUS WHEEL(V302H)
79TCB441(NP-V302Hs)

FOCUS RING(V332W)
79TCB411

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-14
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

15.LVPS SASSY
(1) Remove 3 pcs. of screw ① and 2 pcs. of screw ② and 1 pc. of screw ③ to take out the LVPS SASSY.

1
2

1
3

2
LVPS SASSY

2 3 1 1 1 2

FRONT

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-15
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

16.POWER SUPPLY/IO COVER


(1) Remove 1 pc. of screw ① and 1 pc. of screw ② to take out the AC INLET.
(2) Remove 4 pcs. of screw ③ and 1 pc. of screw ④ to take out the POWER SUPPLY.
(3) Remove 3 pcs. of screw ⑤ and take out the IO COVER.

IO COVER
In regard to the part number,
refer to the Parts List.
USA version (Refer to P10-3)
G version (Refer to P10-8) AC INLET
+ version (Refer to P10-13)
J version (Refer to P10-17)

3
3 2
4

POWER SUPPLY(BS 210W)


79TCB211(NP-V332W/V302Ws/V332X/V302Xs)
POWER SUPPLY(BS 190W)
79TCB221(NP-V302Hs)

BRACKET IO COVER

5
BRACKET
5

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-16
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

17.IR PWB ASSY/IR COVER(FRONT)/MYLAR SHEET


(1) Remove 2 pcs. of screw ① and take out the IR COVER(FRONT)/IR PWB ASSY.
(2) Remove the MYLAR SHEET.

1
1

IR PWB ASSY
79TC5281

IR COVER(FRONT)
79TCB391

MYLAR SHEET

1 1

FRONT

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-17
METHOD OF DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

18.FOOT R/CTILT FOOT(V332W)/BOTTOM COVER ASSY


(1) Remove 1 pc. of screw ① and 2 pcs. of screw ② to take out the CTILT FOOT(V332W).
(2) Remove the FOOT R.

BOTTOM COVER ASSY(V332W)


79TCB511
BOTTOM COVER ASSY(V332W+)
79TCB521

2 2

CTILT FOOT(V332W)
FOOT R(V332W) 79TCB531
79TCB501
1

2 1 2

FRONT

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


3-18
DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)
LAMP SASSY
・Main body (Option)
TOP COVER ASSY
In regard to the part number,
LAMP COVER(V332W) refer to the Parts List.
79TCB401 USA version (Refer to P10-4)
G version (Refer to P10-9)
+ version (Refer to P10-14)
J version (Refer to P10-19)

LEVER HOLDER(V332W)
79TCB381
MAIN PWB ASSY
In regard to the part number,
refer to the Parts List.
USA version (Refer to P10-1)
G version (Refer to P10-6)
ZOOM LEVER(V332W) + version (Refer to P10-11)
Applicable to NP-V302WG/NP-V302XG/NP-V302W+/NP-V302WC/NP-V302XC
79TCB371 J version (Refer to P10-16)
AC INLET
LAMP DRIVER CABLE(210W)
79TCB351
SHIELDING

IO COVER
In regard to the part number,
refer to the Parts List.
USA version (Refer to P10-3)
G version (Refer to P10-8)
+ version (Refer to P10-13) POWER SUPPLY(BS 210W)
J version (Refer to P10-17) 79TCB211(NP-V332W/V302Ws/V332X/V302Xs)
DC FAN(MF75251 L115)
POWER SUPPLY(BS 190W)
79TCB261
79TCB221(NP-V302Hs)
BRACKET IO COVER
LAMP COVER SW(V332W)
79TCB201 IR PWB ASSY
79TC5281

THERMAL SW(105)
79TCB291
BRACKET
IR COVER(FRONT) ENGINE SASSY
79TCB391
Applicable to NP-V332W/NP-V332X/NP-V302H/NP-V332WG/NP-V332XG/NP-V302HG/
SPEAKER(10W L120)(V332W)
NP-V332W+/NP-V332X+/NP-V302H+/NP-V332WJD/NP-V332XJD/NP-V302HJD
79TCB301
RUBBER
MYLAR SHEET
LAMP DRIVER CABLE(190W)
79TCB361

BOTTOM COVER ASSY(V332W)


79TCB511
THERMAL SW(85)
BOTTOM COVER ASSY(V332W+)
79TCB281
79TCB521
DC FAN(GB1245)
79TCB271

LENS CAP(V332W)
79TCB121

LAMP COVER SW(V332W)


79TCB201

DC FAN(MF75251 L140) FOOT R(V332W) CTILT FOOT(V332W)


79TCB251 79TCB501 79TCB531

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


4-1
DISASSEMBLY (Illustrator/Photo taken from life)

・ENGINE SASSY

HEATSINK

DMD PWB ASSY(V332W)


79TCB181(NP-V332W/V302Ws/V332X/V302Xs)
DMD PWB ASSY(NP-V302Hs)
79TCB191(NP-V302Hs)

DMD (WXGA)(V332W)
79TCB231(NP-V332W/V302Ws)
DMD (1080P)(U321H) RING FOCUS WHEEL(V332W)
PHOTO SENSOR PWB ASSY 79TCP251(NP-V302Hs) 79TCB421(NP-V332W/V302Ws)
79TCP461 DMD (XGA)(V332X) RING FOCUS WHEEL(V332X)
79TCB241(NP-V332X/V302Xs) 79TCB431(NP-V332X/V302Xs)
RING FOCUS WHEEL(V302H)
79TCB441(NP-V302Hs)

COLOR WHEEL(V332W)
79TCB341

COLOR WHEEL BRACKET

ENGINE MODULE(V332W)
79TCB311(NP-V332W/V302Ws) FOCUS RING(V332W)
ENGINE MODULE(V302H) 79TCB411
79TCB321(NP-V302Hs)
ENGINE MODULE(V332X)
79TCB331(NP-V332X/V302Xs)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


4-2
TROUBLESHOOTING

1. Troubleshooting
1-1 LED Lighting Message

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-
TROUBLESHOOTING

1-2 Equipment Needed

1. Projector
2. PC (Personal computer)
3. Screw drivers
4. VGA cable, Power cord, Video cable, Audio cable, Lan cable
5. Voltage test meter

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-
TROUBLESHOOTING

1-3 Main Procedure

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-
TROUBLESHOOTING

1-4 No Power Troubleshooting

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-
TROUBLESHOOTING

1-5 Power Troubleshooting

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-
TROUBLESHOOTING

1-6 Image Troubleshooting (1/2)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-
TROUBLESHOOTING

1-6 Image Troubleshooting (2/2)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-
TROUBLESHOOTING

1-7 Remote Troubleshooting

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-
TROUBLESHOOTING

1-8 Network Troubleshooting

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-
TROUBLESHOOTING

1-9 Pin Assingment

Note: The Pin Voltage is only for your reference, as some of PIN needed to measure of current or sync pulse to
determine.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-10
TROUBLESHOOTING

Note: The Pin Voltage is only for your reference, as some of PIN needed to measure of current or sync pulse to
determine.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-11
TROUBLESHOOTING

1-10 Failure log explanation

Item Statement (Type) Explanation

A Fan Lock Record the fan break or abnormal information

B Fan Calibration Fail Record the Blower fan Calibration information

Record the information caused by high


C Over Heat
temperature

D Ambient Temp Over 40 NA

E Color Wheel Fail Record Color Wheel failure information

Record the information fail to power on ignite


F Lamp Lite Fail
after igniting three times.

G Lamp Ignite Fail Record the information fail to power on ignite.

Record the failure information of Lamp and


H LMP Comm.Fail
Driver.

I DAD1000 Fail Record the DMD1000 IC failure times.

J AC Unplug Record abnormal power off information.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-12
TROUBLESHOOTING

Failure Log

Failure Log

Log Type Format Description


Fan lock HHHHHH:MM [N] [Eco Mode/Normal] [FAN_ID] [N] Error log for fan lock.
Fan Calibration fail HHHHHH:MM [N] [Eco Mode/Normal] [FC_ERR] [0] Error log for fan calibration error.
Over Heat HHHHHH:MM [N] [Eco Mode/Normal] [TT] [tt] Error for temperature is too high.
Ambient Over 40'C
Color Wheel Fail HHHHHH:MM [N] [Eco Mode/Normal] [0] [CW_ERR] Error for color wheel
Lamp Lite fail HHHHHH:MM [N] [Eco Mode/Normal] [LMP_ERR] [0] Error for indicating lamp turned off unexpectedly
Lamp ingite fail HHHHHH:MM [N] [Eco Mode/Normal] [LMP_ERR] [0] Error for indicating lamp ingite fail
LMP Comm. Fail HHHHHH:MM [N] [Eco Mode/Normal] [LCM_ERR] [0] Error for Lamp communication fail
DAD1000 fail HHHHHH:MM [N] [Eco Mode/Normal] [0] [0] Error for indicating DAD1000 fail
AC unplug HHHHHH:MM [N] [Eco Mode/Normal] [0] [AC_ERR] Indicate projector was powered off by power lose.
HHHHHH: Projector time used (hour)
MM: Projector time used (minute)
N: Occurred at Burn in cycle N
Eco Mode/Normal: Lamp state. In Eco Mode or Normal
TT: Occurred at temperature TT
tt: Over temperature cooling time
F: Fan mode indicator symble when error occurred. "A" for Auto, "H" for High Speed.
CW_ERR: -1 Color wheel not spin up, -2 Color wheel stopped during operating.
LMP_ERR: Voltage of ballast. 48879 if ballast voltage could not be read
LCM_ERR: -1 Enable communication error, -3 Set gain error, -4 Lamp on error
FC_ERR: -12 Calibration Fail, -11 Calibration not performed, -10 Current fan ratio value is under minimum range of
calibration value.
AC_ERR: 0 Abnormal power off. -1~-4 Security settings not correct loaded. -1 System initial, -2 After factory reset, -3 After
OSD reset, -4 Write to EEPROM security on/off
Fan_ID: Occurred on which fan.
P: I2C Port 0~1
0xAddr: Device address
CC: Error count

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


5-13
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1. Function Test & Alignment Procedure


1-1 Test Equipment Needed
- PC with HDTV resolution

- DVD player with Multi-system, equipped “Component”, “Composite”, “HDMI”.

- HDTV Source (720P,1080P,1080i)

- Minolta CL-200

- Quantum Data 802B or CHROMA2327 (Color Video Signal & Pattern Generator)

1-2 Test Condition

- Circumstance brightness: Dark room less than 5 lux.


- Product must be warmed up for 3 minutes.
- Screen size: 60 inches diagonal.

Zone Definition

< Figure: Zone A(as green line) Definition >

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-1
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1-3 Waveform Download and


Fan Calibration

After replacing main board, fan, or upgrading the firmware, please follow
steps as below:
1.Hold “power”key,then plug in the power
2.Till the “power” LED flashes red straight, then release the “power”
3.When waveform download and Fan calibration is complete,the
projector power on automatically,you can check the LOGO

Note:- If the factory fan value don’t show in service mode,please repeat
the step 1,2 again.
- Make sure the “Blower Factory RPM “is 1840-2760 for 190W lamp
system/4000-6000 for 210W lamp system.

1-4 ADC Calibration

1. RGB CalibrationProcedure

- Test equipment: video generator


- Once main board is changed. RGB calibration
should be done as well.
(1) Test signal analog: 1280x 800@60Hz
(2) Test Pattern: 94%White(up)/6% Black (down)
- Note
(1) Calibration pattern should be in full screen White/Black
(2) Please press "power", “left”,”left”, "menu"
buttons sequentially to get into service mode.

(3) Choose "PC Calibration", press "Enter" button


for Calibration”,When the message “Success”
appears, it means calibration OK Choose “Exit”
to leave service mode.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-2
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Note: V332W/V332WG/V332W+/V332WJD/ V302W/V302WG/V302W+/V302WJD resolution is 1280X800,


V332X/V332XG/V332X+/V332XJD/V302X/V302XG/V302X+/V302XJD resolution is 1024X768,
V302H/V302HG/V302H+/V302HJD resolution is 1920X1080,
here we take V332WG for example.

1-5 I/O Port Test

1-5-1 VGA Port Test

Note:1.If you don’t have the professional equipments such as Quantum


Data 802B or CHROMA2327,please use the PC that support
HDTV resolution & Independent graphic card to output the
corresponding PC pattern.You can download the “test pattern by
PC” from website

1. Frequency and tracking boundary

Procedure - Test equipment: video generator.


- Test signal: analog1280x800@60Hz
- Test Pattern: general-1
-C
 heck and see if the image sharpness is well
performed.
- Horizontal and vertical position of the video should
be adjustable to the sreen frame

General-1

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-3
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Criteria - If there is noise on the screen, the product is consid-


ered as failure product.
- If there is noise on the screen, use auto or manual
“frequency” function or “tracking” function to adjust the
screen.
- The PC mode functionally sure be workable include
support format with frequency and auto detected func-
tional will be workable.

2. Bright Pixel

Procedure - Test equipment: video generator.


- Test Pattern: Gray 10
Inspection item - Bright pixel check.
Gray 10

Criteria - Please refer to Pixel specification table.


3. Dark Pixel

Procedure - Test equipment: video generator.


- Test Pattern: full white Full white
Inspection item - Dark pixels check.

Criteria - Please refer to Pixel specification table.

4. Bright Blemish

Procedure - Test equipment: video generator.


- Test Pattern: gray 10 Gray 10
Inspection item - Bright blemish check.

Criteria - Please refer to Pixel specification table.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-4
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

5. Dark Blemish

Procedure - Test equipment: video generator.


- Test Pattern: blue 60
Inspection item - Dark blemish check

Criteria - Please refer to Pixel specification table. Blue 60

Pixel specification

Order Symptom Pattern Criteria


1. ≤ 4 visible dark blemishes are allowed in
1 Dark Blemish Blue 60 the active area
2. No blemish will be > 1.5” long/diameter
1. <4 visible light blemishes are allowed in
2 Light Blemish Gray 10 the active area
2. No blemish will be > 1.5” long/diameter
Reset Boundary
3 Gray 30 1.No reset boundary artifacts allowed
Artifact
Eyecatchers/
4 Black 1. Eyecatcher and border artifacts are allowed
Border Artifacts
1. No adjacent pixels
1. Any screen 2. No bright pixels in Active Area
2. Gray 10 3. No unstable pixels in Active Area
3. Any screen
4. ≤ 1 bright pixel in the POM
5 Projected Images 4. Gray 10
5. White 5. <4 dark pixels in the Active Area
6. Any screen 6. No DMD window aperture shadowing on the
7. Black or White Active Area
7. Βlemishes are allowed

6. Focus Test

Procedure - Test equipment: video generator.


- Test signal: analog 1280x800@60Hz
- Test Pattern: full screen
Inspection item - Focus check
Full screen

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-5
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Criteria -Check the focus, look at the entire screen, focus


shall be clear, crisp, and sharp over the entire sur-
face of the display pattern. (Blur word on one of the
corner after adjustment is acceptable. However,
the word should at least be recognizable.)

7. Color Performance

Procedure - Test equipment: video generator.


- Test signal: 1280x800@60Hz
64 gray RGBW
-Test Pattern: 64 gray RGBW or Master

Inspection item - Check if each color level is well-functioned.
- Color saturation
Criteria - Screen appears normal. It should not have any
abnormal condition, such as lines appear on the
screen and so on.
- Color appears normal.
- It is unacceptable to have few lines flashing.
- RGBW should all appear normal on the screen and
sort from R-G-B-W. Master
- Color levels should be sufficient and normal. (The
unidentified color levels on both left and right sides
should not over 8 color levels.)
- Gray level should not have abnormal color or
heavy lines.
- If color appears abnormal, please get into service
mode to do color wheel index adjustment.

8. Optical Performance

Inspection Condition - Environment luminance:5 Lux


-Produce must be wamed up for 5 minutes
-Screen size 60 inches diagonal

a. Measure setting

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-6
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Procedure - Please get into OSD menu, select “Lamp Setting”


under “Options”, press “Enter” button, then select
“ECO OFF“mode.
- Press “Power→ left→ left→ Menu” to
get into service mode.
- Test equipment:Select “Spoke Test”.

b. Brightness

Procedure - Full white pattern Full white pattern


- Use CL200 to measure brightness values of
P1~P9.
- Follow the brightness formula to calculate
brightness values.
-Brightness Formula
Avg. (P1~P9)*2.45m2
Criteria 1452 ANSI lumen

c. Full On/Full Off Contrast



Full black pattern
Procedure - Full white pattern & Full black pattern
- Use CL200 to measure brightness values of full
white pattern P5 & full black pattern B5
- Follow Contrast formula to calculate contrast values.
Contrast Formula P5/B5
Note: P5 = Lux of center in full white pattern
B5 = Lux of center in full black pattern

Criteria • 1800:1

d. Uniformity

Full white pattern
Procedure - Full white pattern
- Use CL200 to measure brightness values of P1~P13
- Follow the Uniformity formula to calculate average

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-7
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

values.
-Uniformity Formula
JBMA Uniformity = Avg. (P1, P3, P7, P9) / P5 *100%
Criteria • 70%

1-5-2 Audio Port Test


Motion video

Procedure - Test equipment: DVD Player


- Test signal: CVBS
Inspection item - Audio performance test

Criteria - Check the sound from speaker


- Plug Audio cable into Audio in port,
check whether “Volume” is normal.
- Adjust the volume to “0→ 8” by using the
remote controller.
- Check the sound from speaker.

1-5-3 Video Port Test

Procedure - Test equipment: DVD player


- Test signal: Video
Inspection item - Video performance test

Criteria - Check any abnormal color, line distortion


or any noise on the screen.
- Check the sound from speaker.

1-5-4 Component Port Test

Procedure - Test equipment: DVD player


- Test signal: Ycbcr/YPbPr
Inspection item - HDTV performance test

Criteria -C
 heck any abnormal color, line distortion or any noise on
the screen.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-8
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1-5-5 HDMI Port Test

Procedure - Test equipment: Blue-Ray DVD player


- Test signal: 1080p@60HZ
Inspection item - HDMI 1 and 2 performance test.
Criteria -Adjust keystone +/- from 0 to 3
-Ensure the image is well performed not allow flicker and
the color can not discolor.
-Check whether "mute" is normal.

1-5-6 MHL Test

Procedure - Test Signal : 1080p

- Test Pattern : Any Pattern

- Equipment: Mobile phone with MHL output

- Connect projector and Mobile phone by MHL cable

Inspection item - MHL Test

Criteria - Ensure the image and audio are well performed

and the color can not discolor.Ensure the mobile phone


is charging.

1-5-7 3D Test(HDMI2)

Procedure - Test equipment: Blue-Ray DVD player & 3D format


3D glasses (144Hz)
- Test signal: 1080i@50Hz
Inspection item - 3D test

Criteria - The image should not appear noise, flicker shadow,


shocking,abnormal color.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-9
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1-5-8 RJ45 Port Test

1. Network Setting

(1) Open the "Local area connection", choose "properties".


(2) Select "Internet protocol (TCP/IP)", then click


Properties".

(3) Modify the IP address to 192.168.10.100, and modify


Subnet mask to 255.255.255.0.

(4) Click "OK".

(5) Click "Close" to quit the setting screen.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-10
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

2. Read Projector Information

(1) Connect the PC and the Projector with LAN


Cable.

(2) Click “Internet Explorer”.

(3) Write the IP address: http://192.168.10.100

(4) Then the information will be shown on the web.

1-6 Run In Test

- Temperature: 15°C~35°C
- Circumstance brightness: Normal environment
- Screen size: No concern
- Display mode: ECO mode
After repairing each unit, a Run-in test is necessary (refer to the below table).

Symptom Run-in Time


Normal repair 2 hours
NFF 4 hours
Auto shutdown 6 hours
- Get into Burn-In Mode
* Cycle setting is based on the defect symptoms. ie: If it is NFF, the run-in time is 4 hours. You have
to set the lamp on for 50 min. and lamp off for 10 min for 4 cycles.

Press power > Left > Left >Menu buttons sequentially on remote controller to get into
service mode
Choose Burn-In Test > enter
Lamp On Press right key to adjust the time (50)
Lamp Off Press right key to adjust the time (10)
Set burn in cycle Press right key to adjust the cycle
After setting up the time, choose “Get into Burn-In Mode” and press enter

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-11
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Note:During Brun in test,if you want to end the process,please


enter power button.

1-7 Test Inspection Procedure

1. Check Points

Check item Check point


Firmware version All firmware version must be the latest version
TB implementation Related TB must be implement
Cosmetic Cosmetic can not be broken
Missing logo, missing prints and blurry prints are
Logo
unacceptable
Lamp cover It should be locked in the correct place.
Zoom in/out The function should work smoothly
Keypad All keypad buttons must operate smoothly

2. OSD Reset
After final QC step, we have to erase all saved change again and restore the OSD default

setting.

The following actions will allow you to erase all end-users' settings and restore the default setting:

(1) Please enter OSD menu.

(2) Choose "Option" and then execute "Reset" function.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-12
FUNCTION TEST & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1-8 R
 e-write Lamp Hours Usage

1. Get into service mode


Press power→left→left→Menu to get into service mode.

2. Re-write Projection Hours

Select Projection Hours and use “left” or

“right” buttons to re-write the projection hours.

3. Re-write Lamp Hours(Bright)

Select Lamp Hours(Bright)and use “left” or

“right” buttons to re-write the lamp hours(Normal).

4. Re-write Lamp Hours(ECO)

Select Lamp ECO Hours and use “left” or “right

buttons to re-write the lamp hours(ECO).

5. Choose “Exit”, press “Enter” to exit

Note: left key = decrease lamp hour


right key =increase lamp hour

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


6-13
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

1. Firmware Upgrade
Section 1: DDP Firmware Upgrade Procedure

1-1-1 Equipment Needed


Software:

- DLP Composer Lite 11.2

- Firmware (*.img)
- FlashDeviceParameters-20141125
Note: - Please download "DLP Composer Lite 11.2" and "FlashDeviceParameters " from website
to upgrade FW procedure.

Hardware:
- Projector
- Power cord
- Mini USB Cable (MINI TO USB-A )
- PC or Laptop

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-1
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

1-1-2 D
 LP Composer Lite Setup
Procedure

1. Choose "DLP Composer Lite V11.2 Setup"


Program.

2. Click "Next".

3. Read "License Agreement".


-C
 hoose "I accept and agree to be bound
by all the terms and conditions of this
license Agreement".
- Click "Next".

4. Click "Next".

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-2
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

5. Click "Next".

6. Click "Next".

7. The program is executing "installing"


status.

8. Click "Finish".

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-3
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

1-1-3 Get into Firmware Download Mode

. Set-up

-H
 old on "Power" button and plug in the power
cord.
- Until the "power" LED lights steady green,then
release "power" button.
- Connect the projector with PC by USB cable.

1-1-4 USB Driver Upgrade Procedure

1.Execute”Install DLP Device Drivers” in start


menu.

2.Select “Jungo WinDriver(WinXP),then click


“install”.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-4
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

3.Click”Next”.

4.Click"Finish".

1-1-5 Firmware Upgrade Procedure

1. Execute the "DLP ComposerTM Lite 11.2"


file.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-5
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

2. Setting "FlashDeviceParameters".
-S
 elect the file "FlashDeviceParameters
- Put "FlashDeviceParameters " file into the
folder where you setup "DLP Composer Lite
11.2".

3. Click "Edit" and "Perferences".




4. Click "Communications".

- Select "USB"

- Click "OK".

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-6
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

5. Choose "Flash Loader".


-C
 lick "Browse" to search the firmware file
(*.img).
- Click "Open".

6. Selete the item skip Boot Loader Area


- Select “64KB”.
- Click “Reset Bus” to erase the flash
memory.

7. If the FW is ready, click “Start Download” to


execute the firmware upgrade.
It takes about several minutes, "Download
completed" will appear on the screen.
-U
 nplug USB cable and power cord

8. Check System FW version. 


Re-plug in power cable, then restart the
unit and get into the Service Mode to
check the system firmware version.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-7
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

Section 2: MCU Firmware Upgrade Procedure

1-2-1 Equipment Needed

Software:

- DLP Composer Lite 11.2

- Firmware (*.img)
- FlashDeviceParameters-20141125
Note: - Please download "DLP Composer Lite 11.2" and "FlashDeviceParameters " from
website to upgrade FW procedure.

Hardware:
- Projector
- Power cord
- Mini USB Cable (MINI TO USB-A )
- PC or Laptop
Note: As the DLP composer setup and USB driver upgrade procedure the same with
DDP firmware procedure ,please follow up "1-1-2" "1-1-4"

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-8
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

1-2-2 Get into Firmware Download Mode

. Set-up

-H
 old on "power" and "down"button then plug in
power cord.
- Till the "power" LED lights green,then release
"power" button about 2 seconds later release
"down" button.
- Connect the projector with PC by USB cable.

1-2-3 Firmware Upgrade Procedure

1. Execute the "DLP ComposerTM Lite 11.2" file.

2. Setting "FlashDeviceParameters".
-S
 elect the file "FlashDeviceParameters
- Put "FlashDeviceParameters " file into the
folder where you setup "DLP Composer Lite
11.2".

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-9
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

3. Click "Edit" and "Perferences".




4. Click "Communications".

- Select "USB"

- Click "OK".

5. Choose "Flash Loader".


-C
 lick "Browse" to search the firmware file
(*.img).
- Click "Open".

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-10
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

6. Selete the item skip Boot Loader Area


- Select “64KB”.
- Click “Reset Bus” to erase the flash
memory.

7. Click “Start Download” to execute the


firmware upgrade.
It takes about several minutes, "Download
completed" will appear on the screen.
-U
 nplug USB cable and power cord

8. Check System FW version. 


Re-plug in power cable, then restart the
unit and get into the Service Mode to
check the system firmware version.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-11
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

Section 3: Network Firmware Upgrade Procedure

1-3-1 Equipment Needed

Software :
-NP-V332W_LAN FW_xxx.bin (*.bin)
Hardware:
- Projector
- Power Cord
- LAN Cable
- PC
Note: Upgrade Network firmware please use the IE version of 7.0 or above.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-12
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

1-3-2 Projector setting

1.Power on projector
Press "menu" button to get into OSD menu
Select "setting-advance-network" ,press"enter"
Make sure the setting following below items:
DHCP: Off
IP Address: 192.168.0.10
Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
(If IP Address is not 192.168.0.10,select "IP
ADDRESS" press "enter" to modify )
2. Click "Exit" to quit OSD.

1-3-3 Network Setting

1.Change the IE browser setting

Open Internet Options ,select "General" "

Settings" “Every time I visit the WebPages”

Click "OK"

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-13
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

2. Double click the "Local area connection",


choose "Properties".

3. Select "Internet protocol (TCP/IP)", then


click "Properties".

4. Modify the IP address to 192.168.0.100,


Subnet mask to 255.255.255.0.
Click "OK".

5. Click "Close" to quit the setting screen.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-14
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

1-3-4 Upgrade Procedure

1. Execute "Internet Explorer".

2.Visit "http:// 192.168.0.10/firmwareUpdate.htm"


to get into Firmware Update screen.

3. - Click "Update".
- Click "Browse" button to select the
network firmware file (*.bin) which you
saved.
- Click "Open".
- Click "Upgrade" to start updating.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-15
FIRMWARE UPGRADE

4. Click "Re Login" to check the Network


version.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


7-16
EDID UPGRADE

1. EDID Upgrade
1-1 EDID Introduction
Extended Display Identification Data is a VESA standard data format that contains basic information about a
display device and its capabilities, including vendor information, maximum image size, color characteristics,
factory pre-set timings, frequency range limits, and character strings for the monitor name and serial number.
The information is stored in the display and is used to communicate with the system through a Display Data
Channel (DDC), which sites between the display device and the PC graphics adapter. The system uses this
information for configuration purposes, so the monitor and system can work together.

Note: If a display device has digital input ports, like DVI or HDMI, but without EDID in its main board, the display
device will show no image while the input source is digital signal.
As the EDID upgrade process of V332X/V302H/V302XG is the same as V332W,we take V332W for
example.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


8-1
EDID UPGRADE

1-2 Equipment Needed

Software
- EDID Program (All models_EDID TOOL_Ver.0.81)
- EDID File (NP-V332W_EDID_XXX)

Hardware
- Projector
- Generic Fixture (79TC2041) for EDID Key-in (Fixture: JP3 must be closed)
- RS-232 9 Pin Cable (pin to pin, F-M) (79TC2011)
- HDMI(M) to DVI(F) Adapter (79TC2061)
- Monitor
- PC
- VGA cable (79TC2021)
- Power adapter (79TC2031) for fixture
- Power cord for Projector
- DVI Cable (79TC2071)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


8-2
EDID UPGRADE

1-3 Setup Procedure Power CNN P3

Connect all ports

(1) Connect P1 of Fixture with COM Port of PC/Laptop by


RS232 Cable.

(2) Connect P2 of Fixture with VGA port of Projector by VGA


Cable.

(3) Connect P3 of fixture with HDMI Port of projector by DVI


Cable.
P1
(4) Plug Power Adapter to Power CNN. P2

1-4 Get into Firmware Download Mode

Hold on "Power" button and plug in the power cord .

Till the "Power" LED flashes green,then release "Power"

button

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


8-3
EDID UPGRADE

1-5 EDID Key-In Procedure

1. Execute EDID Program


Click on "EDID" to execute EDID program.

2. Process
(1) Check the COM port is "COM 1" (Select the COM port which
you are using).

(2) Click the "Model" button.

(3) Choose the source file "NP-V332W_EDID_XXX.ini", and then


open it.

3. Process
Key in the serial number into the Barcode blank space as below.
In "Write Source Select" item,select "VGA1","HDMI 1" and
"HDMI 2" , then click "Program" button.

4. Process
"Please change the cable to VGA" will be shown on the screen ,
please press "Ok" button.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


8-4
EDID UPGRADE

5. Change the cable to HDMI 1

(1) When the message “Please change the cable to HDMI 1”


appears on the creen, click “OK”.

(2) "Please change the cable to HDMI 2" will be shown on the
screen ,Please change the cable to HDMI 2, press "OK"
button. at last the "OK" will be show on the screen

6. Read EDID information

(1) In the read item select "Analog" and "Trans" then click "read"
button ,EDID "VGA" informations will show the result.

(2) Select "Digital and "Trans" then click "read" button ,EDID
"HDMI" informations will show the result.

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


8-5
BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN ASSIGNMENT

1. Block Diagram & Pin Assignment


1-1 Connection Diagram

LVPS/Driver Board

DMD Board

Main Board

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


9-1
BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN ASSIGNMENT

1-2 Connection diagram : MAIN PWB ASSY (Photo taken from life)

A D E F
B G C

Male Conector on
Item The key feature Figure
Main Board

Compose of Red/Black/
A Front IR
White Wire(3 pin)

Compose of Red/Black/
B Photo Sensor
White Wire(3 pin)

C LVPS Red Cable (10pin)

Compose of Red/White/
D Lamp Fan
Black Wire (3 pin)

E Lamp Driver Black Cable (5 pin)

Compose of Red/Blue/
F System Fan
Black Wire (3 pin)

Compose of Red/Black
G Speaker
Wire (2 pin)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC.”


9-2
PARTS LIST
SPARE PARTS LIST
NP-V302H/V332W/V332X
ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION PHOTO REMARK

1 79TC1031 AC POWER CORD(U)(NP100)

2 79TC5281 IR PWB ASSY(L50W)

3 79TC5311 LABEL(SECURITY)Y-1

4 79TCB121 LENS CAP(V332W)

5 79TCB141 MAIN PWB ASSY(V302H) NP-V302H

6 79TCB131 MAIN PWB ASSY(V332W) NP-V332W

7 79TCB171 MAIN PWB ASSY(V332X) NP-V332X

8 79TCB191 DMD PWB ASSY(V302H) NP-V302H

9 79TCB181 DMD PWB ASSY(V332W) NP-V332W/V332X

10 79TCB201 LAMP COVER SW(V332W)

11 79TCB211 POWER SUPPLY(BS 210W)

12 79TCB251 DC FAN(MF75251 L140)

13 79TCB271 DC FAN(GB1245)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-1
PARTS LIST

14 79TCB281 THERMAL SW(85)

15 79TCB301 SPEAKER(10W L120)(V332W)

16 79TCB321 ENGINE MODULE(V302H) NP-V302H

17 79TCB311 ENGINE MODULE(V332W) NP-V332W

18 79TCB331 ENGINE MODULE(V332X) NP-V332X

19 79TCB341 COLOR WHEEL(V332W)

20 79TCB351 LAM PDRIVER CABLE(210W)

21 79TCB371 ZOOM LEVER(V332W)

22 79TCB381 LEVER HOLDER(V332W)

23 79TCB391 IR COVER(FRONT)

24 79TCB401 LAMP COVER(V332W)

25 79TCB411 FOCUS RING(V332W)

26 79TCB441 RING FOCUS WHEEL(V302H) NP-V302H

27 79TCB421 RING FOCUS WHEEL(V332W) NP-V332W

28 79TCB431 RING FOCUS WHEEL(V332X) NP-V332X

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-2
PARTS LIST

29 79TCB451 IO COVER(V302H)

30 79TCB501 FOOT R(V332W)

31 79TCB511 BOTTOM COVER ASSY(V332W)

32 79TCB531 CTILT FOOT(V332W)

33 79TCB621 CARTON BOX(V332W)

34 79TCB631 PARTITION(V332W)

35 79TCB641 CARTON BOX(SPACER V332W)

36 79TCB651 SPACER(AIR BAG V332W)

TBD
37 79TCB671 LABEL CARTON(V302H) NP-V302H

38 79TCB751 LABEL CARTON(V332W) NP-V332W

39 79TCB781 LABEL CARTON(V332X) NP-V332X


(example:NP-V332W)
40 79TCB831 NAME PLATE(V302H) NP-V302H

41 79TCB911 NAME PLATE(V332W) NP-V332W

42 79TCB941 NAME PLATE(V332X) NP-V332X

43 79TCB991 LABEL CAUTION(V332W)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-3
PARTS LIST

44 79TCBA01 NP-V332W CD-ROM 7N952171

45 79TCBA11 NP-V332W IMPORTANT(UG) 7N8N5811

46 79TCBA41 NP-V332W QUICK GUIDE(UGC) 7N8N5831

47 79TCBT01 TOP COVER ASSY(V302H) NP-V302H

48 79TCB541 TOP COVER ASSY(V332W) NP-V332W

49 79TCB611 TOP COVER ASSY(V332X) NP-V332X

50 79TCP251 DMD (1080P)(U321H) NP-V302H

51 79TCB231 DMD (WXGA)(V332W) NP-V332W

52 79TCB241 DMD (XGA)(V332X) NP-V332X

53 79TCP461 PHOTO SENSOR PWB ASSY

54 7N520073 CABLE RGB 1.8M JO

55 7N901052 REM-T HAND UNIT RD-469E

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-4
PARTS LIST

56 79TC2001 CABLE RS232 TO MINI DIN 3

57 79TC2011 CABLE RS232 PIN TO PIN

58 79TC2021 CABLE VGA 15P 1.8M BLK JIG

59 79TC2031 POWER ADAPTER

60 79TC2041 EDID DOWNLOAD FIXTURE RMA

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-5
PARTS LIST
SPARE PARTS LIST
NP-V302HG/V332WG/V302WG/V332XG/V302XG
ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION PHOTO REMARK

1 79TC5031 POWER CORD E 1.8M

2 79TC5281 IR PWB ASSY(L50W)

3 79TC5311 LABEL(SECURITY)Y-1

4 79TCB121 LENS CAP(V332W)

5 79TCB141 MAIN PWB ASSY(V302H) NP-V302HG

6 79TCB131 MAIN PWB ASSY(V332W) NP-V332WG

7 79TCB151 MAIN PWB ASSY(V302W) NP-V302WG

8 79TCB171 MAIN PWB ASSY(V332X) NP-V332XG

9 79TCB161 MAIN PWB ASSY(V302X) NP-V302XG

10 79TCB191 DMD PWB ASSY(V302H) NP-V302HG

NP-V332WG/V302WG/
11 79TCB181 DMD PWB ASSY(V332W)
V332XG/V302XG

12 79TCB201 LAMP COVER SW(V332W)

13 79TCB211 POWER SUPPLY(BS 210W) NP-V302HG/V332WG/V332XG

14 79TCB221 POWER SUPPLY(BS 190W) NP-V302WG/V302XG

15 79TCB251 DC FAN(MF75251 L140) NP-V302HG/V332WG/V332XG

16 79TCB261 DC FAN(MF75251 L115) NP-V302WG/V302XG

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-6
PARTS LIST

17 79TCB271 DC FAN(GB1245) NP-V302HG/V332WG/V332XG

18 79TCB281 THERMAL SW(85) NP-V302HG/V332WG/V332XG

19 79TCB291 THERMAL SW(105) NP-V302WG/V302XG

20 79TCB301 SPEAKER(10W L120)(V332W)

21 79TCB321 ENGINE MODULE(V302H) NP-V302HG

22 79TCB311 ENGINE MODULE(V332W) NP-V332WG/V302WG

23 79TCB331 ENGINE MODULE(V332X) NP-V332XG/V302XG

24 79TCB341 COLOR WHEEL(V332W)

25 79TCB351 LAM PDRIVER CABLE(210W) NP-V302HG/V332WG/V332XG

26 79TCB361 LAM PDRIVER CABLE(190W) NP-V302WG/V302XG

27 79TCB371 ZOOM LEVER(V332W)

28 79TCB381 LEVER HOLDER(V332W)

29 79TCB391 IR COVER(FRONT)

30 79TCB401 LAMP COVER(V332W)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-7
PARTS LIST

31 79TCB411 FOCUS RING(V332W)

32 79TCB441 RING FOCUS WHEEL(V302H) NP-V302HG

33 79TCB421 RING FOCUS WHEEL(V332W) NP-V332WG/V302WG

34 79TCB431 RING FOCUS WHEEL(V332X) NP-V332XG/V302XG

35 79TCB451 IO COVER(V302H) NP-V302HG/V332WG/V332XG

36 79TCB491 IO COVER(V302X) NP-V302WG/V302XG

37 79TCB501 FOOT R(V332W)

38 79TCB511 BOTTOM COVER ASSY(V332W)

39 79TCB531 CTILT FOOT(V332W)

40 79TCB621 CARTON BOX(V332W)

41 79TCB631 PARTITION(V332W)

42 79TCB641 CARTON BOX(SPACER V332W)

43 79TCB651 SPACER(AIR BAG V332W)

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-8
PARTS LIST
TBD
44 79TCB691 LABEL CARTON(V302HG) NP-V302HG

45 79TCB661 LABEL CARTON(V332WG) NP-V332WG

46 79TCB721 LABEL CARTON(V302WG) NP-V302WG

47 79TCB801 LABEL CARTON(V332XG) NP-V332XG

48 79TCB741 LABEL CARTON(V302XG) NP-V302XG


TBD
49 79TCB851 NAME PLATE(V302HG) NP-V302HG

50 79TCB821 NAME PLATE(V332WG) NP-V332WG

51 79TCB881 NAME PLATE(V302WG) NP-V302WG

52 79TCB961 NAME PLATE(V332XG) NP-V332XG

53 79TCB901 NAME PLATE(V302XG) NP-V302XG


TBD

54 79TCB981 LABEL CAUTION(V332WG)

55 79TCBA01 NP-V332W CD-ROM 7N952171

56 79TCBA11 NP-V332W IMPORTANT(UG) 7N8N5811

57 79TCBA21 NP-V332W IMPORTANT(G2) 7N8N5821

58 79TCBA41 NP-V332W QUICK GUIDE(UGC) 7N8N5831

59 79TCBT01 TOP COVER ASSY(V302H) NP-V302HG

60 79TCB541 TOP COVER ASSY(V332W) NP-V332WG

61 79TCB561 TOP COVER ASSY(V302WG) NP-V302WG

62 79TCB611 TOP COVER ASSY(V332X) NP-V332XG

63 79TCB581 TOP COVER ASSY(V302XG) NP-V302XG

64 79TCP251 DMD (1080P)(U321H) NP-V302HG

65 79TCB231 DMD (WXGA)(V332W) NP-V332WG/V302WG

66 79TCB241 DMD (XGA)(V332X) NP-V332XG/V302XG

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-9
PARTS LIST

67 79TCP461 PHOTO SENSOR PWB ASSY

68 7N520073 CABLE RGB 1.8M JO

69 7N901052 REM-T HAND UNIT RD-469E

70 79TC2001 CABLE RS232 TO MINI DIN 3

71 79TC2011 CABLE RS232 PIN TO PIN

72 79TC2021 CABLE VGA 15P 1.8M BLK JIG

73 79TC2031 POWER ADAPTER

74 79TC2041 EDID DOWNLOAD FIXTURE RMA

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-10
PARTS LIST
SPARE PARTS LIST
NP-V302H+/V332W+/V302W+/V332X+/V302X+/V302WC/V302XC
ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION PHOTO REMARK

1 79TC1051 AC POWER CORD(C')

2 79TC5281 IR PWB ASSY(L50W)

3 79TCB121 LENS CAP(V332W)

4 79TCB141 MAIN PWB ASSY(V302H) NP-V302H+

5 79TCB131 MAIN PWB ASSY(V332W) NP-V332W+

6 79TCB151 MAIN PWB ASSY(V302W) NP-V302W+

7 79TCB171 MAIN PWB ASSY(V332X) NP-V332X+

8 79TCB161 MAIN PWB ASSY(V302X) NP-V302X+

9 79TCBM01 MAIN PWB ASSY(V302WC) NP-V302WC

10 79TCBM11 MAIN PWB ASSY(V302XC) NP-V302XC

11 79TCB191 DMD PWB ASSY(V302H) NP-V302H+

NP-V332W+/V302W+//V332X+/
12 79TCB181 DMD PWB ASSY(V332W)
V302X+/V302WC/V302XC

13 79TCB201 LAMP COVER SW(V332W)

14 79TCB211 POWER SUPPLY(BS 210W) NP-V302H+/V332W+/V332X+

15 79TCB221 POWER SUPPLY(BS 190W) NP-V302W+/V302X+/V302WC/V302XC

16 79TCB251 DC FAN(MF75251 L140) NP-V302H+/V332W+/V332X+

17 79TCB261 DC FAN(MF75251 L115) NP-V302W+/V302X+/V302WC/V302XC

18 79TCB271 DC FAN(GB1245) NP-V302H+/V332W+/V332X+

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-11
PARTS LIST

19 79TCB281 THERMAL SW(85) NP-V302H+/V332W+/V332X+

20 79TCB291 THERMAL SW(105) NP-V302W+/V302X+/V302WC/V302XC

21 79TCB301 SPEAKER(10W L120)(V332W)

22 79TCB321 ENGINE MODULE(V302H) NP-V302H+

23 79TCB311 ENGINE MODULE(V332W) NP-V332W+/V302W+/V302WC

24 79TCB331 ENGINE MODULE(V332X) NP-V332X+/V302X+/V302XC

25 79TCB341 COLOR WHEEL(V332W)

26 79TCB351 LAM PDRIVER CABLE(210W) NP-V302H+/V332W+/V332X+

27 79TCB361 LAM PDRIVER CABLE(190W) NP-V302W+/V302X+/V302WC/V302XC

28 79TCB371 ZOOM LEVER(V332W)

29 79TCB381 LEVER HOLDER(V332W)

30 79TCB391 IR COVER(FRONT)

31 79TCB401 LAMP COVER(V332W)

32 79TCB411 FOCUS RING(V332W)

33 79TCB441 RING FOCUS WHEEL(V302H) NP-V302H+

34 79TCB421 RING FOCUS WHEEL(V332W) NP-V332W+/V302W+/V302WC

35 79TCB431 RING FOCUS WHEEL(V332X) NP-V332X+/V302X+/V302XC

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-12
PARTS LIST

36 79TCB461 IO COVER(V302H+) NP-V302H+/V332W+/V332X+

37 79TCB481 IO COVER(V302X+) NP-V302W+/V302X+

38 79TCBA91 IO COVER(V302WC) NP-V302WC/V302XC

39 79TCB501 FOOT R(V332W)

40 79TCB521 BOTTOM COVER ASSY(V332W+)

41 79TCB531 CTILT FOOT(V332W)

42 79TCB621 CARTON BOX(V332W)

43 79TCB631 PARTITION(V332W)

44 79TCB641 CARTON BOX(SPACER V332W)

45 79TCB651 SPACER(AIR BAG V332W)

(example:NP-V332W+)
46 79TCB681 LABEL CARTON(V302H+) NP-V302H+

47 79TCB761 LABEL CARTON(V332W+) NP-V332W+

48 79TCB711 LABEL CARTON(V302W+) NP-V302W+

49 79TCB791 LABEL CARTON(V332X+) NP-V332X+

50 79TCB731 LABEL CARTON(V302X+) NP-V302X+

51 79TCBA71 LABEL CARTON(V302WC) NP-V302WC

52 79TCBA81 LABEL CARTON(V302XC) NP-V302XC

“Confidential, Do Not Duplicate without written authorization from NEC."


10-13
PARTS LIST
(example:NP-V332W+)
53 79TCB841 NAME PLATE(V302H+) NP-V302H+

54 79TCB921 NAME PLATE(V332W+) NP-V332W+

55 79TCB871 NAME PLATE(V302W+) NP-V302W+

56 79TCB951 NAME PLATE(V332X+) NP-V332X+

57 79TCB891 NAME PLATE(V302X+) NP-V302X+

58 79TCBN01 NAME PLATE(V302WC) NP-V302WC

59 79TCBN11 NAME PLATE(V302XC) NP-V302XC

NP-V302H+/V332W+/V302W+/
60 79TCBA01 NP-V332W CD-ROM
V332X+/V302X+ only

61 79TCBC01 NP-V302WC CD-ROM NP-V302WC/V302XC only

NP-V302H+/V332W+/V302W+/
62 79TCBA31 NP-V332W IMPORTANT(CH)
V332X+/V302X+ only

63 79TCBC11 NP-V302WC IMPORTANT(CH) NP-V302WC/V302XC only

NP-V302H+/V332W+/V302W+/
64 79TCBA41 NP-V332W QUICK GUIDE(UGC)
V332X+/V302X+ only

65 79TCBC21 NP-V302WC QUICK GUIDE(CH) NP-V302WC/V302XC only

66 79TCBT21 TOP COVER ASSY(V302H+) NP-V302H+

67 79TCB591 TOP COVER ASSY(V332W+) NP-V332W+

68 79TCB551 TOP COVER ASSY(V302W+) NP-V302W+

69 79TCBT41 TOP COVER ASSY(V332X+) NP-V332X+

70 79TCB571 TOP COVER ASSY(V302X+) NP-V302X+

71 79TCBT51 TOP COVER ASSY(V302WC) NP-V302WC

72 79TCBT61 TOP COVER ASSY(V302XC) NP-V302XC

73 79TCP251 DMD (1080P)(U321H) NP-V302H+<